Seat Altea Edition 02.08 2008 Hatchback Owner's Manual PDF
Summary of Content for Seat Altea Edition 02.08 2008 Hatchback Owner's Manual PDF
In gl
s 5P
00 12
00 3C
D (
02 .0
8) (
G T9
)
auto emocin A lt
ea
In g
l s
(0 2
.0 8
)
auto emocin
A LT E A
ow ne
r s
m an
ua l
5P 00
12 00
3C D
Portada Manual ALTEA 17/4/08 16:38 Pgina 3
SEAT S.A. se preocupa constantemente por mantener todos sus tipos y modelos en un desarrollo continuo. Por ello le rogamos que com- prenda que, en cualquier momento, puedan producirse modificaciones del vehculo entregado en cuanto a la forma, el equipamiento y la tcnica. Por esta razn, no se puede derivar derecho alguno basndose en los datos, las ilustraciones y descripciones del presente Manual.
Los textos, las ilustraciones y las normas de este manual se basan en el estado de la informacin en el momento de la realizacin de la impresin. Salvo error u omisin, la informacin recogida en el presente manual es vlida en la fecha de cierre de su edicin.
No est permitida la reimpresin, la reproduccin o la traduccin, total o parcial, sin la autorizacin escrita de SEAT.
SEAT se reserva expresamente todos los derechos segn la ley sobre el "Copyright". Reservados todos los derechos sobre modificacin.
Este papel est fabricado con celulosa blanqueada sin cloro.
SEAT S.A. - Reimpresin: 15.02.08
Interior Manual ALTEA 4/3/08 13:02 Pgina 1
efully to familiarise yourself with
ll contribute to preserve its value.
s and parts change.
as this should be kept with the
Altea_EN.book Seite 1 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Foreword This Instruction manual and its corresponding supplements should be read car
your vehicle.
Besides the regular care and maintenance of the vehicle, its correct handling wi
For safety reasons, note the information concerning accessories, modification
If selling the vehicle, give all of the onboard documentation to the new owner
vehicle.
Altea_EN.book Seite 2 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Contents 3
shtrays*, cigarette lighter* and electrical
ockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
irst-aid kit, warning triangle, fire extinguisher
oot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ting, Ventilation and Air conditioning . .
eating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
limatic* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-Climatronic* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
eneral notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
afety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tarting and stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . .
anual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
utomatic gearbox* / DSG automatic gearbox .
andbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
coustic parking aid system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ruise control system (CCS)* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ctical tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lligent technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nti-lock brake system and traction control M-ABS
ABS and TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lectronic stabilisation programme (ESP)* . . . .
ing and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
unning-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . .
riving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
riving economically and with respect for the
nvironment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
143
146
147
150
150
152
155
159
160
160
161
162
163
166
167
171
173
175
179
179
179
180
181
186
186
186
187
191
Altea_EN.book Seite 3 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Contents
Manual structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proper sitting position for occupants . . . . . . . . .
Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stowing luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Why wear seat belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belt tension devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side airbags* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deactivating airbags* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securing child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital display in the instrument panel . . . . . . .
Instrument panel menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering wheel controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering wheel lighting controls . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio frequency remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-theft alarm system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sliding/tilting roof* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windscreen washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seats and stowage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The importance of correct seat adjustment . . . .
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear seat bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stowage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
s
F
B
Hea
H
C
2
G
Driv
A
S
Ig
S
M
A
H
A
C
Pra
Inte
B
A
(
E
Driv
R
E
D
D
e
5
6
7
7
7
10
16
17
19
19
21
24
28
30
30
34
37
41
44
46
46
48
51
55
55
55
56
59
65
72
84
84
84
88
92
93
93
99
100
102
104
106
108
111
111
117
120
121
125
128
128
129
131
132
134
Contents4
Altea_EN.book Seite 4 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructions to follow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ball coupling of towing bracket* . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting a towing bracket* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning . . . .
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle exterior maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle interior maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories, parts replacement and
modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories and spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof aerial* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mobile telephones and radiotelephones . . . . .
Checking and refilling levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working in the engine compartment . . . . . . . . .
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washer fluid and windscreen wiper blades . . . .
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If and when . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools, tyre repair kit and spare wheel . . . . . . . .
Wheel change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyre repair kit* (Tyre Mobility System) . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulb change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing and tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General notes on the technical data . . . . . . .
Outstanding information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data on fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.4 63 kW (86 bhp) . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.4 92 kW (125 bhp) . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.6 75 kW (102 bhp) . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 1.8 118 kW (160 bhp) . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 2.0 litre 110 kW (150 hp). Manual
Petrol engine 2.0 litre 110 kW (150 hp).
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol engine 2.0 litre 147 kW (200 hp). Manual
Petrol engine 2.0 litre 147 kW (200 hp).
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel engine 1.9l TDI 77 kW (105 bhp) . . . . . .
Diesel engine 1.9 TDI 77 kW (105 bhp).
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel engine 2.0l TDI 100 kW (136 bhp) . . . . .
Diesel engine 2.0 TDI 100 kW (136 bhp).
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel engine 2.0l TDI 103 kW (140 bhp) . . . . .
Diesel engine 2.0 TDI 103 kW (140 bhp).
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel engine 2.0l 125 kW (170 bhp) . . . . . . . .
Dimensions and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
194
195
195
196
198
198
199
205
207
207
207
208
208
209
209
210
211
212
215
219
221
225
226
229
229
237
237
239
245
247
254
263
266
271
271
271
273
274
274
276
276
277
278
279
280
282
283
284
285
287
288
289
290
292
293
294
296
297
Manual structure 5
Manual structure What you should know before reading the on-board manual This manual contains a description of the equipment supplied with the
vehicle at the time of press. Some of the equipment hereunder described will
not be available until a later date, or is only available in certain markets.
Because this is a general manual for the ALTEA, some of the equipment and functions that are described in this manual are not included in all types or variants of the model or model year; they may vary or be modified depending on the technical requirements and on the market; this is in no way deceptive advertising.
The illustrations are intended as a general guide, and may vary from the
equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details.
The direction indications (left, right, front, rear) appearing in this manual
refer to the normal forward working direction of the vehicle except when
otherwise indicated.
The equipment marked with an asterisk* is supplied as standard on certain
versions of the model only, it can be supplied as an option on some models,
or else it is only on sale in certain countries.
All registered marks are indicated with . Although the copyright symbol
does not appear, it is a copyrighted mark.
The section is continued on the following page.
This shows the end of the section.
WARNING
Texts preceded by this symbol contain safety information. They warn you of serious dangers, possibly involving accident or injury.
Caution Texts preceded by this symbol draw your attention to a possible risk of
damage to your vehicle.
For the sake of the environment Texts preceded by this symbol refer to relevant points concerning environ-
mental protection.
Note Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information.
Altea_EN.book Seite 5 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Content6
Content This manual is structured to provide the information you need in an organised
way. The content of this Manual is divided into sections which belong to
chapters (e.g. Air conditioning). The entire manual is divided into five large
parts which are:
1. Safety First Information on the vehicle equipment relating to passive safety such as seat
belts, airbags, seats, etc.
2. Controls and equipment Information about the distribution of controls in the driver position of your
vehicle, about the seat adjustment possibilities, about how to create a suit-
able climate in the passenger compartment, etc.
3. Practical tips Advice relating to the driving, caring and maintenance of your vehicle and
certain problems you can solve yourself.
4. Technical Data Figures, values and the dimensions of your vehicle.
5. Alphabetic index At the end of this manual there is a detailed alphabetical index, this will help
you to rapidly find the information you require.
Altea_EN.book Seite 6 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Safe driving 7
Safety Fir Technical Data
s a part of the occupant protection
the risk of injury in the event of acci-
he safety of your passengers in danger. In the
ty equipment may reduce the risk of injury. The
f the safety equipment in your SEAT:
e front and rear side seats,
e front seats,
r the front seats,
eat backrests.
straints*,
ts for child seats in the rear side seats with the
straints,
e position and non-use position
n.
ned above works together to provide you and
t possible protection in the event of accidents.
not neither help you nor your passengers if you
Altea_EN.book Seite 7 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Safety First
Safe driving
Brief introduction
Dear SEAT Driver
Safety first!
This chapter contains important information, tips, suggestions and
warnings that you should read and consider for both your own safety
and for your passengers safety.
WARNING
This manual contains important information concerning the driver's and passengers' handling of the vehicle. The other booklets in the on board manual also contain further information that you should be aware of for your own safety and for the safety of your passengers.
Ensure that the onboard documentation is kept in the vehicle at all times. This is especially important when lending or selling the vehicle to another person.
Safety equipment
The safety equipment i
system and can reduce
dent.
Never put your safety and t
event of an accident, the safe
following list includes most o
three-point seat belts,
belt tension limiters for th
belt tension devices for th
belt height adjustment fo
front airbags,
side airbags in the front s
curtain airbags,
crash-active front head re
ISOFIX anchorage poin
ISOFIX system,
height-adjustable head re
head restraints with in-us
adjustable steering colum
The safety equipment mentio
your passengers with the bes
But this safety equipment can
Safe driving8
gers in the rear seats always have the
-use position page 14.
adjust the head restraints according to
propriate child seats and properly
age 46.
ing position. Instruct your passengers
r sitting position page 10.
ecurely. Instruct your passengers also to
roperly page 19.
fety?
determined by your driving style and
of all occupants.
sible for yourself and your passengers.
r driving safety is affected by any circum-
self as well as others on the road ,
be distracted from the traffic around you,
elephone conversations.
riving ability is impaired (e.g. by medica-
d speed limits.
Altea_EN.book Seite 8 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
or they are sitting in an incorrect position or do not properly adjust or use this
equipment.
Therefore, information is provided about why this equipment is so important,
how it protects you, what you have to consider when using it and how you and
your passengers can achieve the greatest possible benefit from the safety
equipment fitted. This manual includes important warnings that you and your
passengers should note in order to reduce the risk of injury.
Safety is everyone's business!
Before every trip
The driver bears the responsibility for his passengers and the
operational worthiness of the vehicle.
For your own safety and the safety of your passengers, always note
the following points before every trip:
Ensure that the vehicle's lights and turn signals operate flaw-
lessly.
Check tyre pressure.
Ensure that all windows provide a clear and good view of the
surroundings.
Securely restrain all parcels page 17.
Make sure that no objects can interfere with the pedals.
Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors properly acoording
to your size.
Ensure that the passen
head restraints in the in
Instruct passengers to
their height.
Protect children with ap
applied seat belts p
Assume the correct sitt
also to assume a prope
Fasten your safety belt s
fasten their seat belts p
What affects driving sa
Driving safety is largely
the personal behaviour
As a driver, you are respon
When your concentration o
stance, you endanger your
for this reason:
Do not allow yourself to
e.g. by passengers or t
Never drive when your d
tion, alcohol, drugs).
Observe traffic laws an
Safe driving 9
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 9 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Always reduce your speed as appropriate for road, traffic and
weather conditions.
When travelling long distances, take breaks regularly - at least
every two hours.
If possible, avoid driving when you are tired or are in tension.
WARNING
When driving safety is impaired during a trip, the risk of injury and acci- dents increases.
Safe driving10
reduce the risk of injury in the event of an
he following adjustments for the driver:
el so that there is a distance of at least
ering wheel and the centre of your chest
rwards or backwards so that you are able
, brake and clutch pedals to the floor with
angled .
ch the highest point of the steering
nt so that its upper edge is at the same
head, or as close as possible to the same
head fig. 2.
upright position so that your back rests
Fig. 2 Proper head restraint position for driver
Altea_EN.book Seite 10 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Proper sitting position for occupants
Proper sitting position for driver
The proper sitting position for the driver is important for a
safe and relaxed driving.
For your own safety and to
accident, we recommend t
Adjust the steering whe
25 cm between the ste
fig. 1.
Move the driver's seat fo
to press the accelerator
your knees still slightly
Ensure that you can rea
wheel.
Adjust the head restrai
level as the top of your
level as the top of your
Move the backrest to an
completely against it.
Fig. 1 The proper distance between driver and steering wheel
Safe driving 11
Safety Fir Technical Data
for front passenger
st sit at least 25 cm away from the
airbag can provide the greatest
he event that it is triggered.
reduce the risk of injury in the event of an
the following adjustments for the front
ger seat back as far as possible .
n upright position so that your back rests
int so that its upper edge is at the same
head, or as close as possible to the same
r head page 13.
otwell in front of the front passenger seat.
securely page 19.
e passenger airbag in exceptional circum-
ow to adjust the front passenger's seat, see
tion of the front passenger can lead to severe
Altea_EN.book Seite 11 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Fasten your safety belt securely page 19.
Keep both feet in the foot well so that you have the vehicle under
control at all times.
Adjustment of the driver's seat page 128.
WARNING
An incorrect sitting position of the driver can lead to severe injuries.
Adjust the driver's seat so that there is at least 25 cm distance between the centre of the chest and the centre of the steering wheel page 10, fig. 1. If you are sitting nearer than 25 cm, the airbag system cannot protect you properly.
If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the minimum distance of 25 cm, contact a qualified workshop. The workshop will help you decide if special specific modifications are necessary.
When driving, always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions. This reduces the risk of injury when the driver airbag is triggered.
Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position, or in any other manner (e.g. in the centre of the steering wheel). In such cases, if the airbag is triggered, you may sustain injuries to the arms, hands and head.
To reduce the risk of injury to the driver during sudden braking manoeu- vres or an accident, never drive with the backrest tilted far back! The airbag system and seat belts can only provide optimal protection when the back- rest is in an upright position and the driver is wearing his or her seat belt properly. The further the backrests are tilted to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web or to the incorrect sitting position!
Adjust the head restraint properly to achieve optimal protection.
Proper sitting position
The front passenger mu
dash panel so that the
possible protection in t
For your own safety and to
accident, we recommend
passenger:
Move the front passen
Move the backrest to a
completely against it.
Adjust the head restra
level as the top of your
level as the top of you
Keep both feet in the fo
Fasten your safety belt
It is possible to deactivate th
stances page 25.
For detailed information on h
page 131.
WARNING
An incorrect sitting posi injuries.
Safe driving12
the correct position page 14.
ot well in front of the rear seat.
securely page 19.
d restraint system when you take children
6.
rear seat are not sitting properly, they could
properly in order to achieve maximum protec-
e optimal protection when backrests are in an sengers are wearing their seat belts properly. are not sitting in an upright position, the risk itioning of the belt web increases.
Altea_EN.book Seite 12 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Adjust the front passenger seat so that there is at least 25 cm between your breastbone and the dash panel. If you are sitting nearer than 25 cm, the airbag system cannot protect you properly.
If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the minimum distance of 25 cm, contact a qualified workshop. The workshop will help you decide if special specific modifications are necessary.
Always keep your feet in the footwell when the vehicle is moving; never rest them on the instrument panel, out the window or on the seat. An incor- rect sitting position exposes you to an increased risk of injury in case of a sudden braking or an accident. If the airbag is triggered, you could sustain severe injuries due to an incorrect sitting position.
To reduce the risk of injury to the front passenger in events such sudden braking manoeuvres or an accident, never travel with the backrest tilted far back! The airbag system and seat belts can only provide optimal protection when the backrest is in an upright position and the front passenger is wearing his or her seat belt properly. The further the backrests are tilted to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web or to the incorrect sitting position!
Adjust the head restraint properly in order to achieve maximum protection.
Correct sitting position for passengers in the rear seats
Passengers in the rear seats must sit up straight, keep their
feet in the foot well s and wear their seat belts properly.
To reduce the risk of injury in the event of a sudden braking
manoeuvre or an accident, passengers on the rear bench seat must
consider the following:
Adjust the headrest to
Keep both feet in the fo
Fasten your safety belt
Use an appropriate chil
in the vehicle page 4
WARNING
If the passengers on the sustain severe injuries.
Adjust the head restraint tion.
Seat belts can only provid upright position and the pas If passengers on the rear seat of injury due to incorrect pos
WARNING (continued)
Safe driving 13
Safety Fir Technical Data
properly in order to achieve maximum
int so that its upper edge is at the same
head, or as close as possible to the same
r head and, at the very least, at eye level
page 128.
restraints removed or improperly adjusted injuries.
d restraints could result in death in the event of
d restraints also increase the risk of injury d driving or braking manoeuvres.
t always be adjusted according to the
d into their seats during a rear end collision. The
e backrest activates the crash-active head
hich moves rapidly forwards and upwards at the
duces the distance between the occupant's
reducing the risk of head injuries such as brain
Altea_EN.book Seite 13 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Correct adjustment of front seat head restraints
Properly adjusted head restraints are an important part of
passengers protection and can reduce the risk of injuries in
most accident situations.
Adjust the head restraint
protection.
Adjust the head restra
level as the top of your
level as the top of you
fig. 3 and fig. 4.
Adjusting the head restraints
WARNING
Travelling with the head increases the risk of severe
Incorrectly adjusted hea a collision or accident.
Incorrectly adjusted hea during sudden or unexpecte
The head restraints mus passenger's height.
Headrests in use*
Vehicle occupants are presse
resulting body pressure on th
restraint* on the front seat, w
same time. This movement re
head and the head rest, thus
trauma.
Fig. 3 Properly adjusted head restraint viewed from the front
Fig. 4 Properly adjusted head restraint viewed from the side
Safe driving14
ear seat head restraints
restraints are an important part of the
can reduce the risk of injuries in
s
Fig. 5 Head restraints in correct position
Fig. 6 Head restraint position warning label
Altea_EN.book Seite 14 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted increases the risk of severe injuries.
Incorrectly adjusted head restraints could result in death in the event of a collision or accident.
Incorrectly adjusted head restraints also increase the risk of injury during sudden or unexpected driving or braking manoeuvres.
The head restraints must always be adjusted according to the passenger's height.
Note The crash-active head restraints* could also be triggered if a vehicle occupant
applies a high level of pressure on the backrest (e.g. by falling back into the
seat when entering the vehicle) or if pressure is applied to a front seat head
restraint from the rear. This accidental activation is, however, not dangerous
as the crash-active head restraints will return to the original position immedi-
ately and are thus once again ready.
Correct adjustment of r
Properly adjusted head
occupant protection and
most accident situation
Safe driving 15
Safety Fir Technical Data
itting positions
ition can lead to severe injuries to
timal protection only when the belt webs
ncorrect sitting positions substantially
tion of seat belts and increase the risk of
t web position. As the driver, you are
occupants, especially children.
o assume an incorrect sitting position in
lling .
amples of sitting positions that could be
The list is not complete, but we would like to
.
icle is in motion:
,
r to the rear,
sh panel,
h,
e of a seat,
w,
a window,
dash panel,
surface of a seat,
Altea_EN.book Seite 15 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Rear outer seat head restraints
The rear outer seat head restraints have 3 positions.
Two positions for use page 14, fig. 5. In these positions, the
head restraints are used normally, protecting passengers along
with the rear seat belts.
And one position for non-use.
To fit the head restraints in position for use, pull on the edges
with both hands in the direction of the arrow.
Centre rear head restraint
The centre head restraint only has two positions, in-use (head
restraint up) and non-use (head restraint down).
WARNING
Under no circumstances should the rear passengers travel while the head restraints are in the non-use position. See the warning label located on the rear side fixed window page 14, fig. 6.
Do not swap the centre rear head restraint with either of the outer seat rear head restraints.
Injury risk in case of an accident!
Caution Note the instructions on the adjustment of the head restraints page 129.
Examples of incorrect s
An incorrect sitting pos
occupants.
Seat belts can provide op
are properly positioned. I
reduce the protective func
injury due to incorrect bel
responsible for all vehicle
Never permit anyone t
the vehicle while trave
The following list contains ex
dangerous for all occupants.
make you aware of this issue
Therefore, whenever the veh
Never stand in the vehicle
never stand on the seats,
never kneel on the seats,
never tilt your backrest fa
never lean against the da
never lie on the rear benc
never sit on the front edg
never sit sideways,
never lean out of a windo
never put your feet out of
never put your feet on the
never put your feet on the
Safe driving16
e pedal must be pressed down thoroughly in
port your feet properly and give you a good
on can lead to critical situations while driving.
e driver footwell. An object could move into al operation. In the event of a sudden driving
ill not be able to operate the brake, clutch or ident!
r side
used which can be securely fastened
ot impair operation of the pedals.
ats are securely fastened during the trip
pedals .
ve the pedals clear and which are secured to
ou can obtain suitable floor mats from a quali-
d, an accident may occur. Risk of serious inju-
s are always securely attached.
Altea_EN.book Seite 16 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
never travel in a foot well ,
never travel on a seat without wearing the seat belt,
never carry any person in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Every incorrect sitting position increases the risk of severe injuries.
Sitting in an incorrect position exposes the occupants to severe injuries if airbags trigger, by striking a passenger who has assumed an incorrect sitting position.
Before the vehicle moves, assume the proper sitting position and main- tain it throughout the trip. Before every trip, instruct your passengers to assume the proper sitting position and to maintain it during the trip page 10, Proper sitting position for occupants.
Pedal area
Pedals
The operation of all pedals must never be impaired by objects
or floor mats.
Ensure that you can always press the accelerator, brake and
clutch pedals unimpaired to the floor.
Ensure that the pedals can return unimpaired to their initial posi-
tions.
Use only floor mats which leave the pedal area free and can be securely
fastened on the foot well.
If a brake circuit fails, the brak
order to stop the vehicle.
Wear suitable shoes
Always wear shoes which sup
feeling for the pedals.
WARNING
Restricting pedal operati
Never place objects on th the pedal area and impair ped or braking manoeuvre, you w accelerator pedal. Risk of acc
Floor mats on the drive
Only floor mats may be
in the foot well and do n
Ensure that the floor m
and do not obstruct the
Only use floor mats which lea
prevent them from slipping. Y
fied dealership.
WARNING
If the pedals are obstructe ries.
Ensure that the floor mat
Safe driving 17
Safety Fir Technical Data
he luggage compartment and secure them on
traps to secure heavy objects.
res or accidents, loose objects can be thrown upants or passers-by. This increased risk of ed if a loose object is struck by an inflating cts can be transformed into missiles. Risk of
tre of gravity may shift when transporting ct the vehicle's handling and lead to an acci-
ial to adjust your speed and driving style nts.
d axle loads or allowed maximum weight. If the wed total weight is exceeded, the driving char- y change, leading to accidents, injuries and
unattended, especially when the tailgate is nto the luggage compartment closing the door in trapped without help and there is a mortal
lay in or around the vehicle. Close and lock doors when you leave the vehicle. Before you that there are no adults or children in the
ers in the luggage compartment. Every belted in page 19.
Altea_EN.book Seite 17 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Never lay or fit floor mats or other floor coverings over the original floor mats. This would reduce the pedal area and could obstruct the pedals. Risk of accident.
Stowing luggage
Loading the boot
All luggage and other loose objects must be safely secured in
the luggage compartment.
Unsecured objects which shift back and forth could impair the
driving safety or driving characteristics of the vehicle by shifting the
centre of gravity.
Distribute the load evenly in the luggage compartment.
Lay and stow heavy luggage as far forward as possible in the
luggage compartment.
Stow heavy luggage as low as possible in the luggage compart-
ment.
Secure heavy objects to the fitted fastening rings page 18.
WARNING
Loose luggage and other objects in the boot could cause serious inju- ries.
Always stow objects in t the fastening rings.
Use suitable specialist s
During sudden manoeuv forward, injuring vehicle occ injury will be further increas airbag. If this happens, obje fatal injury.
Please note that the cen heavy objects; this may affe dent. Therefore, it is essent accordingly, to avoid accide
Never exceed the allowe allowed axle load or the allo acteristics of the vehicle ma damage to the vehicle.
Never leave your vehicle open. Children could climb i behind them; they will rema risk.
Never allow children to p both the tailgate and all the lock the vehicle, make sure vehicle.
Never transport passeng passenger must be properly
WARNING (continued) WARNING (continued)
Safe driving18
her objects are secured to the fastening rings ed retaining cords, injuries could result in the or accidents.
age or other objects from flying forward, ning cords which are secured to the fastening
on the fastening rings.
Altea_EN.book Seite 18 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Note Air circulation in the vehicle helps reduce fogging of the windows. Used
air escapes through ventilation slits in the side trim of the luggage compart-
ment. Ensure that the ventilation slits are never covered.
Straps for securing the load to the fastening rings are commercially
available.
Fastening rings*
There can be four fastening rings in the boot for fastening
luggage and other objects.
Always use suitable and undamaged straps to secure luggage
and other objects to the fastening rings in Loading the
boot on page 17.
Pull up the fastening rings to attach the straps.
During a collision or an accident, even small and light objects can build up so
much energy that they can cause very severe injuries. The amount of kinetic
energy depends on the speed of the vehicle and the weight of the object.
The most significant factor, however, is the speed of the vehicle.
Example: An object weighing 4.5 kg is lying unsecured in the vehicle. During
a frontal collision at a speed of 50 km/h, this object generates a force corre-
sponding to 20 times its weight. That means that the effective weight of the
object increases to about 90 kg. You can imagine the severity of the injuries
which might be sustained if this projectile strikes an occupant as it flies
through the passenger compartment. This increased risk of injury will be
further increased if a loose object is struck by an inflating airbag.
WARNING
If pieces of baggage or ot with inappropriate or damag event of braking manoeuvres
To prevent pieces of lugg always use appropriate retai rings.
Never secure a child seat
Seat belts 19
Safety Fir Technical Data
o on the front part and three on the rear part.
three-point seat belt.
ble seats must never be transported in your
ehicle must properly fasten and wear the seat eat. Children must be protected with an appro- .
*
as a reminder to the driver to fasten
e:
securely.
rs to fasten their seat belts properly before
ng a child seat according to the child's
Altea_EN.book Seite 19 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Seat belts
Brief Introduction
Before driving: remember your seat belt!
Wearing a seat belt properly can save your life!
In this chapter you will learn the importance of wearing seat belts,
how they work and how to properly fasten, adjust and wear them.
Read and consider all the information as well as the warnings in
this chapter.
WARNING
If seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all, the risk of severe injuries increases.
Properly worn seat belts can reduce severe injuries in case of sudden braking manoeuvres or accidents. For security reasons, you and your passengers must always wear the seat belts properly as long as the vehicle is in motion.
Pregnant women or people with physical disabilities must also use seat belts. Like all other passengers, these people can also sustain severe inju- ries if they are not wearing their seat belts properly.
Number of seats
Your vehicle has five seats, tw
Each seat is equipped with a
WARNING
More people than availa vehicle.
Every passenger in the v belt belonging to his or her s priate child restraint system
Seat belt warning lamp
The warning lamp acts
the seat belt.
Before starting the vehicl
Fasten your safety belt
Instruct your passenge
driving off.
Protect children by usi
height and weight.
Seat belts20
Altea_EN.book Seite 20 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
The warning lamp on the instrument panel lights up1) if the driver seat belt
is not fastened when the ignition is switched on. In addition, an acoustic
signal is given for a few seconds and a text is displayed on the combi-instru-
ment asking you to fasten your seat belt1).
The warning lamp* is switched off if the driver seat belt is fastened while
the ignition is switched on.
1) Depending on the model version
Seat belts 21
Safety Fir Technical Data
aws of physics work in the case of a head-on
rts moving fig. 7 there is a certain amount of
rgy, both in the vehicle and in the occupants.
y depends on the speed of the vehicle and the
passengers. The higher the speed and the
energy there is to be released in an accident.
owever, is the speed of the vehicle. If the speed
km/h, for example, the kinetic energy is multi-
ur example are not restrained by seat belts, the
gy has to be absorbed at the point of impact
50 km/h, the forces acting on bodies in a colli-
nne (1000 kg). At greater speed these forces are
belts are not attached to the vehicle. In a
ve forward at the same speed their vehicle was
Fig. 8 The vehicle hits the wall: the occupants are not wearing seat belts
Altea_EN.book Seite 21 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Why wear seat belts?
Physical principles of frontal collisions
In the event of a frontal collision, a large amount of kinetic
energy must be absorbed.
It is easy to explain how the l
collision: When a vehicle sta
energy known as kinetic ene
The amount of kinetic energ
weight of the vehicle and its
greater the weight, the more
The most significant factor, h
doubles from 25 km/h to 50
plied by four.
Because the passengers in o
entire amount of kinetic ener
fig. 8.
Even at speeds of 30 km/h to
sion can easily exceed one to
even higher.
Passengers not wearing seat
frontal collision, they will mo
Fig. 7 Vehicle about to hit a wall: the occupants are not wearing seat belts
Seat belts22
acting on the body in a collision are so great
oneself with one's hands. In a frontal collision,
wn forward and will make violent contact with
, windscreen or whatever else is in the way
stitute for the seat belts. When triggered,
al protection. All passengers (including the
roperly during the trip. This will reduce the risk
of an accident regardless of whether an
ered only once. To achieve the best possible
always be worn properly so that you will be
h no airbag is deployed.
passengers to wear seat belts properly, as they
ward violently in an accident. Rear passengers
anger not only themselves but also the front
Fig. 10 The unbelted rear passenger is thrown forward violently, hitting the driver wearing a seat belt.
Altea_EN.book Seite 22 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
travelling just before the impact. This example applies not only to frontal acci-
dents, but to all accidents and collisions.
The danger of not using the seat belt
The general belief that the passengers can protect them-
selves with their hands in a minor collision is false.
Even at low speeds the forces
that it is not possible to brace
unbelted passengers are thro
the steering wheel, dashboard
fig. 9.
The airbag system is not a sub
airbags provide only addition
driver) must wear seat belts p
of severe injuries in the event
airbag is fitted for the seat.
Note that airbags can be trigg
protection, the seat belt must
protected in accidents in whic
It is also important for the rear
could otherwise be thrown for
who do not use seat belts end
occupants fig. 10.
Fig. 9 A driver not wearing a seat belt is thrown forward violently.
Seat belts 23
Safety Fir Technical Data
n seat belts before every trip, even when "just
wear their seat belts as well. Accident statistics
aring seat belts is an effective mean of substan-
ry and improving the chances of survival in a
e, properly worn seat belts improve the protec-
e event of an accident. For this reason, wearing
in most countries.
ipped with airbags, the seat belts must be
airbags, for example, are only triggered in some
irbags will not be triggered during minor frontal
ns, rear collisions, rolls or accidents in which the
e in the control unit is not exceeded.
wear your seat belt and ensure that your
eir seat belts properly before you drive off!
using seat belts
rrectly, they can reduce the risk of
elt as described in this booklet.
lts can be fastened at all times and are not
incorrectly or not at all, the risk of severe inju- rotection from seat belts can be achieved only
Altea_EN.book Seite 23 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Seat belts protection
Passengers not wearing seat belts risk severe injuries in the
event of an accident.
Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the correct sitting posi-
tions and substantially reduce the kinetic energy in the event of an accident.
Seat belts also help to prevent uncontrolled movements that could lead to
severe injuries. In addition, properly worn seat belts reduce the danger of
being thrown from the car.
Passengers wearing their seat belts correctly benefit greatly from the ability
of the belts to absorb kinetic energy. The front part of your vehicle and other
passive safety features (such as the airbag system) are also designed to
absorb the kinetic energy released in a collision. Taken together, all these
features reduce the releasing kinetic energy and consequently, the risk of
injury.
Our examples describe frontal collisions. Of course, properly worn seat belts
reduce substantially the risk of injury in all other types of accidents. This is
why it is so important to faste
driving around the corner".
Ensure that your passengers
have shown properly that we
tially reducing the risk of inju
serious accident. Furthermor
tion provided by airbags in th
a seat belt is required by law
Although your vehicle is equ
fastened and worn. The front
frontal accidents. The front a
collisions, minor side collisio
airbag trigger threshold valu
Therefore, you should always
passengers have fastened th
Safety instructions on
If seat belts are used co
injury in an accident.
Always wear the seat b
Ensure that the seat be
damaged.
WARNING
If the seat belts are worn ries increases. The optimal p if you use them properly.
Fig. 11 Driver wearing the seat belt properly: is secured by the belt in sharp braking
Seat belts24
damaged seat belt yourself. The seat belts ified in any way.
ean, otherwise the retractors may not work
nt and rear occupants are locked into
its full protection if the belt web is not
Fig. 12 Belt buckle and latch plate of seat belt
Altea_EN.book Seite 24 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Fasten your seat belt before every trip - even when driving in town. That applies also to your front and rear passengers danger of injury!
The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if the belt web is not posi- tioned correctly.
Never allow two passengers (even children) to share the same seat belt.
Keep both feet in the foot-well in front of your seat as long as the vehicle is in motion.
Never unbuckle a seat belt while the vehicle is in motion. Risk of fatal injury.
The belt webbing must never be twisted while it is being worn.
The belt webbing should never lie on hard or fragile objects (such as glasses or pens, etc.) because this can cause injuries.
Do not allow the seat belt to be damaged or jammed, or to rub on any sharp edges.
Never wear the seat belt under the arm or in any other incorrect posi- tion.
Loose, bulky clothing (such as an overcoat over a jacket) impairs the proper fit and function of the belts, reducing their capacity to protect.
The slot in the seat belt buckle must not be blocked with paper or other objects, as this can prevent the latch plate from engaging securely.
Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or similar instruments to alter the position of the belt webbing.
Frayed or torn seat belts or damage to the connections, belt retractors or parts of the buckle could cause severe injuries in the event of an acci- dent. Therefore, you must check the condition of all seat belts at regular intervals.
Seat belts which have been worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a qualified workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent damage. The belt anchorage should also be checked.
Do not attempt to repair a must not be removed or mod
The belts must be kept cl properly page 206.
Seat belts
Seat belt adjustment
The seat belts for the fro
position by a latch.
The seat belt cannot offer
positioned correctly.
WARNING (continued) WARNING (continued)
Seat belts 25
Safety Fir Technical Data
ximum protection only when they are
Fig. 13 Correct belt web and head restraint posi- tions, viewed from front
Fig. 14 Correct belt web and head restraint posi- tions, viewed from side
Altea_EN.book Seite 25 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Adjust the seat and head restraint correctly.
To fasten the belt, take hold of the latch plate and pull it slowly
across your chest and lap.
Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and
push it down until it is securely locked with an audible click
page 24, fig. 12.
Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in
the buckle.
The seat belts are equipped with an automatic retractor on the shoulder
strap. Full freedom of movement is permitted when the shoulder belt is pulled
slowly. However, during sudden braking, during travel in mountains or bends
and during acceleration, the automatic retractor on the shoulder belt is
locked.
The automatic belt retractors on the front seats are fitted with belt tension
devices page 28.
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event of an accident.
The seat belts offer best protection only when the backrests are in an upright position and the seat belts have been fastened properly.
Never put the latch plate in the buckle of another seat. If you do this, the seat belt will not protect you properly and the risk of injury is increased.
If an occupant is incorrectly belted in, the belt cannot protect him or her properly. An incorrectly positioned belt web can cause extremely severe injuries.
Always engage the retractor lock when you are securing a child seat in group 0, 0+ or 1 page 46.
Seat belt position
Seat belts offer their ma
properly positioned.
Seat belts26
also fasten their seat belts properly
he unborn child is for the mother to
rly at all times during the pregnancy.
imum protection only when the belt web
age 25.
d head restraint correctly page 10.
pull the belt evenly across your chest and
the pelvis fig. 15.
to the buckle for the corresponding seat
it is securely locked with an audible click
hat the latch plate is securely engaged in
Fig. 15 Positioning seat belts during pregnancy
Altea_EN.book Seite 26 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
The following features are available to adjust the seat belt in the shoulder
region:
belt height adjustment for the front seats.
front seat height adjustment*.
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event of an accident.
The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoulder, never across the neck. The seat belt must lie flat and snugly on the torso page 25, fig. 13.
The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across the stomach. The seat belt must lie flat and snugly on the pelvis page 25, fig. 14. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack.
Read and observe the warnings page 23.
Pregnant women must
The best protection for t
wear the seat belt prope
The seat belt provides max
is properly positioned p
Adjust the front seat an
Holding the latch plate,
as low as possible over
Insert the latch plate in
and push it down until
.
Pull the belt to ensure t
the buckle.
Seat belts 27
Safety Fir Technical Data
hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim
hile the vehicle is in motion. If you do, you ng severe or fatal injuries.
height
ers can be used to adjust the position
houlder.
the front seats can be used to adjust the
shoulder.
Fig. 17 Location of the belt height adjuster
Altea_EN.book Seite 27 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event of an accident.
For pregnant women, the lap part of the seat belt must lie as low as possible over the pelvis, never across the stomach, and always lie flat so that no pressure is exerted on the abdomen.
Read and observe the warnings page 23.
Seat belt release
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has
come to a standstill.
Press the red button on the belt buckle fig. 16. The latch plate
is released and springs out .
Guide the belt back by
is not damaged
WARNING
Never unbuckle a seat belt w increase the risk of sustaini
Adjusting the seat belt
Seat belt height adjust
of the seat belt at the s
The seat belt adjuster for
proper belt position at the
Fig. 16 Removing latch plate from buckle
Seat belts28
es
sion device
, the seat belts on the front seats are
upants are equipped with belt tension devices.
nsion devices during severe head-on, lateral
seat belt is being worn. This retracts and
ing the forward motion of the occupants.
triggered only once.
ot be triggered in the event of a light frontal,
hicle overturns, or in situations where no large
rear of the vehicle.
are triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is
ion of fire in the vehicle.
ments must be observed when the vehicle or
scrapped. A qualified workshop is familiar with
pleased to pass on the information to you.
belt tension devices
omponents of the seat belts that are installed
you work on the belt tension devices or remove
when performing other repair work, the seat
nsequence may be that, in the event of an acci-
function incorrectly or not at all.
Altea_EN.book Seite 28 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Press the upper part of the shoulder belt guide and hold it in this
position page 27, fig. 17.
Move the shoulder belt guide up or down until you have adjusted
the seat belt page 25.
After adjusting, pull the shoulder belt sharply to check that the
catch on the shoulder belt guide is engaged securely.
Incorrectly fastened seat belts
Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe injuries.
Seat belts can provide optimal protection only if the belt web is
properly worn. The seat belts must be fastened exactly in the order
described in this chapter. An incorrect sitting position impairs
substantially the protection a seat belt offers and can lead to severe
or fatal injuries. The risk of severe or fatal injuries is especially
increased when a deploying airbag strikes an occupant who has
assumed an incorrect sitting position. As driver, you are responsible
for all vehicle occupants, especially children. Therefore:
Never permit anyone to assume an incorrect sitting position in
the vehicle while travelling .
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt increases the risk of severe injuries.
Before every trip, instruct your passengers to adjust their seat belts properly and to wear them during the trip.
Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of seat belts page 23.
Belt tension devic
Function of the belt ten
During a frontal collision
retracted automatically.
The seat belts for the front occ
Sensors will trigger the belt te
and rear collisions only if the
tightens the seat belts, reduc
The belt tension device can be
The belt tension devices will n
side or rear collision, if the ve
forces act on the front, side or
Note If the belt tension devices
normal and it is not an indicat
The relevant safety require
components of the system are
these regulations and will be
Service and disposal of
The belt tension devices are c
in the seats of your vehicle. If
and install parts of the system
belt may be damaged. The co
dent, the belt tension devices
Seat belts 29
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 29 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
So that the effectiveness of the belt tension device is not reduced and that
removed parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollution, regula-
tions, which are known to the qualified workshops, must be observed.
WARNING
If repairs are not carried out by a professional, or if the belt tension devices are used incorrectly, the risk of severe or fatal injuries increases. The belt tension devices may fail to trigger or may trigger in the wrong circumstances.
Never attempt to repair, adjust, remove or install parts of the belt tension devices or seat belts.
The belt tension device and seat belt including its automatic retractor cannot be repaired.
Any work on the belt tension devices and seat belts, including the removal and refitting of system parts in conjunction with other repair work, must be performed by a qualified workshop only.
The belt tension devices will only provide protection for one accident and must be changed it they have been activated.
Airbag system30
t critical or fatal injuries on the occupant. This
possible distance between yourself and the
t airbags can completely deploy when trig-
m protection.
at will trigger an airbag are: the type of acci-
d the speed of the vehicle.
ered depends primarily on the vehicle deceler-
ollision and detected by the control unit. If the
during the collision and measured by the
specified reference values, the front, side
be triggered. Take into account that the visible
in an accident, for whatever reason, are not an
gs had to be triggered.
orrectly or assuming an incorrect sitting posi- al injuries.
hildren, who are not properly belted can s if the airbag is triggered. You should always years of age on the rear seat. Never transport are not restrained or the restraint system is
, size or weight.
at belt, if you lean forward or to the side while rect sitting position, there is a substantially increased risk of injury will be further an inflating airbag.
y from an inflating airbag, always wear the .
Altea_EN.book Seite 30 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Airbag system
Brief introduction
Why wear a seat belt and assume the correct sitting position?
For the inflating airbags to achieve the best protection, the
seat belt must always be worn properly and the correct sitting
position must be assumed.
For your own safety and the safety of the passengers, please ensure
the following before driving:
Always wear the seat belt properly page 19.
Adjust the driver seat and the steering wheel correctly
page 10.
Adjust the front passenger seat correctly page 11.
Adjust the head restraint correctly page 13.
Use the correct child restraint system to protect children in your
vehicle page 46.
The airbag is deployed at high speed in fractions of a second. If you have an
incorrect seating position at the time the airbag is deployed, it could cause
you critical injuries. Therefore, it is essential that all passengers in the vehicle
assume a correct sitting position while travelling.
A sharp braking before an accident may cause a passenger not wearing a seat
belt to be thrown forward into the area of the deploying airbag. In this case,
the inflating airbag may inflic
also applies to children.
Always maintain the greatest
front airbag. This way, the fron
gered, providing their maximu
The most important factors th
dent, the angle of collision an
Whether the airbags are trigg
ation rate resulting from the c
vehicle deceleration occurring
control unit remains below the
and/or curtain airbag will not
damage in a vehicle involved
indication as to why the airba
WARNING
Wearing the seat belt inc tion can lead to critical or fat
All occupants, including c sustain critical or fatal injurie transport all children up to 12 children in the vehicle if they not appropriate for their age
If you are not wearing a se travelling or assume an incor increased risk of injury. This increased if you are struck by
To reduce the risk of injur seat belt properly page 19
Airbag system 31
Safety Fir Technical Data
ger airbag can strike the rear-facing child seat gainst the door, the roof or the backrest.
tances, it is necessary to transport a child in a front passenger seat, it is absolutely essential ng safety measures:
enger airbag page 44, Deactivating
e approved by the child seat manufacturer for r seat with front or side airbag.
instructions of the child seat manufacturer the warnings page 46, Child safety.
ling the child seat, push the front passenger rds so that the greatest possible distance to ag is ensured.
s prevent the front passenger seat from being .
ont passenger seat must be in an upright
g and belt tension device system
itors the airbag and belt tension
ll airbags and belt tension devices in the
its and wiring connections.
Altea_EN.book Seite 31 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Always properly adjust the front seats.
The danger of fitting a child seat on the front passenger seat
Rear-facing child seats must never be used on the front
passenger seat when the front passenger airbag is enabled.
An enabled front airbag on the front passenger side is potentially a major
danger to a child. The front passenger seat is life threatening to a child if
he/she is transported in a rear-facing child seat. You should always transport
all children up to 12 years of age on the rear seat.
If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the front passenger seat, an inflating
airbag can strike it with such great force that critical or fatal injuries may
result.
Therefore we strongly recommend you to transport children on the rear seats.
That is the safest place for children in the vehicle. Alternatively, the front
passenger airbag can be disabled with a key-operated switch page 44.
When transporting children, use a child seat appropriate to the age and size
of each child page 46.
For those vehicles that do not include a key lock switch to turn the airbag off,
an Authorised Service Centre must be consulted.
WARNING
If a child seat is secured to the front passenger seat, the risk to the child of sustaining critical or fatal injuries in the event of an accident increases.
Never secure a rear-facing child seat to the front passenger seat if the front passenger airbag is enabled. The child can suffer critical or fatal inju- ries when the front passenger airbag is triggered.
An inflating front passen and hurl it with great force a
If, under special circums rear-facing child seat on the that you observe the followi
Disable the front pass airbags*.
The child seat must b use on a front passenge
Follow the installation and absolutely observe
Before properly instal seat completely backwa the front passenger airb
Ensure that no object pushed completely back
The backrest of the fr position.
Warning lamp for airba
This warning lamp mon
device system.
The warning lamp monitors a
vehicle, including control un
WARNING (continued) WARNING (continued)
Airbag system32
nd disposal of the airbags
are installed in various places in your vehicle.
em or remove and install parts of the system
work, parts of the airbag system may be
ay be that, in the event of an accident, the
oes not inflate at all.
nts must be observed when the vehicle or
scrapped. The specialist workshops and the
miliar with these requirements.
ut by a professional, or if the airbags are used or fatal injuries is increased. The airbags may in the wrong circumstances.
hing on the steering wheel hub or the soft unit on the passenger side of the dashboard, y them in any way.
ch any objects such as cup holders or tele- aces covering the airbag units.
el or dash panel, you may use only a dry or a r clean the dash panel and the airbag module ining solvents. Solvents cause the surface to triggered, disintegrating plastic parts could
djust, remove or install parts of the airbag
stem or removal and installation of the airbag (such as repairs to the steering wheel) should fied workshop. Qualified workshops have the
ation and qualified personnel.
Altea_EN.book Seite 32 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Monitoring of airbag and belt tension device system
Both the airbag and belt tension device systems operation is constantly
monitored electronically. Each time the ignition is switched on, the warning
lamp lights for several seconds and the display in the instrument panel*
shows AIRBAG / TENSIONER.
The system must be checked when the warning lamp :
does not light up when the ignition is switched on,
after the ignition is switched on, it turns off after 4 seconds,
it turns off and then lights up again after the ignition is switched on,
lights up or flashes while the car is moving.
In the event of a malfunction, the warning lamp remains on continuously. In
addition, depending on the malfunction, a fault message appears in the
display of the combi-instrument for approx. 10 seconds and a short acoustic
signal is given. In this event, you should have a qualified workshop check the
system immediately.
If any of the airbags are de-activated by the Authorised Service Centre, the
indicator lights for several seconds more after the verification and will turn off
if there is no fault.
WARNING
If there is a malfunction, the airbag and belt tension device system cannot properly perform its protective function.
If a malfunction occured, have the system checked immediately by a qualified workshop. Otherwise, in the event of an accident, the airbag system and belt tension devices may not be triggered, or may not be trig- gered correctly.
Repairs, maintenance a
The parts of the airbag system
If you work on the airbag syst
when performing other repair
damaged. The consequence m
airbag inflates incorrectly or d
The relevant safety requireme
components of the airbag are
Vehicle disposal centres are fa
WARNING
If repairs are not carried o incorrectly, the risk of severe fail to inflate, or could inflate
Do not cover or stick anyt plastic surface of the airbag and do not obstruct or modif
It is important not to atta phone mountings to the surf
To clean the steering whe water-moistened cloth. Neve surface with cleansers conta become porous. If the airbag cause substantial injuries.
Never attempt to repair, a system.
Any work on the airbag sy components for other repairs be performed only by a quali necessary tools, repair inform
Airbag system 33
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 33 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
We strongly recommend you to go to a qualified workshop for all work on the airbag system.
Never attempt to alter the front bumper or the body.
The airbags provide protection for just one accident; replace them once they have deployed.
WARNING (continued)
Airbag system34
is located in the steering wheel fig. 18 and
ger is located in the dash panel fig. 19.
ord AIRBAG.
he front airbag system gives the front occu-
r the head and chest in the event of a severe
Safety notes on the frontal airbag system.
ction of restraining the occupants, the seat
ront passenger in a position where the airbags
ion in a frontal collision.
stitute for seat belts, but it is an integral part
e safety system. Please bear in mind that the
ffectively when the occupants are wearing their
djusted the head restraints properly. For this
wear the seat belts at all times - not only
w in most countries, but also for your safety
n.
bag system are:
onitoring system (control unit),
ag with gas generator) for the driver and front
ash panel insert page 31.
s monitored electronically. The airbag warning
onds every time the ignition is switched on
if the warning lamp
ignition is switched on page 31
ed on, it turns off after 4 seconds,
up again after the ignition is switched on,
he car is moving.
Altea_EN.book Seite 34 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Front airbags
Description of front airbags
The airbag system is not a substitute for the seat belts.
The front airbag for the driver
the airbag for the front passen
Airbags are identified by the w
Together with the seat belts, t
pants additional protection fo
frontal collision page 37,
In addition to their normal fun
belts also hold the driver and f
can provide maximum protect
The airbag system is not a sub
of the vehicle's overall passiv
airbag system can only work e
seat belts correctly and have a
reason, it is most important to
because this is required by la
page 19, Brief Introductio
The main parts of the front air
an electronic control and m
the two front airbags (airb
passenger,
a warning lamp in the d
The airbag system operation i
lamp will light up for a few sec
(self-diagnosis).
There is a fault in the system
does not light up when the
after the ignition is switch
it turns off and then lights
lights up or flashes while t
Fig. 18 Driver airbag located in steering wheel
Fig. 19 Front passenger airbag located in dash panel
Airbag system 35
Safety Fir Technical Data
bags
the risk of head or chest injury.
d so that the airbags for the driver and front
severe frontal collision.
e front, curtain and side airbags may be trig-
, the airbags fill with a propellant gas and
d front passenger fig. 20. The fully deployed
movement of the front occupants and help to
e head and the upper part of the body.
ag allows the controlled escape of the propel-
uts pressure on the bag. Thus, the head and
tected by the airbag. After the collision, the
r the front occupants to see forward.
d extra protection in an accident, the airbags
idly (within thousandth of a second). A fine dust
Fig. 20 Inflated front airbags
Altea_EN.book Seite 35 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
The front airbag system will not be triggered if:
the ignition is switched off,
there is a minor frontal collision,
there is a side collision,
there is a rear-end collision,
the vehicle turns over.
WARNING
The seat belts and airbags can only provide maximum protection if the occupants are seated correctly page 10, Proper sitting position for occupants.
If a fault has occured in the airbag system, have the system checked immediately by a qualified workshop. Otherwise, during a frontal collision the system may fail to trigger, or not trigger correctly.
Operation of frontal air
Inflated airbags reduce
The airbag system is designe
passenger are triggered in a
In certain types of accident th
gered together.
When the system is triggered
deploy in front of the driver an
airbags cushion the forward
reduce the risk of injury to th
The special design of the airb
lant gas when an occupant p
chest are surrounded and pro
airbag deflates sufficiently fo
In order to provide the desire
have to deploy extremely rap
Airbag system36
. 21 Airbag covers reacting when the front airbags triggered
Altea_EN.book Seite 36 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
may develop when the airbag deploys. This is normal and it is not an indica-
tion of fire in the vehicle.
Airbag covers when the frontal airbags are triggered
The airbag covers fold out of the steering wheel and dash panel when the
driver and front passenger airbags deploy fig. 21. The airbag covers
remain connected to the steering wheel or the dash panel.
Fig are
Airbag system 37
Safety Fir Technical Data
ags
t a substitute for the seat belts.
ated in the driver seat and front passenger seat
side airbags are located in the rear wheel
are identified by the text AIRBAG in the upper
n the rear wheel housing lining.
the side airbag system gives the front seat occu-
or the upper body in the event of a severe side
notes on the operation of the side airbag
rbags reduce the risk of injury to passengers on
the body facing the impact. In addition to their
the occupants in a collision, the seat belts also
Fig. 22 Side airbag in driver seat
Altea_EN.book Seite 37 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Safety notes on the frontal airbag system
If you use airbags correctly, they can considerably reduce the
risk of injury in many kinds of accident.
WARNING
It is important for the driver and front passenger to keep a distance of at least 25 cm from the steering wheel or dash panel. If the minimum distance is not observed then the airbags do not correctly protect the vehicle occupants; risk of fatal injuries! In addition, the front seats and head restraints must always be positioned correctly for the height of the occupant.
If you are not wearing a seat belt, if you lean forward or to the side while travelling or assume an incorrect sitting position, there is a substantially increased risk of injury. This increased risk of injury will be further increased if you are struck by an inflating airbag.
Never let a child travel on the front seat without an appropriate restraint system. If the airbag is triggered in an accident, children can sustain serious or fatal injuries from the airbag as it inflates page 46, Child safety.
The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.
The airbags provide protection for just one accident; replace them once they have deployed.
It is also important not to attach any objects such as cup holders or telephone mountings to the surfaces covering the airbag units.
Do not attempt to modify components of the airbag system in any way.
Side airbags*
Description of side airb
The airbag system is no
The front side airbags are loc
backrests fig. 22. The rear
housing lining. The locations
region of the backrests and i
Together with the seat belts,
pants additional protection f
collision page 40, Safety
system.
In a side collision, the side ai
the front seats to the areas of
normal function of protecting
Airbag system38
door panels have been removed or if the ly fitted.
the loudspeakers in the door panels have les left by the loudspeakers have been
enings are closed or covered if loudspeakers in the interior door panels.
e doors should be made in a qualified author-
s can only provide maximum protection if the ly page 10, Proper sitting position for
e airbag system, have the system checked orkshop. Otherwise, during a side collision, r, or not trigger correctly.
Altea_EN.book Seite 38 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
hold the passengers in the front seats and the outer rear seats in a position
where the side airbags can provide maximum protection.
The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts, but it is an integral part
of the vehicle's overall passive safety system. Please bear in mind that the
airbag system can only work effectively when the occupants are wearing their
seat belts. For this reason, it is most important to wear the seat belts at all
times - not only because this is required by law in most countries, but also for
your safety page 19, Brief Introduction.
The side airbag system will not be triggered if:
the ignition is switched off,
there is a minor side collision,
there is a frontal collision,
there is a rear-end collision,
the vehicle turns over.
The main parts of the airbag system are:
an electronic control and monitoring system (control unit),
The front side airbags in the backrests of the front seats and the rear side
airbags in the lining of the rear wheel housing.
a warning lamp in the dash panel insert page 31.
The airbag system operation is monitored electronically. The airbag warning
lamp will light up for approx. 4 seconds every time the ignition is switched on
(self-diagnosis).
WARNING
In a side-on collision, the side airbags will not work, if the sensors do not correctly measure the pressure increase on the interior of the doors, due to air escaping through the areas with holes or openings in the door panel.
Never drive the vehicle if the interior panels have been removed.
Never drive if the interior panels have not been correct
Never drive the vehicle if been removed, unless the ho correctly closed.
Always check that the op or other equipment are fitted
Any work carried out to th ised workshop.
The seat belts and airbag occupants are seated correct occupants.
If a fault has occured in th immediately by a qualified w the system may fail to trigge
WARNING (continued)
Airbag system 39
Safety Fir Technical Data
ag allows the controlled escape of the propel-
uts pressure on the bag. Thus, the head and
tected by the airbag.
Altea_EN.book Seite 39 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Function of side airbags
Inflated airbags can reduce the risk of head or chest injury in
many side impact collisions.
In some side collisions the side airbag is triggered on the impact side of the
vehicle fig. 23.
In certain types of accident the front, curtain and side airbags may be trig-
gered together.
When the system is triggered, the airbag is filled with propellant gas.
In order to provide the desired extra protection in an accident, the airbags
have to deploy extremely rapidly (within thousandth of a second). A fine dust
may develop when the airbag deploys. This is normal and it is not an indica-
tion of fire in the vehicle.
The fully deployed airbags cushion the movement of the occupants of the
front seats and the outer rear seats and help to reduce the risk of injury to the
upper body.
The special design of the airb
lant gas when an occupant p
chest are surrounded and pro
Fig. 23 Inflated side airbag on left side of vehicle
Airbag system40
incorrect sitting position, they expose them- f injury in the event of an accident. This is ild is travelling on the front passenger seat gered in an accident; this could have critical us injury or death page 46, Child safety.
ag system or removal and installation of the repairs (such as removal of the front seat) a qualified workshop. Otherwise, faults may m operation.
components of the airbag system in any way.
s are managed through sensors located in the ensure the correct functioning of the side and rs nor the door panels should be modified in kers). If the front door is damaged, the airbag
ly. All work carried out on the front door must hop.
Altea_EN.book Seite 40 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Safety notes on the operation of the side airbag system
If airbags are used correctly, they can considerably reduce the
risk of injury in side impact collisions.
WARNING
If you do not wear a seat belt, if you lean forward, or are not seated correctly while the vehicle is in motion, you are at a greater risk of injury if the side airbag system is triggered in an accident.
In order for the side airbags to provide their maximum protection, the prescribed sitting position must always be maintained with seat belts fastened while travelling.
Occupants of the outer seats must never carry any objects or pets in the deployment space between them and the airbags, or allow children or other passengers to travel in this position. It is also important not to attach any accessories (such as cup holders) to the doors. This would impair the protection offered by the side airbags.
The built-in coat hooks should be used only for lightweight clothing. Do not leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets.
Great forces, such as hard blows or kicks, must not be exerted upon the backrest bolster because the system may be damaged. In this case, the side airbags would not be triggered.
Under no circumstances should protective covers be fitted over the driver seat or front passenger seat unless the covers have been expressly approved for use in your vehicle. Because the airbag deploys from the side of the backrest, the use of non-approved seat covers would obstruct the side airbag seriously reducing the airbag's effectiveness page 207, Accessories, parts replacement and modifications.
Any damage to the original seat upholstery or around the seams of the side airbag units must be repaired immediately by a qualified workshop.
The airbags provide protection for just one accident; replace them once they have deployed.
When children assume an selves to an increased risk o particularly the case if the ch and the airbag system is trig consequences including serio
Any work on the side airb airbag components for other should only be performed by occur during the airbag syste
Do not attempt to modify
The side and head airbag interior of the front doors. To head airbags neither the doo any way (e.g. fitting loudspea system may not work correct be made in a qualified works
WARNING (continued)
Airbag system 41
Safety Fir Technical Data
w in most countries, but also for your safety
n.
airbag system are:
monitoring system (control unit),
gs with gas generator) for the driver, front
n the rear seats,
dash panel insert page 31.
is monitored electronically.
ll not be triggered
ff,
g. 24 Location of left curtain airbag
Altea_EN.book Seite 41 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Curtain airbags
Description of curtain airbags
The airbag system is not a substitute for the seat belts.
The curtain airbags are located on both sides in the interior above the doors
fig. 24 and are identified with the text AIRBAG.
In conjunction with the seat belts, the curtain airbag system gives the occu-
pants additional protection for the head and upper body in the event of a
severe side collision page 42, Safety notes on the operation of the
curtain airbag system.
The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts, but it is an integral part
of the vehicle's overall passive safety system. Please bear in mind that the
airbag system can only work effectively when the occupants are wearing their
seat belts correctly and have adjusted the head restraints properly. For this
reason, it is most important to wear the seat belts at all times - not only
because this is required by la
page 19, Brief Introductio
The main parts of the curtain
an electronic control and
the curtain airbags (airba
passenger and passengers o
a warning lamp in the
The airbag system operation
The curtain airbag system wi
the ignition is switched o
Fi
Airbag system42
e curtain airbag is triggered on the impact side
e front, side and curtain airbags may be trig-
the airbag is filled with propellant gas. In the
rs the side windows and door pillars.
extra protection in an accident, the airbags
ly (within thousandth of a second). A fine dust
deploys. This is normal and it is not an indica-
hion the movement of the front occupants and
ry to the upper body.
ag allows the controlled escape of the propel-
ts pressure on the bag. Thus, the head and
tected by the airbag.
ration of the curtain airbag system
tly, they can considerably reduce the
ds of accident.
gs to provide their maximum protection, the ust always be maintained with seat belts
ad air bag must be disconnected in those ger compartment separation screen. See an make this adjustment.
Altea_EN.book Seite 42 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
there is a frontal collision,
there is a rear-end collision,
if the vehicle rolls,
during a minorside collision,
WARNING
If a fault has occured in the airbag system, have the system checked imme- diately by a qualified workshop. Otherwise there is a danger that during a collision, the system may fail to trigger, or not trigger correctly.
Function of curtain airbags
Fully inflated airbags reduce the risk of head or chest injury in
a side collision.
During some side collisions th
of the vehicle fig. 25.
In certain types of accident th
gered together.
When the system is triggered,
process, the curtain bag cove
In order to provide the desired
have to deploy extremely rapid
may develop when the airbag
tion of fire in the vehicle.
The fully deployed airbags cus
help to reduce the risk of inju
The special design of the airb
lant gas when an occupant pu
chest are surrounded and pro
Safety notes on the ope
If you use airbags correc
risk of injury in many kin
WARNING
In order for the side airba prescribed sitting position m fastened while travelling.
For safety reasons, the he vehicles fitted with a passen Authorised Service Centre to
Fig. 25 Deployed curtain airbags
Airbag system 43
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 43 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
There must be no other persons, animals or objects between the occu- pants of the outer seats and the deployment space of the curtain airbags so that the curtain airbag can deploy without restriction and provide the greatest possible protection. Therefore, sun blinds which have not been expressly approved for use in your vehicle may not be attached to the side windows page 207, Accessories, parts replacement and modifica- tions.
The built-in coat hooks should be used only for lightweight clothing. Do not leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets. Please, do not hang the clothes on coat hangers.
The airbags provide protection for just one accident; replace them once they have deployed.
Any work on the curtain airbag system or removal and installation of the airbag components for other repairs (such as removal of the roof lining) should only be performed by a qualified workshop. Otherwise, faults may occur during the airbag system operation.
Do not attempt to modify components of the airbag system in any way.
The side and head airbags are managed through sensors located in the interior of the front doors. To ensure the correct functioning of the side and head airbags neither the doors nor the door panels should be modified in any way (e.g. fitting loudspeakers). If the front door is damaged, the airbag system may not work correctly. All work carried out on the front door must be made in a qualified workshop.
WARNING (continued)
Airbag system44
g is deactivated, this means that only the
d. All the other airbags in the vehicle
airbag
in the key operated switch in the glove
fig. 26.
lamp OFF on the instrument panel
en the ignition is switched on .
irbag
in the key-operated switch in the glove
fig. 26.
Fig. 27 Warning lamp for deactivated passenger airbag in centre console
Altea_EN.book Seite 44 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Deactivating airbags*
Disabling front passenger airbag
If you fit a rear-facing child seat to the front passenger seat,
the front passenger airbag must be de-activated.
When the passenger airba
frontal airbag is deactivate
remain functional.
Disabling front passenger
Switch the ignition on.
Turn the ignition switch
box to the position OFF
Check that the warning
fig. 27 remains lit wh
Enabling front passenger a
Switch the ignition on.
Turn the ignition switch
box to the position ON
Fig. 26 In the glove compartment: key for enabling and disabling front passenger airbag
Airbag system 45
Safety Fir Technical Data
er the front passenger airbag will deploy all your passengers of this.
key to activate / deactivate the passenger front ront airbag will be activated / deactivated. The on the passenger side will remain active.
Altea_EN.book Seite 45 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Check that the warning lamp on the instrument panel does
page 44, fig. 27 not light up when the ignition is switched on
.
WARNING
The driver is responsible for the proper position of the key-operated switch.
You should deactivate the front passenger airbag only if you have to use a rear-facing child seat in exceptional cases. page 46, Child safety.
Never install a child seat facing backwards (or rear-facing) on the front passenger seat unless the front passenger airbag has been disabled. This represents a risk of fatal injuries to the child! However, if it is necessary in exceptional circumstances to transport a child in a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat, you must always disable the front passenger airbag.
As soon as the child seat is no longer needed on the front passenger seat, enable the front passenger airbag again.
Only deactivate the passenger airbag when the ignition is off, other- wise a fault may occur in the airbag system, this will create a danger that in case of an accident, the airbag does not deploy properly or does not deploy at all.
When the passenger airbag is deactivated, if the warning lamp AIRBAG OFF is not continuously lit up when the front passenger airbag is disabled, there may be a fault in the airbag system:
Have the airbag system inspected immediately by a qualified work- shop.
Do not use a child seat on the front passenger seat! The front passenger airbag could be triggered despite the fact that there is a fault in the system and, as a result, a child could sustain serious or fatal inju- ries.
It is predictable wheth during an accident! Warn
When using the ignition airbag, only the passenger f side airbag and head airbag
WARNING (continued)
Child safety46
together with the on-board documentation,
instructions manual.
Altea_EN.book Seite 46 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Child safety
Brief introduction
Introduction
Statistics show that children are generally safer on the rear
seat than on the front passenger seat.
We recommend that children under 12 years of age are transported on the
rear seats. Children travelling on the rear seat must use a child restraint
system or the seat belts provided, depending on their age, height and
weight. For safety reasons, the child restraint system should be installed in
the centre of the rear seat or behind the front passenger's seat.
The physical laws involved and the forces acting in a collision apply also to
children. page 21, Why wear seat belts?. But unlike adults, children do
not have muscle and bone structures fully developed. This means that chil-
dren are subject to a greater risk of injury.
To reduce this risk, children must always use special child restraint systems
when travelling in the vehicle.
We recommend the use of child safety products from the SEAT Genuine Acces-
sories Program, which includes systems for all ages made by Peke2).
These systems have been especially designed and approved, complying with
the ECE-R44. regulation.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and observe any statutory require-
ments when installing and using child seats. Always read and note
page 47, Safety notes on using child seats.
We recommend you to include
the manufacturer's Child Seat
2) Not for all countries
Child safety 47
Safety Fir Technical Data
bies on your lap, this can result in potentially
transported in a vehicle without being properly neel on a seat while travelling. In an accident, ugh the vehicle, causing possibly fatal injuries her passengers.
proper sitting position when the car is moving, greater risk of injury in the event of sudden accident. This is particularly important if the t passenger seat and the airbag system is trig- uld cause serious injury or even death.
protect your child!
ised child alone on a child seat or in the
nditions, it may become extremely hot or cold be fatal.
an 1.5 metres tall must not wear a normal seat t system, as this could cause injuries to the uring a sudden braking manoeuvre or in an
bbing to become twisted or jammed, or to rub
lts can cause injuries even in a minor collision uvres.
aximum protection only when the belt web is 24, Seat belts.
py a child seat page 48, Child seats.
Altea_EN.book Seite 47 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Safety notes on using child seats
Proper use of child seats substantially reduces the risk of
injury in an accident!
As the driver, you are responsible for any children you transport in
your vehicle.
Protect your children by properly using appropriate child seats
page 48.
Always ensure that the belt webbing is properly positioned
according to the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the
child seat.
When travelling, do not allow children to distract you from traffic.
Take breaks regularly during long trips. Take a break at least
every two hours.
WARNING
Never install a child seat facing backwards (or rear-facing) on the front passenger seat unless the front passenger airbag has been disabled. This could lead to a risk of potentially fatal injuries to the child! However, if it is necessary, in exceptional cases, to transport a child in the front passenger seat, the front passenger airbag must always be disabled page 44, Deactivating airbags*. If the passenger seat has a height adjustment option, move it to the highest position.
For those vehicles that do not include a key lock switch to turn the airbag off, an Authorised Service Centre must be consulted.
All passengers, especially children, must assume the proper sitting position and be properly belted in while travelling.
Never hold children or ba fatal injuries to the child!
Never allow a child to be secured, or to stand up or k the child could be flung thro to themselves and to the ot
If children assume an im they expose themselves to braking manoeuvre or in an child is travelling on the fron gered in an accident; this co
A suitable child seat can
Never leave an unsuperv vehicle.
Depending on weather co inside the vehicle. This can
Children who are less th belt without a child restrain abdominal and neck areas d accident.
Do not allow the belt we on any sharp edges.
Incorrectly worn seat be or in sudden braking manoe
The seat belt provides m properly positioned page
Only one child may occu
WARNING (continued)
Child safety48
ats
a correctly adjusted seat belt can
child.
t 9 months old and 10 kg in weight the most
aring in the illustration fig. 28.
ut 18 months old and 13 kg in weight the most
aring in the illustration.
tructions and observe any statutory require-
ing child seats.
together with the on-board documentation,
instructions manual.
ormation and warnings concerning the use of notes on using child seats on page 47.
Fig. 28 A group 0 rear- facing child seat fitted on the rear seat.
Altea_EN.book Seite 48 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Child seats
Categorisation of child seats into groups
Use only child seats that are officially approved and suitable
for the child.
Child seats are subject to the regulation ECE-R 44. ECE-R. It means that:
Economic Commission for Europe Regulation
The child seats are grouped into 5 categories:
Group 0: Children up to 10 kg
Group 0+: Children up to 13 kg
Group 1: from 9 to 18 kg
Group 2: from 15 to 25 kg
Group 3: from 22 to 36 kg
Child seats that have been tested and approved under the ECE R 44 standard
bear the test mark on the seat (the letter E in a circle with the test number
below it).
Group 0 and 0+ child se
A suitable child seat and
help you to protect your
Group 0: For babies from abou
suitable seats are those appe
Group 0+: For babies from abo
suitable seats are those appe
Follow the manufacturer's ins
ments when installing and us
We recommend you to include
the manufacturer's Child Seat
WARNING
Read and always observe inf child seats in Safety
Child safety 49
Safety Fir Technical Data
ats
d a correctly adjusted seat belt can
r child.
tructions and observe any statutory require-
sing child seats.
e together with the on-board documentation,
t instructions manual.
weighing between 15 and 25 kg are best
ats together with properly adjusted seat belts.
eighing between 22 and 36 kg but less than 1.5
by seat cushions with head restraints together
fig. 30.
Fig. 30 Forward-facing child seat installed on rear seat.
Altea_EN.book Seite 49 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Group 1 child seats
A suitable child seat and a correctly adjusted seat belt can
help you to protect your child.
Child seats using the ISOFIX system or seats in which the child faces the
rear of the car are most appropriate for babies and small children weighing
between 9 and 18 kg.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and observe any statutory require-
ments when installing and using child seats.
We recommend you to include together with the on-board documentation,
the manufacturer's Child Seat instructions manual.
WARNING
Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of child seats in Safety notes on using child seats on page 47.
Group 2 and 3 child se
A suitable child seat an
help you to protect you
Follow the manufacturer's ins
ments when installing and u
We recommend you to includ
the manufacturer's Child Sea
Group 2 child seats
Children under 7 years of age
protected by group 2 child se
Group 3 child seats
Children over 7 years of age w
metres tall are best protected
with properly worn seat belts
Fig. 29 A category 1 forward-facing child seat fitted on the rear seat.
Child safety50
Altea_EN.book Seite 50 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
WARNING
The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie approximately on the centre of the shoulder, never across the neck or the arm. The seat belt must lie close to the upper part of the body. The lap belt part must lie across the pelvis, not across the stomach, and always fit closely. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack page 24, Seat belts.
Read and always observe information and warnings concerning the use of child seats in Safety notes on using child seats on page 47.
Child safety 51
Safety Fir Technical Data
0+ and 1 with the ISOFIX system can be
at belts, using the ISOFIX and page 52
child in the front passenger seat, the front ys be disabled page 44, Deactivating t to its highest position, in case it has this
information and warnings concerning the use ty notes on using child seats on page 47.
cations
outer Rear centre
L U
L U
L U
U
Altea_EN.book Seite 51 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Securing child seats
Ways to secure a child seat
A child seat can be secured differently on the rear seat and on the front passenger seat.
You can secure a child seat to the rear seat or front passenger seat in the
following ways:
Child seats in groups 0 to 3 can be secured with a seat belt.
Child seats for groups 0, secured without fastening se
securing rings.
U: Suitable for universal approved restraining systems for use in this age
category (universal retention systems are those fitted using the adult
seat belt).
*: Move the passenger seat as far to rear as possible, as high as possible
and always deactivate the airbag.
L: Suitable for retention systems using the ISOFIX anchors
WARNING
When travelling, children must be secured in the vehicle with a restraint system suitable for age, weight and size.
Never install a child seat facing backwards (or rear-facing) on the front passenger seat unless the front passenger airbag has been disabled. This could cause fatal injuries to the child! However, if it is necessary, in excep-
tional cases, to transport a passenger airbag must alwa airbags* and move the sea adjustment.
Read and always observe of child seats in Safe
Category Weight Seat lo
Front passenger Rear
Group 0 <10 kg U* U/
Group 0+ <13 kg U* U/
Group 1 9-18 kg U* U/
Group 2 / 3 15-36 kg U* U
WARNING (continued)
Child safety52
ntings are available in your Authorised Service
signed only to use them with ISOFIX child
without the ISOFIX system, retaining belts gs this can result in potentially fatal injuries
t is secured correctly by using the ISOFIX
Altea_EN.book Seite 52 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Securing child seat with the ISOFIX system
The child seat with ISOFIX system can be secured quickly,
easily and safely on the rear outer seats using the system
When removing or fitting the child seat, please be sure to follow the
manufacturer's instructions.
Move the seat as far to rear as it will go.
Press the child seat onto the ISOFIX retaining rings until the
child seat can be heard to engage securely.
Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure.
Two ISOFIX retaining rings are fitted on each rear seat. In some vehicles, the
rings are secured to the seat frame and, in others, they are secured to the rear
floor. The access to ISOFIX rings is between the rear back rest and the seat.
Child seats with ISOFIX mou
Centres.
WARNING
The retaining rings are de seats.
Never secure child seats or objects to the fastening rin to the child.
Ensure that the child sea anchors.
Fig. 31 ISOFIX securing rings
53
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 53 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
54
Fig. 3
Altea_EN.book Seite 54 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
2 Instrument panel
Cockpit 55
Safety Fir Technical Data
d ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ning* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ner* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or right seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
p for deactivated front passenger airbag . . . . .
er airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ment lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
partment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
asing the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ning and closing the front windows . . . . . . . . .
for the rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ening and closing the rear windows . . . . . . . . .
of equipment listed here are fitted only on certain
rs or are optional extras.
150
152
155
132
44
30
134
167
139
162
212
106
106
106
Altea_EN.book Seite 55 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Operating instructions
Cockpit
Overview
Overview of the instrument panel
This overview will help you to familiarise yourself with the
controls and displays.
Door release lever
Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air vent
Lighting control for instrument and control lighting . . . . . . . .
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn signal and main beam lever and cruise control system* .
Instrument panel:
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indication lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn (works only when the ignition is on)/ and driver front
airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windscreen wiper and windscreen wash lever and operation of
the multi-function display* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thumb wheel for left seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controls for
Heating* an
Air conditio
Air conditio
Radio
Thumb wheel f
Indication lam
Front passeng
Glove compart
Gear shift leve
Cup holder com
Handbrake
Pedals
Ignition lock .
Handle for rele
Button for ope
Safety switch*
Control* for op
Note Some of the items
models/model yea
A1
A2 111
A3
A4 114
A5 114
A6 116, 175
A7
56
59
72
A8
30
A9
121, 61
A10 132
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
Cockpit56
. 33 Detailed view of dash panel instrument panel
Altea_EN.book Seite 56 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Instruments
Instrument overview
The instruments display the vehicle operating status.
Detailed view of dash panel instrument panel
Fuel gauge page 57
Multi-function display
Engine coolant temperature gauge page 57
Rev counter page 58
Time adjustment button / trip recorder reset button page 58
Speedometer
Fig
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
Cockpit 57
Safety Fir Technical Data
ature display
ngine coolant temperature.
d heavy engine loads fig. 35.
the needle should be in the middle section of
ay also rise when the engine is working hard,
peratures. This is no cause for concern as long
t light up and no warning* text appears in the
2, fig. 47 will light up if the needle is in the
warning appears in the instrument panel
Fig. 35 Instrument panel: engine coolant tempera- ture gauge
A2
Altea_EN.book Seite 57 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Fuel gauge and reserve indicator
Instrument panel: fuel gauge
The fuel tank has a capacity of approx. 55 litres.
When the needle reaches the reserve zone fig. 34 (arrow), the warning
lamp will light and an acoustic signal will sound reminding the driver to refuel. At this point there are still about 7 litres of fuel in the tank.
The following text appears in the instrument panel display 3) PLEASE REFUEL.*
Engine coolant temper
This gauge shows the e
Needle in cold zone
Avoid high engine speeds an
Needle in normal zone
In normal driving conditions,
the scale. The temperature m
especially at high outside tem
as the warning lamp does no
combi-instrument display.
Needle in warning zone
The warning lamp* page 7
warning zone. The following
3) Depending on the model version
Fig. 34 Instrument panel: fuel gauge
AA
AB
AC
Cockpit58
vironment s early will help you to save fuel and minimise
*
ed in the instrument panel display.
page 56, fig. 33 anti-clockwise to
r. If the knob is turned briefly anti-clock-
nce one hour further.
lockwise to the limit stop to set the
turned briefly clockwise the clock will
rther.
A5
Altea_EN.book Seite 58 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
display 4). Stop the car and switch off the engine. Check the coolant level
page 219 .
Even if the coolant level is correct do not continue driving. You should obtain
technical assistance.
WARNING
When working in the engine compartment, always bear in mind the safety warnings. page 212
Caution Accessories in front of the air inlet reduce the cooling effect of the coolant. At
high outside temperatures and high engine loads, there is a risk of the
engine overheating.
Rev counter
The rev. counter displays the engine speed in revolutions per
minute.
The start of the red zone on the dial page 56, fig. 33 indicates the
maximum engine speed which may be used briefly when the engine is warm
and after it has been run in properly. However, it is advisable to change up a
into a higher gear, move the selector lever to D or lift your foot off the acceler-
ator before the needle reaches the red zone.
Caution The rev counter needle must never enter the red zone on the scale. Risk of
engine damage.
For the sake of the en Changing up into higher gear
engine noise.
Setting the digital clock
The digital clock is locat
Turn the setting knob the stop to set the hou
wise the clock will adva
Turn the setting knob c
minutes. If the knob is
advance one minute fu
4) Depending on the model version
A4
Cockpit 59
Safety Fir Technical Data
age 58
ce interval display page 60
isplay for the automatic gearbox*.
iptronic mode (automatic gearbox)*. The
the display field with a light background
Fig. 37 Detail of the instrument cluster: screen with Tiptronic gear indi- cator
Altea_EN.book Seite 59 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Digital display in the instrument panel
Display (without warning or information texts)
The display in the instrument panel shows, amongst other
things, the mileage and trip recorder as well as the selector
lever position.
Digital clock display p
Distance display or servi
Selector lever position d
Display for the gears in T
selected gear appears in
fig. 37.Fig. 36 Detail of the instrument cluster: screen with different indicators
A1
A2
A3
A4
Cockpit60
le service interval display: Distance display or
isplay
splay for the automatic gearbox. The actual
ver or the gear which is engaged (for Tiptronic)
ice Interval Display
isplay registers the total amount of distance
rs the short journeys. The last digit indicates
ecorder counter may be reset by the reset
.
ear in the mileage displays if a service is due
pears and the display km with the distance
xt service appointment is due. The display will
seconds. A clock symbol appears and the
ce appointment should be carried out. The
n the instrument panel display: SERV. IN ... KM age will disappear approximately 20 seconds
n or the engine is running. The normal display
he reset button on the trip counter or by
he MFI page 61, fig. 39 .
you can call up the current service message by
t knob for 2 seconds.
d by a minus sign in front of the mileage or day
AB
Altea_EN.book Seite 60 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Displayed categories
The display in the instrument panel shows the mileage and
trip recorder as well as the selector lever position.
Warning and monitoring indicators: Warning and indication lamps
Clock: Setting the time. In some vehicles the ambient temperature is
displayed to the right of the clock.
There are optional and automatic displays in this field.
- Optional indicators: e.g. Multi-function display (MFD) and ambient
temperature display
- Automatic indicators: Information texts and warnings: Warning and
information messages on the screen
- Menus providing further information and which can be used to make
diverse settings are also shown: Instrument panel menus
Distance display or flexib
flexible service interval d
Selector lever position di
position of the selector le
are highlighted.
Mileage display or Serv
Distance display
The left-hand counter in the d
covered by the vehicle.
The right-hand counter registe
steps of 100 metres. The trip r
button page 56, fig. 33
Service interval display
A Service pre-warning will app
soon. A spanner symbol ap
that can be driven until the ne
change after approximately 10
number of days until the servi
following message is shown i
OR ... DAYS. The service mess
after the ignition is switched o
can be resumed by pressing t
pressing the rocker switch of t
With the ignition switched on,
pressing the trip counter rese
An overdue service is indicate
information.
Fig. 38 Digital display in the instrument panel
A1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A6
Cockpit 61
Safety Fir Technical Data
uses two automatic memories: 1 - Actual ory. The selected memory will be shown
rner of the display.
hed on, briefly press the button fig. 39
wiper lever to move between the two
t you would like to reset.
on the windscreen wiper lever for at
e travel and consumption rates from the
ed on until it is switched off. If the journey is
f switching off the ignition, the new values will
ecorder memory. The memory will automatically
terrupted for more than two hours.
ts the journey data for any number of individual
is switched off for longer than two hours) up to
inutes travel time, 9,999 km distance travelled
ed. The memory will automatically be deleted if
ached.
AA
Altea_EN.book Seite 61 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Display with multi-function display (MFD)*
The multi-function display (MFD) shows you information on
the journey and fuel consumption.
The multi-function system
memory and 2 - Total mem in the upper right-hand co
Selecting a memory
With the ignition switc
on the windscreen
memories.
Resetting a memory
Select the memory tha
Press and hold button
least 2 seconds.
The trip memory 1 collects th
moment the ignition is switch
continued within two hours o
be added to the existing trip r
be deleted if the journey is in
The journey memory 2 collec
journeys (even if the ignition
a total of 99 hours and 59 m
and 999 litres of fuel consum
one of the named values is re
Fig. 39 Windscreen wiper and windscreen wash lever: button A and rocker switch B
Fig. 40 Digital instru- ment panel display: average fuel consumption indicator
AA
Cockpit62
tance you can travel with the remaining fuel)
t of time which has elapsed since the ignition
both memories is 99 hours and 59 minutes.
y be deleted once this value has been reached.
peed, enter the speed indicator mode and
he display remembers the indicated speed. If
ed, a warning text is displayed on the screen 5)
essing the button (Reset).
ng the rocker switch in steps of 5 km/h
memory value.
wn after running a distance of approximately
ar in the display until that time. The display will
hile the vehicle is in motion.
on, the message on the screen may vary and may be
speed indication or by a speed message.
AA
AB
Altea_EN.book Seite 62 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Displays in the multi-function display (MFD)*
You can switch between the following displays in the multi-function display
(MFD) by operating the rocker switch fig. 41 on the windscreen wiper
lever.
Memory displays
Journey duration
Speed warning
Average speed
Distance
Distance to empty (the dis
Average fuel consumption
Current fuel consumption
min - Journey duration
The display shows the amoun
was switched on.
The maximum display value in
The memory will automaticall
Set speed indicator
When driving at the required s
press the button (Reset), t
the indicated speed is exceed
and a warning signal sounds.
This may be deactivated by pr
The speed may be altered usi
within 5 seconds of the initial
km/h - Average speed
The average speed will be sho
100 metres. Dashes will appe
be updated every 5 seconds w
Fig. 41 Windscreen wiper and windscreen wash lever: button A and rocker switch B
Fig. 42 Digital instru- ment panel display: average fuel consumption indicator.
AB 5) Depending on the model versi
represented by flashing of the
AA
Cockpit 63
Safety Fir Technical Data
he road surface even if the snowflake symbol r this reason, not rely exclusively on this
y or travelling at very low speeds, the tempera-
y higher than the actual ambient temperature as
rom the engine.
text in the display
display with warning lamps and
ports.
ertain components and functions when the igni-
the vehicle is moving. Functional faults are indi-
gs and information texts in the display. An
ertain cases.
ls (priority 1) and yellow warning symbols
ges given on a fault, you will receive information
or will be asked to carry out certain tasks.
Altea_EN.book Seite 63 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
km - Distance travelled
The display shows the distance travelled since the ignition was switched on.
The maximum display value in both memories is 9999 km. The memory will
automatically be deleted once this value has been reached.
Km - Fuel range
The fuel range is calculated using the figures for tank content and current fuel
consumption. It shows how far the vehicle can travel using the same condi-
tions as a reference.
litre/100 km - Average fuel consumption
The average fuel consumption will be shown page 62, fig. 42 after a
distance of approximately 100 metres has been travelled. Dashes will appear
in the display until that time. The display will be updated every 5 seconds
while the vehicle is in motion. The amount of fuel used will not be shown.
ltr/100 km or ltr/hr - Current fuel consumption
The display will show the current fuel consumption in litre/km whilst the
vehicle is in motion or in litre/hour when the vehicle is in a stationary position
with the engine running.
Using this display you can see how your driving style affects fuel consump-
tion page 191.
Ambient temperature display
The measurement margin extends from -45C to +58C. At temperatures
lower than +4C, an ice crystal symbol is displayed and a warning sounds
if the vehicle is moving at more than 20 km/h (ice warning). This symbol will
flash for about 10 seconds and remains lit until the exterior temperature rises
above +4C or 6C if it was already lit.
WARNING
There could be black ice on t is not shown. You should, fo display - Risk of accident!
Note When the vehicle is stationar
ture displayed may be slightl
a result of the heat radiated f
Warning or information
Faults are shown in the
warning/information re
The system runs a check on c
tion is switched on and while
cated by symbols with warnin
audible warning is given in c
Warning symbols
There are red warning symbo
(priority 2)
Information text
In addition to warning messa
in the display on procedures
Cockpit64
ports are detected at the same time, the
er the other for about 2 seconds at a time. After
t will disappear and the symbol will be shown
e display.
not be shown until all Priority 1 warning
g reports (yellow):6)
mation text PLEASE REFUEL.
ymbol with the information text REFILL Refill the windscreen washer tank
bol with the information text IMMOBILIZ. ed, for this reason the vehicle may not start.
n
Altea_EN.book Seite 64 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Note In the case of screens without warning or information texts, faults are indi-
cated exclusively by the warning lamps.
Warning reports, Priority 1 (red)
If one of these faults occurs, the warning lamp will flash or light up and will
be accompanied by three audible warnings. This is a danger warning. Stop
the car and switch off the engine. Check the fault and correct it. Obtain profes-
sional assistance if necessary.
If several priority 1 faults are detected at the same time, the symbols will be
displayed one after the other for about 2 seconds at a time and will continue
until the fault is corrected.
No menus will be shown in the display for the duration of a priority 1 warning
report.
Examples of priority 1 warning reports (red)
Brake system symbol with warning text STOP BRAKE FLUID INSTRUCTION MANUAL or STOP BRAKE FAULT INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
Coolant symbol with the warning text STOP CHECK COOLANT INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
Engine oil pressure symbol with the warning text STOP ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW! SERVICE MANUAL.
Warning reports, Priority 2 (yellow)
If one of these faults occurs, the warning lamp lights up, and is accompanied
by one audible warning. The function should be checked as soon as possible.
If several priority 2 warning re
symbols are displayed one aft
a set time, the information tex
as a reminder at the side of th
Priority 2 warning reports will
reports have been dealt with!
Examples of priority 2 warnin
Fuel symbol with the infor
Windscreen washer fluid s
WINDSCREEN WASHER FLUID.
page 221.
Electronic immobiliser sym
ACTIVE. A valid key was not us
6) Depending on the model versio
Cockpit 65
Safety Fir Technical Data
ect the entry.
ple of menu use.
Fig. 44 Digital instru- ment panel display: Main menu
Altea_EN.book Seite 65 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Instrument panel menus
Main menu
The menu enables access to the different display functions.
Open main menu
Switch the ignition on.
Press and hold the eject button for at least 2 seconds. It may
be necessary to repeat this operation until the main menu is
displayed.
Select a menu from the main menu
To choose an option from the menu, press the upper or lower end
of rocker switch . The selected option is displayed between
two horizontal lines.
Press button to sel
Example of menu use: Exam
Fig. 43 Windscreen wiper lever: button A to confirm the menu selection and rocker switch B to change the menu
AB
AB
AA
Cockpit66
y (MFD)
system. The navigation system must be
ows and proximity bars are displayed. The dis-
ass) and the name of the street along which
mounted by the manufacturer: Fixed tele-
tatus menu
tyres, units, language, independent heating,
t.
breakdown or service message appears. The
s after the ignition is switched on. The display
Altea_EN.book Seite 66 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Note For electronic and vehicle equipment one or more of these menus will be
displayed.
Main menu Function
Multi-function display Change to the multi-function display (MFD): Multi-function displa
Audio The current station will be shown when the radio is switched on.
Navigation This menu is only available if the vehicle is fitted with a navigation
switched on. When the route guidance is activated, the turning arr
play is similar to that of the Navigation system.
If the route guidance is not activated, the direction of travel (comp
you are driving are shown.
Telephone This menu is only available if the vehicle is fitted with a telephone
phone installation
Vehicle condition This menu displays current warning or information texts: Vehicle s
This option flashes when one of these texts is displayed.
Configuration This option allows the time, the speed warning when using winter
the Light and visibility menu and the Convenience menu to be rese
Display off The display is switched off.
It comes on again on entering the main menu or when a warning,
main menu will be shown in the display for approximately 5 second
will then switch off again.
Cockpit 67
Safety Fir Technical Data
.
tion.
windscreen wiper lever. The Configura-
Winter tyres
res using the rocker switch.
enu Winter tyres is opened.
warning
o select the menu entry +10 km/h or
e button to either increase or decrease the
Fig. 46 Digital instru- ment panel display: winter tyres indicator
Altea_EN.book Seite 67 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Example of menu use
All the menus on the instrument panel may be used according to the following procedure
The setting of a speed warning will be used as an example of how to
use the menus. This is a good idea if you are, for example, using
winter tyres which are not suited for the top speed of the vehicle.
1. Open the main menu
Switch the ignition on.
Hold down button for two seconds to return to main menu
from other menu. It may be necessary to repeat this operation
until the main menu is displayed.
2. Open the main menu Configuration
To choose an option from the menu, press the upper or lower end
of the rocker switch. The selected option is displayed between
two lines and there will also be a triangle on the right.
Select menu Configura
Press button on the
tion menu is opened.
3. Open the main menu
Select option Winter ty
Press button . The m
4. Program a speed limit
Use the rocker switch t
-10 km/h and press th
set speed.
Fig. 45 Windscreen wiper lever: button A to confirm the menu selection and rocker switch B to change the menu
AB
AA
AA
Cockpit68
ter tyres
k.
nds an optical and an acoustic signal when the
.
ed menu is shown.
Altea_EN.book Seite 68 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
5. To activate and deactivate the speed limit warning
Use the rocker switch to select the menu point On/ Off and press
the button to switch the speed warning either on or off. If the
speed warning is deactivated, three dashes will be displayed ---
6. To close the menu Win
In the menu select Bac
The function Winter tyres se
vehicle reaches the set speed
Example menu Winter tyres
Note For electronic and vehicle equipment one or more of these menus will be
displayed.
On the display Winter tyres
Function Name of menu displayed
X km/h The current set speed is displayed
or --- or dashes will be shown if the function is deactivated.
On / Off If the function is activated or deactivated
+10 km/h The set value increases by 10 km/h
-10 km/h The set value decreases by 10 km/h
Back The menu Winter tyres is closed and the last display
Cockpit 69
Safety Fir Technical Data
nd information texts: Information and warning
automatically disappear from the screen after a
Vehicle status menu.
texts may be viewed in this menu. If there are no
display. If there are several messages, each one
ple of menu use.
stem can be changed. Both 12- and 24-hour
mmer time (an S appears in the upper part of
al and acoustic warning will be given by the
e fitted winter tyres which are not suited for the
r's manual
seen in seven different languages
mperature, fuel consumption values and dis-
ience settings.
Altea_EN.book Seite 69 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Vehicle status menu
This menu shows warning or information texts
Open Vehicle Condition menu
Select the option Vehicle status from the main menu: Main
menu and press the button on the windscreen wiper lever.
Priority 2 warning messages a
messages on the screen will
time and will be stored in the
The warning and information
messages, ok appears on the
is shown for four seconds.
Configuration menu
This menu is used to make the settings for the vehicle functions.
Open Configuration menu
Select the option Configuration from the main menu: Main
menu and press the button on the windscreen wiper lever.
Example of menu use: Exam
Configuration Function
Time The hours and minutes of the clock and the navigation sy
formats are available and the time may be changed to su
the screen)
Winter tyres The menu allows the setting of a speed at which an optic
system. You can use this function, for example, if you hav
top speed of your vehicle. See chapter Wheels in owne
Settings: Language The display texts and the navigation system texts can be
Units This option allows you to select the units for displaying te
tances.
Convenience From this menu it is it possible to alter the vehicle conven
Cockpit70
venience from the main menu and press
indscreen wiper lever.
le of menu use
settings: Lights and visibility Menu.
Altea_EN.book Seite 70 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Note For electronic and vehicle equipment one or more of these menus will be
displayed.
Convenience menu
From this menu it is it possible to alter the vehicle convenience settings.
Open menu Convenience
Choose the option Configuration from the main menu and press
the button on the windscreen wiper lever.
Choose the option Con the button on the w
Example of menu use: Examp
Lights & visibility From this menu it is it possible to alter the vehicle lighting
Display off Only emergency messages appear
Back This returns to the main menu
AA
AA
Convenience Function
Open doors Selective opening/ Complete opening
Self-locking
Self-unlocking
Audible warning function On / off (acoustic signal of centralised locking)
Convenience opening Off
All
1 door
Synchronized regulation of wing mirrors Synchronized/individual
Back This returns to the Configuration menu
Cockpit 71
Safety Fir Technical Data
ts & visibility from the menu and press
screen wiper lever.
ple of menu use
ds, from a minimum of 10 seconds to a maxi-
k at least three times when turned on.
is menu are restored.
Altea_EN.book Seite 71 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Note For electronic and vehicle equipment one or more of these menus will be
displayed.
Lights and visibility menu
From this menu it is it possible to alter the vehicle lighting settings.
Open Lights and visibility Menu
Select the option Configuration from the main menu: Main
menu and press button on the windscreen wiper lever.
Select the option Ligh button on the wind
Example of menu use: Exam
Note For electronic and vehicle equipment one or more of these menus will be
displayed.
AA
AA
Lights & visibility Function
Coming Home/ Leaving Home
The lighting duration may be modified, in steps of 10 secon
mum of 90 seconds
The function may also be deactivated.
Indicator conf. With the convenience mode activated, the indicator will blin
Manufacturer's settings The manufacturer's predefined values for the functions of th
Back This returns to the Configuration menu
Cockpit72
. 47 Instrument panel with warning lamps. Some of items of equipment listed here are fitted only on tain models/model years or are optional extras.
Altea_EN.book Seite 72 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Warning lamps
Overview of the warning lamps
The warning lamps indicate a number of different functions and possible faults.
Fig the cer
Cockpit 73
Safety Fir Technical Data
Further information
page 75
page 75
page 76
page 76
page 76
page 76
page 77
page 77
page 77
page 77
page 78
page 78
e filter page 79
page 79
Altea_EN.book Seite 73 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Item Symbol Meaning of warning and control lamps
Fuel level / reserve
Coolant level / coolant temperature
Rear fog light switched on
Turn signals in operation
Trailer turn signals in operation
Main beam switched on
Bulb defective
Cruise control system switched on
Windscreen washer fluid level
Parking brake applied
or low brake fluid level or
fault in brake system
Engine oil pressure
ABS system fault
Pollen accumulation in the diesel engine particulat
Alternator fault
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
Cockpit74
page 19
page 80
page 81
page 81
disabled page 28 page 31
page 81
) is
page 81
page 82
page 82
page 82
page 82
page 83
Further information
Altea_EN.book Seite 74 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Fasten seat belts!
Tyre pressure
Engine fault (petrol engine)
Glow plug system for diesel engine
If lit: preheating active
If flashing: engine fault
Airbag or belt tension device system fault or airbag
Fault in the emission control system
If flashing: electronic stabilisation programme (ESP
working
If it remains lit: ESP malfunction or off
Automatic selector lever lock (automatic gearbox)
Electromechanical steering
Brake pad wear indicator
Door open indicator
SAFE Electronic immobiliser
Item Symbol Meaning of warning and control lamps
A15
A16
A17
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
Cockpit 75
Safety Fir Technical Data
s shows the following message7): PLEASE
rature
s up if the coolant temperature is too
vel is too low.
not go out again after a few seconds.
p or flashes while the vehicle is moving, while
ls are emitted.
olant level is too low or the coolant temperature
s shows the following message8): CHECK NUAL page 219
erature gauge. The coolant temperature is too
warning area on the dial. Stop the vehicle, it for it to cool down. Check the coolant level.
he overheating may be caused by a malfunction
radiator fan fuse and have it replaced if neces-
again after driving on for a short distance, stop gine off. Contact an Authorised Service Centre
ion
ion
Altea_EN.book Seite 75 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
WARNING
Failure to observe warning lamps and warning messages can result in serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle.
The risk of an accident increases if your vehicle breaks down. Use a warning triangle to draw the attention of other road users in order to prevent danger to thirds.
The engine compartment is a dangerous area! Before you open the bonnet to work on the engine or in the engine compartment, you must switch the engine off and allow it to cool to reduce the risk of scalding or other kind of injuries. Read and observe the relevant warnings page 212.
Note The appropriate warning lamp for a fault will light up in vehicles without
warning or information texts in the display.
In vehicles with warning or information texts on the screen, the appro-
priate warning lamp for a fault will light up and a warning or information text
will also appear on the screen.
Fuel level / reserve
This symbol lights up to indicate that the fuel tank under the
reserve level.
It lights up when only 7 litres of fuel remain in the tank. Also, an audible warning is given. It reminds you to fuel up the fuel tank as soon as possible
page 209.
The instrument panel display
REFUEL!.
Level* /Coolant tempe
The warning lamp light
high or if the coolant le
There is a fault if:
The warning symbol does
The warning lamp lights u
three acoustic warning signa
This means that either the co
is too high.
Coolant temperature too high
The instrument panel display
COOLANT INSTRUCTIONS MA
First look at the coolant temp
high if the needle is over the
switch the engine off and wa
If the coolant level is correct, t
of the radiator fan. Check the
sary page 247.
If the warning lamp lights up
the vehicle and switch the en or a qualified workshop.
7) Depending on the model vers 8) Depending on the model vers
Cockpit76
es when the indicators are in opera-
r is operating, either the left or right indi-
ing lamps will flash at the same time when the
tched on.
he warning lamp will start flashing twice faster
icators page 116.
flashes when the indicators are oper-
avan or trailer.
when the indicators are operating, provided
d and connected to the vehicle.
h if one of the turn signals on the trailer fails.
s up when the main beams are on.
ed on once main beams are on or once the
.
16.
Altea_EN.book Seite 76 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Coolant level too low
The instrument panel displays shows the following message9): STOP CHECK COOLANT INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL.
First look at the coolant temperature gauge. If the needle is in the normal
range, fill up with coolant at the earliest opportunity .
WARNING
If your vehicle is immobilised for any technical reasons, move it to a safe distance from traffic. Turn the engine off, turn the hazard lights on and place the warning triangle.
Never open the bonnet if you can see or hear steam or coolant escaping from the engine compartment. Risk of scalding. Wait until you can no longer see or hear escaping steam or coolant.
The engine compartment is a dangerous area! Before carrying out any work in the engine compartment, switch off the engine and allow it to cool down. Always note the corresponding warnings page 212.
Rear fog light
This warning lamp lights up when the rear fog light is switched on . Further
information page 111.
Indicators
The warning lamp flash
tion.
Depending on which indicato
cator lamp flashes. Both warn
hazard warning lights are swi
If any of both indicators fails, t
than normal.
Further information on the ind
Trailer indicators
This warning lamp also
ating while towing a car
The warning lamp flashes
that trailer is correctly attache
The warning lamp will not flas
Main beam headlights
This warning lamp light
The warning lamp is switch
headlight flasher is operating
Further information page 1
9) Depending on the model version
Cockpit 77
Safety Fir Technical Data
rake
s up if the handbrake is applied, if the
o low or if there is a fault in the brake
up if
d
with the handbrake on, the following message
panel display 12): HANDBRAKE ON. Also, an
oo low page 225
s shows the following message12): STOP BRAKE .
ake system
s shows the following message12): BRAKE S MANUAL
p together with the anti-lock brake system
et, read and observe the warnings on
p does not go out, or if it lights up when l page 225, Brake fluid in the reservoir is
p the vehicle and do not drive on. Obtain tech-
ion
Altea_EN.book Seite 77 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Bulb defect
The warning lamp lights up when a bulb in the vehicle's exte-
rior lighting is defective.
The warning lamp lights up when a bulb in the vehicle's exterior lighting
(e.g. left-hand main beam) is defective.
The instrument panel displays shows the following message10): LEFT FULL LIGHT FAULT.
Cruise control system*
The warning lamp comes on when the cruise control system
is switched on.
The warning lamp lights up when the cruise control system is switched on.
Further notes on the cruise control system page 175.
Washer fluid
This warning lamp lights up to indicate that the windscreen
washer level is too low.
This serves as a reminder to fill up the reservoir at the earliest opportunity
page 221.
The following message is shown on the instrument panel display11): REFILL WINDSCREEN WASHER FLUID.
Brake system* / handb
The warning lamp light
brake fluid level falls to
system.
This warning lamp lights
If the handbrake is applie
If you drive faster than 6 km/h
will appear in the instrument
audible warning is given.
If the brake fluid level is t
The instrument panel display
FLUID INSTRUCTION MANUAL
If there is a fault in the br
The instrument panel display
SYSTEM FAULT INSTRUCTION
This warning lamp can light u
warning lamp.
WARNING
Before opening the bonn page 212.
If the brake warning lam driving, the brake fluid leve too low. Risk of accident. Sto nical assistance.
10) Depending on the model version 11) Depending on the model version 12) Depending on the model vers
Cockpit78
not light up when the ignition is switched on.
t go out again after a few seconds.
p when the vehicle is moving.
in the normal way (except that the ABS control
ase take the vehicle to a qualified workshop as
nformation on the ABS see the page 179.
e ESP* warning lamp will also light up.
hts up together with the brake warning lamp
ult in the ABS function, but also a possible fault
et, read and observe the warnings on engine compartment.
should light up together with the ABS hicle immediately and check the brake fluid 225, Brake fluid. If the fluid level has rk you must not drive on. Risk of accident.
orrect, the fault in the brake system may have e ABS system. This could cause the rear
you brake. This could cause the rear to break the vehicle and seek technical assistance.
Altea_EN.book Seite 78 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
If the brake warning lamp lights up together with the ABS warning lamp , the control function of the ABS could be out of action. This could cause the rear wheels to lock quickly when you brake. This could cause the rear to break away. Risk of skidding. Stop the vehicle and seek technical assistance.
Engine oil pressure
This warning lamp indicates that the engine oil pressure is
too low.
If this warning symbol starts to flash, and is accompanied by three audible warnings, switch off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is too
low, add more engine oil page 215.
The instrument panel displays shows the following message13): STOP ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL.
If the symbol flashes although the oil level is correct, do not drive on. The
engine must not even run at idle speed. Obtain technical assistance.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
A warning lamp system monitors the ABS.
The warning lamp should light up for a few seconds when the ignition is
switched on. It goes out again after the system has run through an automatic
test sequence.
There is a fault in the ABS if:
The warning lamp does
The warning lamp does no
The warning lamp lights u
The vehicle can still be braked
function will not function). Ple
soon as possible. For further i
If a fault occurs in the ABS, th
Brake system fault
If the ABS warning lamp lig
, this indicates not only a fa
in the brake system .
WARNING
Before opening the bonn page 212, Working in the
If the brake warning lamp warning lamp , stop the ve level in the reservoir page dropped below the MIN ma Obtain technical assistance.
If the brake fluid level is c been caused by a failure of th wheels to lock quickly when away. Risk of skidding. Stop
13) Depending on the model version
WARNING (continued)
Cockpit 79
Safety Fir Technical Data
nutes in 4th or 5th gear (automatic gearbox: S
m/h, with the engine running at approximately
llen build up in the filter is burned. When
dicator turns off.
tivated, bring the vehicle to a specialised work-
o the road weather conditions, the terrain and tions should never lead to illegal manoeuvres
ulate filter may reach extremely high tempera- o contact with flammable materials under- comply could result in fire.
als a fault in the alternator.
p when the ignition is switched on. It should go
ted running.
up while driving, the alternator is no longer
uld immediately drive to the nearest qualified
rical equipment that is not absolutely necessary
ttery.
ltage is insufficient for normal vehicle
Altea_EN.book Seite 79 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Differential lock fault (EDL)*
EDL operates along with the ABS in vehicles equipped with an
Electronic Stabilisation Program (ESP)*
A malfunction in the EDL is indicated by the ABS warning lamp . Please
take the vehicle to a qualified workshop as soon as possible. For further infor-
mation on the EDL page 182, Electronic differential lock (EDL)*.
Traction control system (TCS)*
The traction control system prevents the driven wheels from
spinning when the vehicle is accelerating
The warning lamp lights up when the ignition is switched on and should turn
out after about 2 seconds.
When the TCS is operating while driving, the warning lamp flashes. If the
system is deactivated or if there is any fault in the same, the warning lamp will
remain lit.
It will also come on if a fault should occur in the ABS because the TCS oper-
ates in conjunction with the ABS. For further information, see page 179,
Brakes
If ESP button is activated, TCS function deactivates and the warning lamp
remains on. By pressing again, TCS function is reactivated and the warning
lamp switched off.
Soot accumulation in the diesel engine particulate filter
If the indicator lights you may help the filter clear itself by driving in the
appropriate manner.
To do this, drive about 15 mi
gear range) at a speed of 60 k
2000 rpm. In this way, the po
cleaning is successful, the in
If the indicator is not deac
shop to repair the fault.
WARNING
Always drive according t traffic. Driving recommenda in surrounding traffic.
The diesel engine partic tures; it should not enter int neath the vehicle. Failure to
Alternator
This warning lamp sign
The warning lamp lights u
out when the engine has star
If the warning lamp lights
charging the battery. You sho
workshop.
You should avoid using elect
because this will drain the ba
If the indicator flashes the vo
operation.
Cockpit80
tyre pressure or changing one or more wheels,
kept pressed while the ignition is on until an
ive load (for example, driving with a trailer or
must be increased to the recommended value
n the inside of the fuel flap). If the tyre monitor
n, the new tyre pressures are confirmed.
icator lights up
el is much lower than the value set by the
s up .
icator flashes
lashes, this indicates a fault. Go to the nearest
dicator lights, reduce speed immediately and or braking. Stop when possible, and check
for correct tyre pressure. For this reason, tyre hecked.
ces (for example, in a sports situation, in track) the tyre monitor indicator may light or
the yellow indicator lights up after turning
rn off after a brief journey.
Altea_EN.book Seite 80 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Tyre pressure
The tyre monitor 14) compares wheel revolutions and with this information,
the diameter of each wheel using the ESP sensors. If the diameter of a wheel
changes, the tyre monitor indicator lights . The wheel diameter changes
when:
Tyre pressure is insufficient.
The tyre structure is damaged.
The vehicle is unbalanced because of a load.
The wheels of one axle are under more pressure (for example, driving with
a trailer or on extreme slopes).
The vehicle is fitted with snow chains.
The emergency wheel is fitted.
The wheel on one axle is changed.
Tyre pressure adjustment
Following the modification to
the button fig. 48 must be
acoustic signal is heard.
If the wheels are under excess
heavy load), the tire pressure
for a full load (see the sticker o
system button is pressed dow
The tyre pressure monitor ind
If the tyre pressure of one whe
driver, then the indicator light
The tyre pressure monitor ind
If the tyre pressure indicator f
specialist workshop.
WARNING
When the tyre pressure in avoid any sudden manoeuvre the tyre pressure and status.
The driver is responsible pressure must be regularly c
Under certain circumstan winter conditions or on a dirt function incorrectly.
Note If the battery is disconnected,
the ignition on. This should tu
14) Depending on the model version
Fig. 48 Centre console: tyre monitor system button
Cockpit 81
Safety Fir Technical Data
m*
itors the exhaust system.
an damage the catalytic converter. Reduce
he nearest qualified workshop to have the
s shows the following message15): EXHAUST
g driving which has reduced the quality of the
be fault). Reduce speed and drive carefully to
op to have the engine checked.
t displayed in the instrument panel display :
P.
programme (ESP)*
itors the electronic stabilisation
ABS, EDL and TCS.
following functions:
conds when the ignition is switched on while a
out.
activated when driving.
ly if there is a malfunction in the ESP.
ion
Altea_EN.book Seite 81 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Engine management
This warning lamp monitors the engine management system
for petrol engines.
The warning lamp (Electronic Power Control) lights up when the ignition
is switched on to show that the lamp is working properly. It should go out
once the engine is started.
If there is a fault in the electronic engine management system while you are
driving, this warning lamp will light up. Stop the vehicle and seek technical
assistance.
Glow plug system / Engine fault
The warning lamp lights up to show that the glow plugs are
preheating. It flashes if there is an engine fault.
Warning lamp is lit
The warning lamp lights up while the glow plugs are preheating. When the
warning lamp goes off, the engine should be started straight away.
Warning lamp flashes
If a fault develops in the engine management system while you are driving,
the glow plug lamp will flash . Take the vehicle to an Authorised Service
Centre as soon as possible and have the engine checked.
Emission control syste
This warning lamp mon
Warning lamp flashes:
When there is misfiring that c
speed and drive carefully to t
engine checked.
The instrument panel display
GAS SEE WORKSHOP
Warning lamp is lit:
If a fault has developed durin
exhaust gas (e.g. lambda pro
the nearest qualified worksh
The following information tex
EXHAUST GAS SEE WORKSHO
Electronic stabilisation
This warning lamp mon
programme.
This programme includes the
The warning lamp has the
It will light for about 2 se
test of the function is carried
It flashes when the ESP is
It will light up continuous
15) Depending on the model vers
Cockpit82
ower than normal to steer the vehicle if the
or has failed completely.
SP* the function Recommended steering
page 181.
r*
r only monitors the front brake pads, it is advis-
ds inspected at the same time.
shows the following message16): CHECK
d immediately by a qualified dealership if the .
s or tailgate
e of the doors or the tailgate is open.
o off when all the doors are closed correctly.
he ignition is switched off. It should go off
ehicle is locked.
n
Altea_EN.book Seite 82 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
It will also come on if a fault should occur in the ABS because the ESP
operates in conjunction with the ABS.
If the ESP warning lamp lights up and stays on after the engine is started,
this may mean that the control system has temporarily switched off the ESP.
In this case the ESP can be reactivated by switching the ignition off and then
on again. If the warning lamp goes out, this means the system is fully
functional.
Operating the foot brake
The footbrake must be depressed when this warning lamp lights up. This is
necessary when the automatic gearbox* selector lever is moved out of the
positions P or N.
Power steering system*
For vehicles with power steering, the level of steering assistance depends on
the vehicle's speed and on the steering angle.
The warning lamp should light up for a few seconds when the ignition is
switched on. It should go out once the engine is started.
If the battery is disconnected, the indicator remains lit, even with the engine
running. The warning light only goes off after a distance of approx. 50 m.
There is a fault in the electromechanical steering system if the lamp does not
go out or lights up whilst the vehicle is in motion. The indicator may appear
in two different colours to indicate faults. If it lights yellow, this indicates a
minor fault. If it lights red, seek workshop assistance immediately, if no
assistance is available stop driving. Stop the vehicle and seek technical
assistance. The power steering does not work if the battery is flat or if the
engine is off (for example, for towing). You should take into account that you
will need considerably more p
steering assistance is reduced
For those vehicles fitted with E
manoeuvre is included. See
Brake pad wear indicato
As the brake pad wear indicato
able to have the rear brake pa
The instrument panel displays
BRAKE PADS.
WARNING
Have the brake pads inspecte warning display lights up
Indicator for open door
This indicator lights if on
The warning light should g
The system also works when t
approx. 15 seconds after the v
16) Depending on the model versio
Cockpit 83
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 83 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Electronic immobiliser* Safe
This warning lamp flashes if an unauthorised key is used.
Inside the key there is a chip that deactivates the electronic immobiliser auto-
matically when the key is inserted into the ignition. The immobiliser will be
activated again automatically as soon as you pull the key out of the ignition
lock.
The instrument panel displays shows the following message17): SAFE. The
vehicle cannot be used in that case page 163.
The engine can, however, be started if the appropriate coded SEAT genuine
key is used.
Note A perfect operation of the vehicle is ensured if genuine SEAT keys are used.
17) Depending on the model version
Steering wheel controls84
he available audio functions from the steering
, to control the available audio functions and
e steering wheel.
control the Audio system (Radio, CD Audio, CD
io / navigation System, in which case they also
.
box* page 170.
Fig. 50 Controls on the steering wheel
Altea_EN.book Seite 84 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Steering wheel controls
General information
The steering wheel includes a multifunction module from where it is possible
to control the audio, telephone and radio navigation functions, and the auto-
matic gearbox*, without needing to distract the driver.
There are two versions of the multifunction module:
Audio version, to control t
wheel.
Audio + Telephone version
the telephone system from th
Both versions may be used to
mp3, CD Changer) and the rad
control the Navigation system
Version for automatic gear
Audio system
Steering wheel audio version controls
Fig. 49 Controls on the steering wheel
Steering wheel controls 85
Safety Fir Technical Data
Long press
udio CD mp3a) CDC
Continue volume up
ontinue volume down
Fast forward
Rewind
o specified function
o specified function
o specified function
o specified function
Altea_EN.book Seite 85 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Button
Short press
Radio CD Audio CD mp3a)
a) Only for mp3 compatible radio.*
CDC Radio CD A
Volume up
Volume down C
Station search.
Higher fre-
quency.
Following track
Station search.
Higher fre-
quency.
Station search.
Lower
frequency
Previous track
Station search.
Lower
frequency
Cyclic source control
FM - AM - CD - CDC - FM... N
Silence Pause N
Next preset No function Change folder
(forward)
Change CD
(forward) N
Previous preset No function Change folder
(back)
Change CD
(Back) N
ATo:
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
Steering wheel controls86
Fig. 52 Controls on the steering wheel
Long press
udio CD mp3a) CDC
ontinue volume up
ntinue volume down
rward Change folder
(forward) Fast forward
ind Change folder
(Back) Rewind
Altea_EN.book Seite 86 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Steering wheel Audio + Telephone version controls
Fig. 51 Controls on the steering wheel
Button
Short press
Radio CD Audio CD mp3a) CDC Radio CD A
Volume up C
Volume down Co
Station search.
Higher fre-
quency.
Following track
Station search.
Higher fre-
quency.
Fast fo
Station search.
Lower
frequency
Previous track
Station search.
Lower
frequency
Rew
ATo:
AB
AC
AD
Steering wheel controls 87
Safety Fir Technical Data
o specified function
o specified function
o specified function
o specified function
Altea_EN.book Seite 87 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Cyclic source control
FM - AM - CD - CDC - FM... N
Voice recognition activation
Press to speak N
Make a call
or
Direct access to the phone book
or
Accept a call
N
Terminate call
or
Refuse call
or
Quite telephone menu
N
a) Only for mp3 compatible radio.*
AE
AF
AG
AH
Steering wheel controls88
Fig. 54 Controls on the steering wheel
Long press
D CD mp3a) CDC
e and the navigation message continuously
e and the navigation message continuously
Fast forward
Altea_EN.book Seite 88 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Radio navigation system
Steering wheel audio version controls
Fig. 53 Controls on the steering wheel
Button
Short press
Radio CD CD mp3a) CDC Radio C
Increase the source volume and the navigation message Increase the source volum
Decrease the source volume and the navigation message Decrease the source volum
Station search.
Higher fre-
quency.
Following track
Station search.
Higher fre-
quency.
ATo:
AB
AC
Steering wheel controls 89
Safety Fir Technical Data
Rewind
e last Navigation instruction
avigation function is activated.
o specified function
o specified function
o specified function
Altea_EN.book Seite 89 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Station search.
Lower
frequency
Previous track
Station search.
Lower
frequency
b)
Cyclic change of source
Radio - CD / CDC - Radio - ...
When in Navigation mode the system leaves the navigation screen.
Repeat th
Only if the N
Silence Pause N
Next preset No function Change folder
(forward)
Change CD
(forward) N
Previous preset No function Change folder
(back)
Change CD
(Back) N
a) Only for those Radio-Navigation Systems compatible with the MP3 format b) Button E, rapid flashing: Depending on the equipment, the radio frequency band may be selected.
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
Steering wheel controls90
Fig. 56 Steering wheel Audio + Telephone controls
Long press
D CD mp3a) CDC
e and the navigation message continuously
e and the navigation message continuously
rward Change folder
(forward) Fast forward
ind Change folder
(Back) Rewind
Altea_EN.book Seite 90 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Steering wheel Audio + Telephone controls
Fig. 55 Controls on the steering wheel
Button
Short press
Radio CD CD mp3a) CDC Radio C
Increase the source volume and the navigation message Increase the source volum
Decrease the source volume and the navigation message Decrease the source volum
Station search.
Higher fre-
quency.
Following track
Station search.
Higher fre-
quency.
Fast fo
Station search.
Lower
frequency
Previous track
Station search.
Lower
frequency
Rew
ATo:
AB
AC
AD
Steering wheel controls 91
Safety Fir Technical Data
e last Navigation instruction
avigation function is activated.
o specified function
o specified function
o specified function
Altea_EN.book Seite 91 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
b)
Cyclic change of source
Radio - CD / CDC - Radio - ...
When in Navigation mode the system leaves the navigation screen.
Repeat th
Only if the N
Voice recognition activation
Press to speak N
Make a call
or
Direct access to the phone book
or
Accept a call
N
Terminate call
or
Refuse call
or
Quite telephone menu
N
a) Only for those Radio-Navigation Systems compatible with the MP3 format b) Button E, rapid flashing: Depending on the equipment, the radio frequency band may be selected.
AE
AF
AG
AH
Steering wheel controls92
on using the simultaneous pressing of the following
Push simultaneously...
ATo: AB
ATo: AB
Altea_EN.book Seite 92 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Steering wheel lighting controls The lighting is turned
keys:
Fig. 57 Steering wheel Audio + Telephone version controls
Fig. 58 Steering wheel audio version controls
Audio fig. 58
Audio + Telephone
fig. 57
Unlocking and locking 93
Safety Fir Technical Data
ice which consists of a double lock for
activation function for the boot in
d entry.
d when the vehicle is locked using the key or the
ate once it is inserted in the door lock cylinder
the remote control, press the lock button once
, opening doors from the outside and the inside
an not be opened. The central locking button
activated voluntarily.
quick succession (in less than 2 seconds). This
ted with the key or the remote control.
lock cylinder twice towards the locking direc-
the remote control, press the lock button on the
stem, the alarm volumetric sensor is also deac-
Altea_EN.book Seite 93 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Unlocking and locking
Central locking
Description
The central locking system enables you to lock and unlock all
doors with just pushing on the keybutton.
Central locking can be activated by using any of the following options:
the key, by inserting it into the driver's door cylinder and rotating it manu-
ally,
the central locking button in the passenger compartment as an electronic
control page 97.
the radio frequency remote control, using the buttons on the key,
page 100
Various functions are available to improve the vehicle safety:
- Locking system Safe
- Selective unlocking system*
- Self-locking system to prevent involuntary unlocking
- Automatic speed-dependent locking and unlocking system*
- Emergency unlocking system
Note For anti-theft security, only the driver's door is fitted with a lock cylinder.
Safety system Safe
This is an anti-theft dev
the door locks and a de
order to prevent a force
Activation
The safe system is activate
remote control.
To activate it with the key, rot
in the locking direction.
To activate the system using
on the remote.
Once this system is activated
is not possible. The tailgate c
does not work.
Voluntary deactivation
The Safe system can be de
It consists of locking twice in a
double locking can be execu
Rotate the key inserted in the
tion.
To activate the system using
remote twice.
On deactivating the Safe sy
tivated.
Unlocking and locking94
the vehicle if the Safe mechanism is acti- oors will not be possible in case of emergency e outside. Danger of death. Passengers could e of emergency.
tem*
lock either just the driver's door or all
y or the remote control.
lock cylinder, rotate once in the unlock direc-
released from the Safe system and unlocked
door is opened, 15 seconds remain for turning
ent, the Safe system will be deactivated on
ight indicator will be turned off. Alarm is deac-
ted with one.
s the unlock button on the remote once. The
le is deactivated, only the driver's door is
and the light indicator are also turned off.
oot
ote must be pressed twice so that all doors
o deactivate the Safe system for all vehicle,
he boot. The indicator and the alarm (only vehi-
d off.
Altea_EN.book Seite 94 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
When the Safe system is deactivated, the doors will be locked by the simple
locking system, which means they can be opened from inside but not from
outside.
Involuntary deactivation
The methods described to deactivate the Safe system may be activated
involuntarily. For example, if we press the button once because we want to
lock the vehicle, and it locks as a result and then we press the button again
in less than 2 seconds because we do not remember whether it is locked or
not, we will have deactivated the Safe system).
Deactivation when unlocking
To deactivate the system when unlocking, see Selective unlocking system*
Safe status
On the front left hand side door, there is a light indicator visible from the
outside of the vehicle that indicates the Safe system status.
We will know that Safe system is activated by the flashing light indicator.
The indicator will flash on all vehicles, whether they are fitted with an alarm
or not, and until the vehicle is unlocked.
We can see that the Safe system is deactivated, when the light indicator
flashes about seven times and turns off. If the vehicle is not fitted with an
alarm then it remains off. If the vehicle is fitted with an alarm, once 28
seconds have passed since the indicator is switched off, it will start to flash
again and continue until the vehicle is unlocked once more.
Remember:
Safe activated with or without an alarm: Continuous Indicator flashes.
Safe deactivated without an alarm: Indicator flashes about seven times and
turns off.
Safe deactivated with an alarm: The indicator flashes about seven times,
turns off and then continues to flash after about 28 seconds.
WARNING
No one should remain inside vated because opening the d neither from the inside nor th become trapped inside in cas
Selective unlocking sys
This system allows to un
the vehicle.
Driver's door unlock button
Unlock once. Use either the ke
Once the key is inserted in the
tion. The driver's door will be
and may be opened. Once the
on the ignition, in which mom
the remaining doors and the l
tivated in cas the vehicle is fit
Using the remote control, pres
Safe system for all the vehic
unlocked and both the alarm
Unlocking all doors and the b
The unlock button on the rem
and the boot can be opened.
Press twice within 2 seconds t
to unlock all doors and to use t
cles fitted with one) are turne
Unlocking and locking 95
Safety Fir Technical Data
nd opened independently from the inside (for
gets out of it). To do it, simply operate the lever
e operated when the vehicle is running: the
ystem
uring an accident, the vehicle gets unlocked,
ible to lock the vehicle from inside with the
the ignition off and back on again.
rom the outside, see Manually locking the
Altea_EN.book Seite 95 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Unlocking the boot
See page 100 and page 104.
Locking system for involuntary unlocking
It is an anti-theft system and prevents the unintentional
unlocking of the vehicle.
If the vehicle is unlocked and any of the doors (including the tailgate) are
opened within 30 seconds, it gets re-locked automatically. This function
prevents the vehicle from remaining unlocked if the unlock button is pressed
by mistake.
Automatic speed dependent locking and unlocking system*
This is a safety system which prevent the access to the vehicle
from the outside when it is running (for example, when
stopped at a traffic light).
Locking
The doors and the boot are automatically locked when vehicle speed exceeds
15 km/h.
If the vehicle is stopped and one of the doors is opened, when the vehicle
moves off again and exceeds a speed of 15 km/h the unlocked door(s) will be
locked once more.
Unlocking
The driver's door automatically unlocks when the key is removed from the
ignition.
Each door can be unlocked a
example, when a passenger
inside the door.
WARNING
The door handles must not b door would open.
Emergency unlocking s
If the airbags are triggered d
except for the boot. It is poss
central locking, after turning
If the doors must be locked f
doors.
Unlocking and locking96
rgency) locked driver's door
cylinder and rotate anti-clockwise for the left
e for the right hand side doors.
he door may be opened using the exterior door
ually (emergency) locked doors
unlocked to gain entry to the vehicle. Operate
e required door. If the child safety lock is acti-
the interior door release lever is operated the
open. The exterior door handle may now be
u wish to lock it manually (emergency locking),
ns.
Altea_EN.book Seite 96 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Emergency manual locking
This permits mechanical locking of the doors in case of
central locking system failure.
Locking the driver's door manually
Insert the key in the door lock cylinder and rotate in a clockwise direction for
the left hand side door and anti-clockwise for the right hand side door.
Once the door has been closed it can no longer be opened from the outside.
Manual (emergency) locking of the remaining doors
Open the door and remove the cap fig. 59 printed with a lock image.
This will expose a circular element with a groove in the centre. Insert the key
into the groove and rotate the element clockwise for the right hand side doors
and anticlockwise for the left hand side doors.
Replace the cap and close the door. Once the door has been closed it can no
longer be opened from the outside.
Unlocking the manually (eme
Insert the key in the door lock
hand side doors and clockwis
The door lock is released and t
handle.
Unlocking the remaining man
First the driver's door must be
the internal door handle for th
vated on the rear doors, when
door is unlocked but does not
used to open the door.
Note Once the vehicle is open, if yo
repeat the previous instructio Fig. 59 Locking the doors manually
AA
Unlocking and locking 97
Safety Fir Technical Data
ger door cannot be locked if it is open. This
g his key inside the vehicle.
e central locking will deactivate the central
. Once this time has passed, the button may be
ng the key inside the vehicle if the vehicle is
button when the driver's door is closed and any
sing any of the rear doors, the vehicle locks and
eparately from inside the car. Do this by pulling
hildren and disabled people may be trapped
n is not operative in the following cases:
ed from the outside (by the remote or the key).
activated after unlocking the door lock cylinder
amber colour.
red.
Altea_EN.book Seite 97 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Central locking button
The central locking button allows you to lock and unlock the
vehicle from the inside.
Locking the vehicle
Press the button .
Unlocking the doors
Press the button .
The central locking button is still operative when the ignition is switched off.
Except when the "safe" security system is activated.
Please note the following if you lock your vehicle with the central locking
button:
Safety reasons make not be possible to open the doors or the tailgate
from the outside (for instance, when stopped at a traffic light).
The driver or front passen
avoids the user from forgettin
Repeated operation of th
locking button for 30 seconds
used once more.
There is a danger of leavi
locked by the central locking
of the rear doors open. On clo
the keys remain inside it.
All doors can be locked s
the door release lever once.
WARNING
If the vehicle is locked, c inside it.
The central locking butto
When the vehicle is lock
While the ignition is not with the key.
Note Vehicle locked, button
Vehicle unlocked, button
Fig. 60 Detail of the centre console: central locking system button
Unlocking and locking98
nt of the vehicle electronic opening and
fects rear doors. It can only be activated
, as described below:
ock
n the door in which you wish to activate
ate the groove in the door using the igni-
he left hand side doors, and anti-clock-
side doors fig. 61, fig. 62.
f lock
the door whose childproof lock you want
ate the groove in the door using the igni-
he right hand side doors and anti-clock-
ide doors fig. 61, fig. 62.
tivated, the door can only be opened from the
n be activated and deactivated by inserting the
or is open, as described above.
Altea_EN.book Seite 98 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Childproof lock
The childproof lock prevents the rear doors from being
opened from the inside. This system prevents minors from
opening a door accidentally while the vehicle is running.
This function is independe
locking systems. It only af
and deactivated manually
Activating the childproof l
Unlock the car and ope
the childproof lock.
With the door open, rot
tion key, clockwise for t
wise for the right hand
Deactivating the childproo
Unlock the car and open
to deactivate.
With the door open, rot
tion key clockwise for t
wise for the left hand s
Once the childproof lock is ac
outside. The childproof lock ca
key in the groove when the do
Fig. 61 Child safety lock on the left hand side door
Fig. 62 Child safety lock on the right hand side door
Unlocking and locking 99
Safety Fir Technical Data
the vehicle.
give the plastic key tab to the new owner.
y, take your key tab to an Authorised Service
eys can cause serious injuries.
isabled persons in the vehicle. In case of emer- to leave the vehicle and not manage on their
e key could start the engine or activate any tric windows), causing risk of accident. The e remote control key. This could make the aid
uation.
ide the vehicle. An unauthorised use of your , damage or theft. Always take the key with you
m the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. ld suddenly block and it would be impossible
nts in the remote control key. Avoid wetting and
Altea_EN.book Seite 99 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Keys
Set of keys
The set of keys includes a remote control, a key without a
remote control and a plastic key tab with the number of the
key.
The set of keys belonging to your vehicle consists of the following items:
one remote control key fig. 63 with folding key bit,
one key without remote control ,
one plastic key tab with the key number.
Plastic key tab
Duplicate keys are only issued with the key number on the key tab fig. 63
. Therefore:
Always keep the key tab in a safe place.
Never leave the key tab in
If you sell the vehicle, please
Duplicate keys
If you need a replacement ke
Centre.
WARNING
An incorrect use of the k
Never leave children or d gency, they may not be able own.
An uncontrolled use of th electric equipment(e.g. elec doors can be locked using th difficult in an emergency sit
Never forget the keys ins vehicle could result in injury when you leave the vehicle.
Never remove the key fro Otherwise, the steering cou to steer the vehicle.
Caution There are electronic compone
hitting the keys.
Fig. 63 Set of keys
AA
AB
AC
AB
Unlocking and locking100
row) on the control, the key shaft is released.
g. 64 .
64 .
he button fig. 64 until all indicators
hen the unlocking button is pressed,
e door. Once this time has passed, it will lock
the key fig. 64, will flash.
and the batteries are integrated in the key. The
The maximum scope of the remote control
s. This scope is reduced when the batteries
, is pressed once, the driver's door is
cked.
twice to unlock all doors.
Fig. 65 Range of the remote control:
A1
A2
A3
A3
A1
A1
Altea_EN.book Seite 100 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Radio frequency remote control
Locking and unlocking the vehicle
The remote control key is used to lock and unlock the vehicle
from a distance.
Using the button fig. 64 (ar
Unlocking the vehicle fi
Locking the vehicle fig.
Unlocking the tailgate. Press t
on the vehicle briefly flash. W
you have 2 minutes to open th
once more.
Also, the battery indicator on
The remote control transmitter
receiver is inside the vehicle.
depends on various condition
start to lose power.
Selective unlocking*
When the button fig. 64
unlocked, all others remain lo
Press the button fig. 64
Fig. 64 Assignment of buttons on the remote control key
Unlocking and locking 101
Safety Fir Technical Data
ot flash when the buttons are pushed, the
eries may damage the radio frequency remote
ys replace the dead battery with another of the
nvironment own away in accordance with regulations
he environment.
ote control key
control key
e been delivered with the vehicle; the key
e normal key page 100, fig. 64
the driver side door using the key
sing the key without the remote control.
he driver side door lock using the key with
age 100, fig. 64 page 100, fig. 65.
0 seconds the following operations must
Altea_EN.book Seite 101 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
WARNING
An improper use of the key can cause serious injuries.
Never leave children or disabled persons in the vehicle. In case of emer- gency, they may not be able to leave the vehicle and not manage on their own.
Never forget the keys inside the vehicle. Otherwise, this could result in serious injuries, accidents or even the theft of your vehicle. Always take the key with you when you leave the vehicle.
An uncontrolled use of the key could start the engine or activate any electric equipment(e.g. electric windows), causing risk of accident. The vehicle can be locked when using the remote control key. This could complicate the aid in cas of emergency.
Note The radio-frequency remote control can be programmed by means of
pressing the unlocking button once; as a result, only the driver door will
unlock. When the button is pressed once more, all doors and the tailgate will
be unlocked.
The remote control functions only when you are in range page 100,
fig. 65 (red area).
If the vehicle is unlocked using the button, it will lock again auto-
matically if any of the doors or the tailgate are not opened within 30 seconds
after unlocking it. This function prevents the vehicle from remaining unlocked
if the unlock button is pressed by mistake.
If the vehicle cannot be opened and closed using the remote control, the
remote control key will have to be re-synchronised page 101.
Changing the battery
If the battery indicator does n
battery must be replaced.
Caution The use of inappropriate batt
control. For this reason, alwa
same size and power.
For the sake of the e The flat batteries must be thr
governing the protection of t
Synchronising the rem
Synchronising the remote
Use both keys that hav
with the remote and th
page 100, fig. 65.
Unlock the vehicle from
without the remote.
Turn the ignition ON u
Lock the vehicle from t
the remote control p
In a time of maximum 3 be carried out:
A1
Unlocking and locking102
r an alarm?
f the following unauthorised actions are carried
vehicle with the vehicle key
alarm
d the indicators flash for approx. 30 seconds.
times depending on the country.
lly (emergency opening)
fails, you will have to use the key to unlock the
the button shown by the (arrow).
door to unlock the vehicle. The anti-theft alarm
alarm is not triggered immediately.
in 15 seconds. When the ignition is switched
recognises a valid vehicle key and deactivates
you do not switch on the ignition within 15
d.
via the unlocking button of the remote control
the ignition lock.
Altea_EN.book Seite 102 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Operate the button once for locking on the remote control, the
indicators will flash.
Operate the button once for unlocking on the remote control
for more than 2 seconds.
The key will have been programmed and the vehicle will unlock,
confirming at the same time the synchronisation.
It is possible that the vehicle could no longer be opened and closed with the
remote control if the button is repeatedly pressed outside the radio
frequency remote control effective scope. The remote control key will have to
be resynchronised.
Spare remote control keys are available in your Authorised Service Centres,
where they must be matched to the locking system.
Up to eight remote control keys can be used.
Anti-theft alarm system*
Description of anti-theft alarm system*
The anti-theft alarm triggers if unauthorised movements are
detected around the vehicle.
The anti-theft alarm makes it more difficult to break into the vehicle or steal
it. Audible and visible alarms are triggered if the car is opened using the key,
or if unauthorised access to the vehicle is forced.
The anti-theft alarm system is automatically connected on locking the
vehicle. The system is then primed.
When does the system trigge
The system triggers an alarm i
out when the car is locked:
Mechanical opening of the
Opening a door
Opening the bonnet
Opening the tailgate
Switching on the ignition
Movements in the vehicle
Undue manipulation of the
Battery handling
The acoustic signals sound an
This may be repeated up to 10
Opening the doors mechanica
If the remote control function
car. This is done as follows:
Unfold the key by pressing
Use the lock on the driver
system remains active, but an
Switch on the ignition with
on, the electronic immobiliser
the anti-theft alarm system. If
seconds, the alarm is triggere
How to switch the alarm off
When the vehicle is unlocked
or when the key is inserted in
Unlocking and locking 103
Safety Fir Technical Data
em remains deactivated if the volumetric
ich a separate sunblind is fitted in the e alarm will not function correctly due to inter-
gered by the volumetric sensor, this will be indi-
icator on the driver's door. This flashing will be
ted alarm.
Altea_EN.book Seite 103 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Note If, after the alarm goes off, access is gained to a second secured zone
(e.g. the tailgate is opened after a door has been opened), the warning signal
is triggered again.
Vehicle monitoring remains active even if the battery is disconnected or
not working for any reason.
The alarm is triggered immediately if one of the battery cables is discon-
nected while the alarm system is active.
Volumetric sensor*
Monitoring or control function incorporated in the anti-theft
alarm* which detects unauthorized vehicle entry by means of
ultrasound.
The system consists of 3 sensors, 2 emitters and a receptor.
Activation
It is automatically turned on with the anti-theft alarm, when the
vehicle is locked mechanically with the key and when the button
on the remote control is used.
Deactivation
Press the button on the remote control twice. Only the volu-
metric sensor is deactivated. The alarm system remains acti-
vated.
WARNING
The safe security syst sensor is deactivated.
For those vehicles in wh passenger compartment, th ference with the sensor.
Note If the alarm has been trig
cated by a flashing of the ind
different to that for an activa
Unlocking and locking104
r and lift the tailgate fig. 66. The tail-
of the two handles on the interior lining
ht movement.
erate depending on the situation of the vehicle.
cannot be opened, however if it is unlocked
erative and the boot may be opened.
tus, press the button or the button on
ument panel if the tailgate is open or not prop-
ing is also given if the tailgate is opened while
an 6 km/h.*
Fig. 67 Detail of the inside of the tailgate: hand grip
A1
Altea_EN.book Seite 104 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Tailgate
Unlocking and locking
The operation of the tailgate opening system is electric. It is
activated by using the handle on the tailgate
Opening the tailgate
Pull on the release leve
gate will then open.
Closing the tailgate
Grip the tailgate by one
and close it, using a lig
The system may or may not op
If the tailgate is locked then it
then the opening system is op
To the locking / unlocking sta
the remote control key.
A warning appears in the instr
erly closed.* An audible warn
the vehicle is moving faster th
Fig. 66 Tailgate: opening from the outside
Unlocking and locking 105
Safety Fir Technical Data
to be opened if the central locking
xample, if the battery is flat)
oot allowing access to the emergency
inside the luggage compartment
groove and unlock the locking system,
ght to left, as shown by the arrow
Fig. 68 Tailgate: emer- gency open
Altea_EN.book Seite 105 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
WARNING
Always close the tailgate properly. Risk of accident or injury.
The tailgate must not be opened when the reverse or rear fog lights are lit. This may damage the lighting units.
Do not close the tailgate by pushing it down with your hand on the rear window. The glass could smash. Risk of injury!
Ensure the tailgate is locked after closing it. If not, it may open unex- pectedly while driving.
Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle. A locked vehicle can be subjected to extremely high and low temperatures, depending on the time of year, thus causing serious injuries/illness. It could even have fatal consequences. Close and lock both the tailgate and all the other doors when you are not using the vehicle.
Closing the tailgate without observing and ensuring it is clear could cause serious injury to you and to third parties. Make sure that no one is in the path of the tailgate.
Never drive with the tailgate open or half-closed, exhaust gases may penetrate into the interior of the vehicle. Danger of poisoning!
If you only open the tailgate, do not leave the key inside. The vehicle will not be opened if the key is left inside.
Emergency opening
This allows the vehicle
does not operate (for e
There is a groove in the b
opening mechanism.
Opening the tailgate from
Insert the key bit in the
turning the key from ri
fig. 68.
Unlocking and locking106
t left door
t right door
ting the electric window buttons in the rear
left door
right door
's door can be used to disable the electric
ors.
ttons on rear doors are activated.
s on rear doors are deactivated.
ric windows can result in injury.
ithout observing and ensuring it is clear, to do s injury to you and third parties. Make sure window.
ey with you when you leave the vehicle.
sabled persons in the vehicle, particularly if An uncontrolled use of the key could start the ic equipment(e.g. electric windows), causing n be locked using the remote control key. This n an emergency situation.
work until the key has been removed from the doors has been opened.
ty switch to disable the rear electric windows. en disabled.
Altea_EN.book Seite 106 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Windows
Opening or closing the windows electrically
The front and rear electric windows can be operated by using
the controls on the driver's door.
Opening and closing the windows
Press the button to open a window.
Pull button to close a window .
Always close the windows fully if you park the vehicle or leave it unattended
.
You can use the electric windows for approx. 10 minutes after switching off
the ignition if neither the driver door nor the front passenger door has been
opened and the key has not been removed from the ignition.
Buttons on the driver's door
Button for window in fron
Button for window in fron
Buttons for rear windows*
Safety switch for deactiva
doors
Button for window in rear
Button for window in rear
Safety switch *
Safety switch on the driver
window buttons in the rear do
Safety switch not pressed: bu
Safety switch pressed: button
WARNING
Incorrect use of the elect
Never close the tailgate w otherwise could cause seriou that no one is in the path of a
Always take the vehicle k
Never leave children or di they have access to the keys. engine or activate any electr risk of accident. The doors ca could make the aid difficult i
The electric windows will ignition and one of the front
If necessary, use the safe Make sure that they have be
Fig. 69 Detail of driver door: controls for the front and rear windows
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A3
Unlocking and locking 107
Safety Fir Technical Data
ork when the ignition has been switched off,
on.
e function will not work if the battery has been
if the battery is flat. The function then has to be
oll-back function will not work if there is a
ndows. Contact an Authorised Service Centre.
ll-back function. This reduces the risk
dows are closing.
when closing it automatically, it stops at this
y .
mediately (within 10 seconds) why the window
tempting to close it again. After 10 seconds the
sumes.
ructed, the window will stop at this point.
on why the window cannot be closed, try to
nds.
seconds, the window will open fully when you
ne-touch closing is reactivated.
oll-back function will not work if there is a
ndows. Contact an Authorised Service Centre.
tric windows can result in injury.
Altea_EN.book Seite 107 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Note If the window is not able to close because it is stiff or because of an obstruc-
tion, the window will automatically open again page 107. If this happens,
check why the window could not be closed before attempting to close it
again.
One-touch opening and closing
One-touch opening and closing means you do not have to
hold down the button.
One-touch closing
Pull up the window button briefly up to the second position. The
window closes fully.
One-touch opening
Push down the window button briefly up to the second position.
The window opens fully.
Restoring one-touch opening and closing
Close all windows.
Use the key to lock the vehicle from outside and hold the key in
the lock position for at least one second. The one-touch function
is now ready for operation.
The buttons page 106, fig. 69 and have two levels for opening the
window and two for closing it. This makes it easier to open and close windows
to the desired position.
One-touch closing does not w
even if the key is in the igniti
The automatic open and clos
temporarily disconnected, or
reactivated.
The one-touch function and r
malfunction in the electric wi
Roll-back function
The windows have a ro
of injuries when the win
If a window is obstructed
point and lowers immediatel
If this happens, check im
could not be closed before at
normal automatic function re
If the window is still obst
If there is no obvious reas
close it again within five seco
If you wait longer than 5 - 10
operate one of the buttons. O
The one-touch function and r
malfunction in the electric wi
WARNING
Incorrect use of the elec
A1 A2
Unlocking and locking108
the remote control for about 3 seconds.
tion electrically will be either opened or
to interrupt the function.
ompletely closed, the indicators will
f*
e sliding/tilting roof
of is opened and closed using the
ignition is switched on.
Fig. 70 Roof lining description: rotary sun roof control
Altea_EN.book Seite 108 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Always take the key with you when leaving the vehicle, even if you only intend to be gone for a short time. Please ensure that children are never left alone inside the vehicle.
The electric windows will work until the key has been removed from the ignition and one of the front doors has been opened.
Never close the tailgate without observing and ensuring it is clear, to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and third parties. Make sure that no one is in the path of a window.
Never allow people to remain in the vehicle when you close the vehicle from the outside. The windows cannot be opened even in an emergency.
Note The roll-back function is deactivated if the windows are closed from the
outside of the vehicle using the ignition key for convenience closing
page 108.
Convenience opening and closing*
Using the door lock
Hold the key in the door lock of the driver door in either the
locking or the unlocking position until all windows are either
opened or closed.
Release the key to interrupt this function.
Using the remote control
Push the lock button on
All windows which func
closed.
Press the unlock button
Once the windows are c
flash.
Sliding/tilting roo
Opening and closing th
The sliding/tilting sunro
rotary button when the
WARNING (continued)
Unlocking and locking 109
Safety Fir Technical Data
isabled persons in the vehicle, particularly if s. Unsupervised use of a key could mean that electrical equipment is used (e.g. electric of accident! The doors can be locked using the ld make the aid difficult in an emergency situ-
of continues to function until one of the front removed from the ignition.
or lock of the driver's door in the locking
ng/tilting sunroof is closed.
rrupt this function.
n the remote control for about 3 seconds.
roof is closed.
n to interrupt the function.
tary button remains in the last position selected
venience closing from outside the vehicle and
the next time you drive.
Altea_EN.book Seite 109 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Closing the sliding/tilting sunroof
Turn the rotary button to position fig. 70 .
Opening/tilting the sliding/tilting sunroof
Turn the rotary button to position . The sunroof opens to the
convenience position where wind noise is reduced.
To open the roof further, turn the switch to position and hold
the switch in this position until the roof opens to the desired
position.
Tilting the sliding/tilting sunroof
Turn the rotary button to position .
Always close the sliding/tilting roof fully if you park the vehicle or leave it
unattended .
The sliding/tilting sunroof can be operated for up to about ten minutes after
the ignition has been switched off, provided the driver door and the front
passenger door are not opened.
Sunroof blind
The sunroof blind is opened together with the sliding/tilting roof. If required,
it can be closed by hand when the sunroof is closed.
WARNING
Incorrect use of the sliding/tilting sunroof can result in injury.
Never close the sliding/tilting sunroof without observing and ensuring it is clear, to do otherwise could cause serious injury to you and others. Make sure that no one is in the path of the sliding/tilting sunroof.
Always take the vehicle key with you when you leave the vehicle.
Never leave children or d they have access to the key the engine is started or that sliding/tilting sunroof). Risk remote control key. This cou ation.
The sliding/tilting sunro doors is opened and the key
Convenience closing*
Using the door lock
Hold the key in the do
position until the slidi
Release the key to inte
Using the remote control
Push the lock button o
The sliding/tilting sun
Press the unlock butto
Note The sliding/tilting sunroof ro
if the roof is closed using con
will have to be re-positioned
AA
AB
AC
AD
WARNING (continued)
Unlocking and locking110
d against the roof opening. The sliding/tilting
n immediately if it is obstructed when closing.
een opened again by the roll-back function, it
g the rotary button at the front in position
ing roof has closed fully. Please note that the t the roll-back function.
eakdown
nroof may be closed manually.
y inserting a screwdriver in the rear section.
cover fastening, insert it in the opening as far
the spring) and close the sliding roof.
tion.
AA
Altea_EN.book Seite 110 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Roll-back function of the sliding/tilting roof*
The sliding/tilting roof has a roll-back function which prevents larger objects
getting trapped when the roof is closed. The roll-back function does not
prevent fingers getting pinche
sunroof stops and opens agai
If the sliding/tilting roof has b
can be closed only by pressin
fig. 71 until the sliding/tilt
sunroof will now close withou
Operation in the event of a br
In case of a breakdown, the su
Remove the plastic cover b
Remove the lever from the
as possible (pushing against
Fit the lever back into posiFig. 71 Roof lining description: rotary sun roof control
Fig. 72 Emergency closing handle
Lights and visibility 111
Safety Fir Technical Data
ts*
osition or to the first stop. The
switch lights up.
lights (vehicles with front fog lights)
osition or to the second stop
lights up in the control panel.
lights (vehicles with no front fog lights)
osition to the last stop. A warning lamp
ent panel.
e lights on. Risk of accident. The side lights are ate the road ahead and to ensure that other u. Always use your dipped headlights if it is
hts will only work with the ignition on. The side
when the ignition is turned off.
r the key has been taken out of the ignition lock,
driver door remains open. This is a reminder to
Altea_EN.book Seite 111 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Lights and visibility
Lights
Switching lights on and off
Switching on the side lights
Turn the light switch fig. 73to position .
Switching on dipped headlights
Turn the light switch to position .
Switching off the lights
Turn the light switch to position 0.
Switching on the fog ligh
Pull the switch out of p
symbol in the light
Switching on the rear fog
Pull the switch out of p
. A warning lamp
Switching on the rear fog
Pull the switch out of p
lights up in the instrum
WARNING
Never drive with just the sid not bright enough to illumin road users are able to see yo dark or if visibility is poor.
Note The dipped beam headlig
lights come on automatically
If the lights are left on afte
a buzzer will sound while the
switch the lights off.
Fig. 73 Detailed view of dash panel lights, fog light and rear fog light control
Lights and visibility112
0.
ition, as soon as visibility conditions are
atically activated. The indication Auto,
trol is switched on, dipped headlights are auto-
t-sensitive sensor if you drive into a tunnel, for
the headlights if the continuous wipe function
5 seconds. The dipped beam headlights are
wipe or the intermittent wipe functions are
55 seconds.
trol is switched on, the headlights will not be ain. Therefore, the dipped beam must be
automatic headlight system, when the key is
acoustic signal will only sound if the light
r if the vehicle is not fitted with the coming
matic light function is switched on, the fog
be switched on in addition.
cribed here is subject to the relevant statutory
Altea_EN.book Seite 112 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
If the coming home* feature is activated, the acoustic signal for the
dipped beam headlights will not sound, it will sound if the position lights are
activated.
The rear fog light is so bright that it can dazzle drivers behind you. You
should use the rear fog light only when visibility is very poor.
If you are towing a trailer equipped with a rear fog light on a vehicle with
a factory-fitted towing bracket, the rear fog light on the car will automatically
be switched off.
The use of the lighting described here is subject to the relevant statutory
requirements.
Automatic lighting*
Activation
Rotate the switch to the position Auto, this indication will light
up.
Deactivation
Turn the light switch to
When the switch is in this pos
reduced, the lights are autom
changes to red.
Automatic lighting
If the automatic headlight con
matically switched on by a ligh
example.
The rain function switches on
is switched on for longer than
switched off if the continuous
switched off for longer than 2
WARNING
If automatic headlight con switched on in fog or heavy r switched on manually.
Note For those vehicles with the
removed from the ignition, the
control is in the position o
home function.
If the daylight driving auto
lights or rear fog light cannot
The use of the lighting des
requirements.
Fig. 74 Automatic lighting
Lights and visibility 113
Safety Fir Technical Data
n the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
ng home function will light the dipped beam
registration plate lighting for about 40 seconds.
osition 0, the leaving home function is not
n during the night for short trips using the
ill place a heavy demand on the battery. To
eys whenever possible.
tory requirements when using the lighting
ith the Dot Matrix display, the time for the
t 40 seconds) can be adjusted using the
ibility menu.
Altea_EN.book Seite 113 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Do not put stickers on the windscreen in front of the sensor. This may
cause disruptions or faults in the automatic lighting system.
Coming home / leaving home function*
After dark the area around the car is lit up with the aid of the
coming home / leaving home function.
Coming home function*
To activate the function
Put the light switch into the position or in the Auto position
for those vehicles fitted with the automatic lighting function.
Remove key from ignition switch.
To deactivate the function
Turn light switch to position 0
When the system is activated and it is dark the dipped headlights, rear lights
and number plate lights come on for 40 seconds, after the vehicle has been
closed.
While one of the doors or the tailgate are open, the dipped headlights, the
rear lights and the registration plate lighting remain on for about 90 seconds.
If, before this time is up, all of the doors and the tailgate are closed, another
40 seconds of lighting is given. However, if all of the doors and the tailgate
are closed after the 90 seconds have passed, the system will be deactivated
and the lights will not come on.
If you wish to reactivate the system, you must start from the beginning.
The lighting time is defined at the time of manufacture.
Leaving home function*
The function is activated whe
control. In the dark, the leavi
lights, the rear lights and the
With the lights switch in the p
activated.
Note If the vehicle is used ofte
coming home function, this w
avoid this, make longer journ
Observe all relevant statu
systems described here.
For those vehicles fitted w
Coming home function (abou
Configuration, lights and vis
Lights and visibility114
trol
mps (xenon lamps) are equipped with
rol. This means that the headlights will be
of the vehicle and nodding movements when
tomatically compensated for.
mps do not have headlight range control.
hts*
nds the headlights will light the most
oad.
er illumination of the side of the road when
dynamic lighting is controlled automatically
eering wheel angle.
at different angles to avoid that the front of the
e dark.
Fig. 76 Cornering lighting using directional headlights
Altea_EN.book Seite 114 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Instrument and switch lighting / Headlight range control
Instrument and switch lighting
When headlights are switched on, the brightness of the instruments and
switch lighting can be regulated to suit your requirements by turning the
thumb wheel fig. 75
Those vehicles fitted with xenon gas discharge headlights are fitted with an
automatic headlight range system.
Headlight range control
By using the electrical headlight range control, you can adjust the head-
light range to the load level that is being carried in the vehicle. This way, it is
possible to avoid dazzling oncoming traffic more than necessary. At the same
time, by using the correct headlight settings, the driver has the best possible
lighting for the road ahead.
The headlights can only be adjusted when the dipped beam is switched on.
To lower the beam, turn the thumb wheel down from the basic setting 0.
Dynamic headlight range con
Vehicles with gas discharge la dynamic headlight range cont adjusted to suit the load level
pulling off and braking are au
Vehicles with gas discharge la
Self directional headlig
When driving around be
important areas of the r
This cornering light gives bett
driving through a corner. The
according to speed and the st
The two main headlights move
vehicle is left completely in th
Fig. 75 Instrument panel: regulation for instrument and switch illumination and headlight range control
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
Lights and visibility 115
Safety Fir Technical Data
engage 1st gear, and for an automatic
r to P.
le to draw the attention of other road users
e key with you when you leave the vehicle.
ard warning lights to warn other road users, for
traffic jam,
due to a technical fault,
hicle or your vehicle is being towed.
neously when the hazard warning lights are
two turn signal indicator lamps and the
will flash at the same time. The hazard
n the ignition is switched off.
dicators
n on automatically when braking sharply at a
e ABS works for a prolonged period, in order to
ou accelerate, or continue at over 40km/h, the
f automatically.
creases if your vehicle breaks down. Always ts and a warning triangle to draw the attention tationary vehicle.
talytic converter could come into contact with r the vehicle, for example dry grass or spilt !
Altea_EN.book Seite 115 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Note The system operates from a speed of about 10 km/h.
Hazard warning lights
The hazard warning lights are used to draw the attention of
other road users to your vehicle in emergencies.
If your vehicle breaks down:
1. Park your vehicle at a safe distance from moving traffic.
2. Press the button to switch on the hazard warning lights .
3. Switch the engine off.
4. Apply the handbrake.
5. On a manual gearbox
move the selector leve
6. Use the warning triang
to your vehicle.
7. Always take the vehicl
You should switch on the haz
instance when:
reaching the tail end of a
there is an emergency
your vehicle breaks down
you are towing another ve
All turn signals flash simulta
switched on. That is that the
indicator lamp in the switch warning lights also work whe
Turning on the emergency in
The emergency indicators tur
speed of over 60km/h, or if th
alert the vehicles behind. If y
emergency indicators turn of
WARNING
The risk of an accident in use the hazard warning ligh of other road users to your s
Never park where the ca inflammable materials unde petrol. This could start a fire
Fig. 77 Instrument panel: switch for hazard warning lights
Lights and visibility116
als
ay up fig. 78 to indicate right, and
indicate left.
r down to the point where you incur
ease it. The turn signal will flash several
ng warning lamp will also flash.
nd off
position .
fig. 78 to switch on the main
rds you to switch the main beam head-
he steering wheel to operate the
ts
nd remove the key from the lock.
wn to turn the right or left-hand parking
A1
A2
A3
A4
Altea_EN.book Seite 116 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Note The battery will run down if the hazard warning lights are left on for a long
time, even if the ignition is switched off.
The use of the hazard warning lights described here is subject to the rele-
vant statutory requirements.
Turn signal and main beam headlight lever
The turn signal and main beam lever also operates the
parking lights and the headlight flasher.
The turn signal and main beam headlight lever has the following
functions:
Switching on the turn sign
Move the lever all the w
all the way down to
Signalling a lane change
Push the lever up o
resistance and then rel
times. The correspondi
Switching main beam on a
Turn the light switch to
Press the lever forward
beams.
Pull the lever back towa
lights off again.
Headlight flashers
Pull the lever towards t
flasher.
Switching on parking ligh
Switch the ignition off a
Move the lever up or do
lights on, respectively.
Fig. 78 Turn signal and main beam headlight lever
A2
A1
Lights and visibility 117
Safety Fir Technical Data
e 1
ed to select the following positions:
(not activated). The interior lights are automat-
ehicle is unlocked or the key removed from the
rox. 20 seconds after closing the doors. The inte-
en the vehicle is locked or when the ignition is
n .
fig. 79.
Fig. 79 Interior roof trim: front interior lights
Altea_EN.book Seite 117 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
WARNING
The main beam can dazzle other drivers. Risk of accident! Never use the main beam headlights or the headlight flasher if they could dazzle other drivers.
Note The turn signals only work when the ignition is switched on. The corre-
sponding warning lamp or flashes in the combi-instrument. The
warning lamp flashes when the indicators are operating, provided that
trailer is correctly attached and connected to the vehicle. If a turn signal bulb
is defective, the warning lamp flashes at double speed. If the trailer turn
signal bulbs are damaged, warning lamp does not light up. Change the
bulb.
The main beam headlights can only be switched on if the dipped beam
headlights are already on. The warning lamp then comes on in the combi-
instrument.
The headlight flasher comes on for as long as you pull the lever even if
no other lights are switched on. The warning lamp then comes on in the
combi-instrument.
When the parking lights are switched on, the headlight and the rear light
on the corresponding side of the vehicle light up. The parking lights will only
work if the key is removed from the ignition. If the lights are switched on, a
buzzer gives an audible warning while the driver door is open.
If the turn signal lever is left on after the key has been taken out of the
ignition lock, an acoustic signal sounds when the driver door is opened. This
is a reminder to switch off the turn signal, unless of course you wish to leave
the parking light on.
Interior lights
Interior front light, typ
The switch fig. 79 is us
Courtesy light position
Rocker switch in flat position
ically switched on when the v
ignition lock And turn off app
rior lights are switched off wh
switched on.
Interior light switched on
Push the switch to the positio
Interior light switched off O
Push the switch to position O
AA
Lights and visibility118
n .
fig. 80.
closed, the interior lights will be switched off
iding the key has been removed and the cour-
his prevents the battery from discharging.
Altea_EN.book Seite 118 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Note If not all the vehicle doors are closed, the interior lights will be switched off
after approx. 10 minutes, providing the key has been removed and the cour-
tesy light position selected. This prevents the battery from discharging.
Interior front light, type 2
The switch fig. 80 is used to select the following positions:
Courtesy light position
Rocker switch in flat position (not activated). The interior lights are automat-
ically switched on when the vehicle is unlocked or the key removed from the
ignition lock And turn off approx. 20 seconds after closing the doors. The inte-
rior lights are switched off when the vehicle is locked or when the ignition is
switched on.
Interior light switched on
Push the switch to the positio
Interior light switched off O
Push the switch to position O
Note If not all the vehicle doors are
after approx. 10 minutes, prov
tesy light position selected. T
Fig. 80 Interior roof trim: front interior lights
AA
Lights and visibility 119
Safety Fir Technical Data
off
on to switch the reading light off.
ng lights*
ed to select the following positions:
, the interior and reading lights are switched
t
(left reading light) or to position (right
. The interior lights are automatically switched
ed or the key removed from the ignition lock The
Fig. 83 Interior roof trim: rear interior lights and reading lights.
1
A4
Altea_EN.book Seite 119 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Front reading lights
Switching on the reading light
Press the corresponding button fig. 81 and fig. 82 to switch on
the reading light.
Switching the reading lights
Press the corresponding butt
Rear interior and readi
The switch fig. 83 is us
Interior light switched off 0
In switch position fig. 83
off.
Switching on the reading ligh
Turn the switch to position
reading light).
Courtesy light position
Turn the control to position
on when the vehicle is unlock
Fig. 81 Interior roof trim: front reading lights, type 1
Fig. 82 Interior roof trim: front reading lights, type 2
AB AB
AC
A
A2
A3
Lights and visibility120
d the front passenger can be pulled out of their
vehicle and turned towards the doors fig. 84
n visors have covers. When you open the cover
p.
ll go out when the vanity mirror cover is pushed
d back up.
ut 10 minutes following the removal of the igni-
ttery from discharging.
Altea_EN.book Seite 120 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
light turns off about 20 seconds after closing the doors. The interior lights are
switched off when the vehicle is locked or when the ignition is switched on.
Interior lights or both reading lights switched on
Turn the control to position .
Note If not all the vehicle doors are closed, the interior lights will be switched off
after approx. 10 minutes, providing the key has been removed and the cour-
tesy light position selected. This prevents the battery from discharging.
Visibility
Sun visors
The sun visors for the driver an
mountings in the centre of the
.
The make-up mirrors in the su
, a lamp in the roof lights u
The lamp* in the roof lining wi
back or the sun visor is pushe
Note The roof lamp will turn off abo
tion key. This prevents the ba
A5
Fig. 84 Sun visor on the driver side
A1
A2
Lights and visibility 121
Safety Fir Technical Data
the left or right to set the length of the
e left: long intervals; control to the right:
per interval stages can be set using switch
osition .
osition .
position to give the windscreen a brief
art to move faster if you keep the lever
er than 2 seconds.
system
he steering wheel - Position . The wash
ediately and the wipers will start with a
and wiper systems will function at the
f over 120 km/h.
ipers will keep running for approximately
in the wiper blade* area (page
ome versions, there is the possibility of heating
the windscreen wiper blades in order to aid de-
n is switched on by pressing the rear heating
A2
A3
A4
A5
Altea_EN.book Seite 121 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Windscreen washers
Front windscreen wipers
The windscreen wiper lever controls the windscreen wipers
and the automatic wash and wipe.
The windscreen wiper lever fig. 85 has the following positions:
Switching off the wipers
Move the lever to position .
Intermittent wipe
Move the lever up to position .
Move the control to
intervals. Control to th
short intervals. Four wi
.
Slow wipe
Move the lever up to p
Continuous wipe
Move the lever up to p
Brief wipe
Move the lever down to
wipe. The wiper will st
pressed down for long
Wash and wipe automatic
Pull the lever towards t
function will start imm
slight delay. The wash
same time at speeds o
Release the lever. The w
four seconds.
Optional heated windscreen
In some countries and with s
the windscreen in the area of
icing in the zone. The functio
window key .
Fig. 85 Windscreen wiper and windscreen wash lever
A0
A1
AA
AA
Lights and visibility122
pe function is on, the intervals are directly
s way, the higher the vehicle speed the shorter
way any obstacles that are on the windscreen.
he obstacle blocks its path. Remove the
back on again.
ts that may be trapped in the side areas of the
wiper arms to the service position (horizontal).
ted jets is controlled automatically when the
ding upon the outside temperature.
Altea_EN.book Seite 122 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
WARNING
Worn and dirty wiper blades obstruct visibility and reduce safety levels.
In cold conditions, you should not use the wash / wipe system unless you have warmed the windscreen with the heating and ventilation system. The washer fluid could otherwise freeze on the windscreen and obscure your view of the road.
Always note the corresponding warnings on page 222.
Caution In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the
glass before using the wipers for the first time. If you switch on the wipers
when the wiper blades are frozen to the windscreen, you could damage both
the wiper blades and the wiper motor.
Note The windscreen wipers will only work when the ignition is switched on.
In certain versions of vehicles with alarms, the windscreen wiper will only
work when the ignition is on and the bonnet closed.
When in use, the wipers do not go as far as the rest position. When the
lever is moved to position 0, they are totally hidden.
The next speed down will automatically be selected if wiper speed
page 121, fig. 85 or is selected when the vehicle stops. The set speed
will be resumed when the vehicle starts again
The windscreen will be wiped again after approximately five seconds once
the automatic wipe/wash system has been operated, provided the vehicle
is in transit (drip function). If you activate the wipers less than three secionds
after the drip function, a new wash sequence will begin without the last wipe.
For the drip function to work again, you have to turn the ignition off and
then on again.
When the intermittent wi
proportional to the speed. Thi
the intervals.
The wiper will try to wipe a
The wiper will stop moving if t
obstacle and switch the wiper
Before removing any objec
windscreen, always move the
The heat output of the hea
ignition is switched on, depen
A2
A3
Lights and visibility 123
Safety Fir Technical Data
sor
iper lever into position fig. 87.
the left or right to set the sensitivity of the
the right: highly sensitive. Control to the
interval wipe function. You will have to switch
switch off the ignition. This is done by switching
n off and back on.
windscreen in front of the sensor. This may
ults.
A1
Altea_EN.book Seite 123 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Rain sensor*
The rain sensor controls the frequency of the windscreen
wiper intervals, depending on the amount of rain.
Switching on the rain sen
Move the windscreen w
Move the control to
rain sensor. Control to
left: less sensitive.
The rain sensor is part of the
the rain sensor back on if you
the wiper intermittent functio
Note Do not put stickers on the
cause sensor disruption or fa
Fig. 86 Rain sensor*
Fig. 87 Windscreen wiper lever
AA
Lights and visibility124
en wiper and washer system
wards to position fig. 88 The wash
diately and the wiper will start with a
reen wash system will function as long as
is position.
iper then wipes for approximately 4
tervals again.
asher system stops and the wipers func-
e will obstruct visibility and reduce safety.
nding warnings on page 222.
k that the wiper blade is not frozen to the glass
first time. If you switch on the wiper when the
ass, this could damage both the wiper blade
only function when the ignition is switched on
indscreen wipers switched on, the rear wind-
pe.
A7
Altea_EN.book Seite 124 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Rear window wiper
The windscreen wiper lever operates the windscreen wiper
and the wash and wipe system for the rear window.
Switching on the interval wipe
Press the lever forwards to position fig. 88. The wiper will
wipe the window approximately every 6 seconds.
Switching off the interval wipe function
Pull the lever back from position towards the steering wheel.
The wiper will continue to function for a short period if you switch
off whilst the wipers are in motion.
Switching on the windscre
Press the lever fully for
function will start imme
slight delay. The windsc
you hold the lever in th
Release the lever. The w
seconds, and then in in
Release the lever. The w
tion.
WARNING
A worn or dirty wiper blad
Always note the correspo
Caution In icy conditions, always chec
before using the wiper for the
wiper blade is frozen to the gl
and the wiper motor.
Note The windscreen wiper will
and the tailgate is closed.
In reverse gear, with the w
screen wiper will make one wi
Fig. 88 Windscreen wiper and windscreen wash lever: rear window wiper
A6
A6
Lights and visibility 125
Safety Fir Technical Data
interior mirror*
zle function can be switched on and off
function
. 89. Warning lamp goes out:
function
. 89. Warning lamp is lit.
tivated every time the ignition is switched on.
ts up in the mirror housing.
is activated the interior mirror will darken auto- ount of light it receives (for example from the
d). The anti-dazzle function is cancelled if
Fig. 89 Automatic anti- dazzle interior mirror.
AB
Altea_EN.book Seite 125 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Headlight washer system
The headlight washers clean the headlight lenses.
The headlight washers are activated automatically when the windscreen
washer is used and the windscreen wiper lever is pulled towards the steering
wheel for at least 1.5 seconds provided the dipped headlights or main
beams are switched on. Clean off stubborn dirt (insects, etc.) from the head-
lights at regular intervals, for instance when filling the fuel tank.
Note
To ensure that the headlight washers work properly in winter, keep the
nozzle holders in the bumper free of snow and remove any ice with a de-icer
spray.
To remove water, the windscreen wipers will be activated from time to
time, the headlight wipers will be activated every three cycles.
Mirrors
Interior mirror
It is dangerous to drive if you cannot see clearly through the
rear window.
Manual anti-dazzle function for interior mirror
In the basic mirror position, the lever at the bottom edge of the mirror should
be at the front. Pull the lever to the back to select the anti-dazzle function.
Automatic anti-dazzle
The automatic anti-daz
as desired.
Switching off anti-dazzle
Press button fig
Switching on anti-dazzle
Press button fig
Anti-dazzle function
The anti-dazzle function is ac
The green indicator lamp ligh
When the anti-dazzle function
matically according to the am
headlights of a vehicle behin
reverse gear is engaged.
AA
AA
Lights and visibility126
position the mirror so that you have a
f the vehicle.
(right exterior mirror).
to position the mirror so that you have a
f the car .
rs*
to the central position fig. 90 so
w mirrors heat up and the heated wind-
de rest area is operational page 121
*
90 to position to fold in the exterior
ays fold in the exterior mirrors if you are
matic car wash. This will help prevent
ith convenience control*
ror will fold back automatically with
ith the remote or the key)
the door and use the contact
ck out to the extended position*
r position to fold the exterior mirrors back
tment
osition L (left exterior mirror).
A1
Altea_EN.book Seite 126 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Note The automatic anti-dazzle function will only work properly if the sun
blind* for the rear window is retracted and there are no other objects
preventing light from reaching the interior mirror.
If you have to stick any type of sticker on the windscreen, do not do so in
front of the sensors. Doing so could prevent the anti-dazzle function from
working well or even from working at all.
Exterior mirrors
The exterior mirrors can be adjusted using the rotary knob in
the centre console.
Basic setting of exterior mirrors
1. Turn knob fig. 90 to position L (left exterior mirror).
2. Turn the rotary knob to
good view to the rear o
3. Turn knob to position R
4. Swivel the rotary knob
good view to the rear o
Heating the exterior mirro
Turn the knob forwards
that the heated rear vie
screen* in the wiper bla
Folding in exterior mirrors
Turn the control fig.
mirrors. You should alw
driving through an auto
damage.
Folding rear view mirrors w
The outer rear view mir
convenience closing (w
To unfold it again, open
Folding exterior mirrors ba
Turn the knob to anothe
out .
Synchronised mirror adjus
1. Turn the control to the p
Fig. 90 Exterior mirror control
Lights and visibility 127
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 127 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
2. Turn the rotary knob to position the mirror so that you have a
good view to the rear of the vehicle. The right exterior mirror will
be adjusted at the same time (synchronised).
WARNING
The rear view convex or aspheric mirror increase the field of vision however the objects appear smaller and further away in the mirrors. If you use these mirrors to estimate the distance to vehicles behind you when changing lane, you could make a mistake. Risk of accident.
If possible, use the interior mirror to estimate distances to vehicles behind you.
Make sure that you do not get your finger trapped between the mirror and the mirror base when folding back the mirrors. Risk of injury!
For the sake of the environment The exterior mirror heating should be switched off when it is no longer
needed. Otherwise, it is an unnecessary fuel waste.
Note If the electrical adjustment ever fails to operate, the mirrors can be
adjusted by hand by lightly pressing the edge of the mirror glass.
In vehicles with electric wing mirrors, the following points should be
observed: if, due to an external force (e.g. a knock while manoeuvring), the
adjustment of the mirror housing is altered, the mirror will have to be
completely folded electrically. Do not readjust the mirror housing by hand, as
this will interfere with the mirror adjuster function.
The rear view mirrors can be adjusted separately or simultaneously, as
described before.
Seats and stowage128
the foot well when the vehicle is moving; panel, out of the window or on the seat. This . An incorrect sitting position exposes you to
case of a sudden braking or an accident. If the sustain severe injuries due to an incorrect
er and front passenger to keep a distance of ng wheel or dash panel. Failure to respect the t the airbag will not protect you. Risk of fatal
the driver and the steering wheel or between dash panel should always be as great as
passenger seat only when the vehicle is to the forwards/backwards adjustment of the at could move unexpectedly while the vehicle
e the risk of an accident and therefore, injury. our seat, you will assume an incorrect sitting
nts.
to installing a child seat on the front ling a child seat, observe the warning note in .
Altea_EN.book Seite 128 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Seats and stowage
The importance of correct seat adjustment
Proper seat adjustment optimises the level of protection
offered by seat belts and airbags.
Your vehicle has five seats, two on the front part and three on the rear part.
Each seat is equipped with a three-point seat belt.
The driver seat and the front passenger seat can be adjusted in many ways to
suit the physical requirements of the vehicle occupants. The correct seat
position is very important for:
a fast and easy operation of all controls on the instrument panel,
a relaxed posture which does not cause drowsiness,
a safe driving page 7,
ensuring that the seat belts and airbag system provide maximum protec-
tion page 19.
WARNING
If the driver and passengers assume improper sitting positions, they may sustain critical injuries.
More people than available seats must never be transported in your vehicle.
Every passenger in the vehicle must properly fasten and wear the seat belt belonging to his or her seat. Children must be protected with an appro- priate child restraint system page 46, Child safety.
The front seats and all head restraints must always be adjusted to body size and the seat belt must always be properly adjusted to provide you and your passengers with optimum protection.
Always keep your feet on never rest them on the dash is also applied to passengers an increased risk of injury in airbag is triggered, you could sitting position.
It is important for the driv at least 25 cm from the steeri minimum distance means tha injury. The distance between the front passenger and the possible.
Adjust the driver or front stationary. This also applies rear seats. Otherwise, your se is moving. This could increas In addition, while adjusting y position. Risk of fatal accide
Special guidelines apply passenger seat. When instal the page 46, Child safety
WARNING (continued)
Seats and stowage 129
Safety Fir Technical Data
int so that its upper edge is at the same
head, or as close as possible to the same
head and, as a very minimum, at eye level
2.
page 130.
restraints removed or improperly adjusted injuries.
d restraints could lead to death in the event of
d restraints also increase the risk of injury d driving or braking manoeuvres.
t always be adjusted according to the
Fig. 92 Side view: head restraints and seat belts correctly adjusted
Altea_EN.book Seite 129 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Head restraints
Correct adjustment of head restraints
Properly adjusted head restraints are an important part of
passengers protection and can reduce the risk of injuries in
most accident situations.
Adjust the head restra
level as the top of your
level as the top of your
fig. 91 and fig. 9
Adjusting the head restraints
WARNING
Travelling with the head increases the risk of severe
Improperly adjusted hea a collision or accident.
Incorrectly adjusted hea during sudden or unexpecte
The head restraints mus passenger's height.
Fig. 91 Front view: head restraints and seat belts correctly adjusted
Seats and stowage130
aint, press the button and push head
d restraint engages securely in one of its
ats)
t forward or back to the required position.
int
up as far as it will go.
93 (arrow).
of fitting without releasing the button.
t into the guides on the rear backrest.
wn.
nt to suit body size page 14 and
straints have been removed. Risk of injury.
straints are in an unsuitable position, there is
straint, you must always adjust it properly for tection.
warnings page 129, Correct adjustment
Altea_EN.book Seite 130 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Removing or adjusting head restraints
The head restraints can be adjusted by moving them up and
down.
Adjusting height (front seats)
Press the button on the side and pull upwards to the desired
position.
To lower the head restraint, press the button and push head
restraint downwards.
Make sure that it engages securely into position.
Adjusting height (rear seats)
Press the button on the side and pull upwards to the desired
position.
To lower the head restr
restraint downwards.
Make sure that the hea
positions page 14.
Angle adjustment (front se
Press the head restrain
Removing the head restra
Push the head restraint
Press the button fig.
Pull head restraint out
Fitting the head restraint
Insert the head restrain
Push head restraint do
Adjust the head restrai
page 13.
WARNING
Never drive if the head re
Never drive if the head re a risk of serious injury.
After refitting the head re height to achieve optimal pro
Please observe the safety of head restraints.
Fig. 93 Adjusting and removing the head restraints
Seats and stowage 131
Safety Fir Technical Data
t angle
e backrest and turn the hand wheel.
support*
e backrest and turn the hand wheel to
port.
cushioned area is determined by the settings
his supports the natural curvature of the spine
r front passenger seat while the vehicle is in r seat, you will assume an incorrect sitting nts. Adjust the driver or front passenger seat tionary.
ry to the driver and front passenger in case of dent, never drive with the backrest tilted um protection of the seat belt can be achieved in an upright position and the driver and front justed their seat belts. The further the back- he greater the risk of injury due to improper
ecuring the seat height into forwards/back- be caused if the backrest is tilted without due
Altea_EN.book Seite 131 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Front seats
Adjustment of the front seats
The control elements in fig. 94 are mirrored for the front right-
hand seat.
Adjusting the seat forwards and backwards
Pull up the grip and move the seat forwards or backwards.
Then release the grip and move the seat further until the
catch engages.
Adjusting the seat height*
Pull the lever up or push down (several times if necessary) from
its home position. This adjusts the seat height in stages.
Adjusting the backres
Take your weight off th
Adjusting the lumbar
Take your weight off th
adjust the lumbar sup
The backrest curvature of the
made in the lumbar region. T
very effectively.
WARNING
Never adjust the driver o motion. While adjusting you position. Risk of fatal accide only when the vehicle is sta
To reduce the risk of inju a sudden braking or an acci towards the rear. The maxim only when the backrests are passenger have properly ad rests are tilted to the rear, t positioning of the belt web!
Exercise caution when s wards position. Injuries can care and attention.
Fig. 94 Front left seat controls
A1
A1
A2
A3
A4
Seats and stowage132
Fig. 96 For unlocking the rear seat
Fig. 97 Rear seat back- rest angle adjustment
Altea_EN.book Seite 132 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Heated seats*
The front seat cushions and backrests can be heated electri-
cally.
Turn the appropriate thumb wheel fig. 95 to switch on the seat
heating. The seat heating is switched off in the 0 position.
The seat heating only works when the ignition is switched on. The left thumb
wheel controls the left seat and the right thumb wheel the right seat.
Caution To avoid damaging the heating elements, please do not kneel on the seat or
apply sharp pressure at a single point to the seat cushion and backrest.
Rear seat bench
Seat adjustment
Fig. 95 Thumb wheel for the front seat heating
Seats and stowage 133
Safety Fir Technical Data
sts down
e of the seat fig. 98
s locked. This is the reason why the loop located
e pulled in the direction of the arrow to open the
e backrest has engaged properly in position
s on the seats may not, for reasons of safety, be
Fig. 98 Folding or opening the rear seat backrests
A1
Altea_EN.book Seite 133 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
The seats may be moved forwards or backwards independently. The
movement can be 1/3 or 2/3 of the seat. There are various possible
positions.
Adjusting reach
In the seated position, unlock the lever in the direction of the
arrow page 132, fig. 96.
Move the seat cushion forwards or backwards to the desired
position.
Backrest angle adjustment
Hold the backrest at the top. Pull the loop on the side of the seat
page 132, fig. 97 in the direction of the arrow and hold the
loop in this position. Push the backrest to the required position
and release the loop.
WARNING
Adjust the seat only when the vehicle is stationary. Otherwise, your seat could move unexpectedly while the vehicle is moving. This could increase the risk of an accident and therefore, injury.
Do not push the seatbacks down until the seat is moved, this is to avoid damage to the centre console.
Ensure that the seat, once moved, is fixed in position.
Note In order to maintain the maximum luggage compartment space, put the
seatbacks in position normal, without moving.
In order to maintain the maximum space without putting the seatbacks
down, move the seats forward to the desired position.
Folding the seat backre
Pull the loop on the sid
In this position the back rest i
on the side of the seat must b
backrest.
WARNING
You should check that th after the loop is released.
The locking system loop used to secure any items.
A1
Seats and stowage134
ments
on the front passenger side
ed by pulling the lever fig. 100.
partment cover closed while the vehicle is in risk of injury caused by a sudden braking or
Fig. 100 Passenger side: stowage compartment
Altea_EN.book Seite 134 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Folding the rear seat backrests down
Pull the loop on the side of the seat fig. 99 in the direction
of the arrow and lift the seat backrest into position.
WARNING
You should check that the backrest has engaged properly in position after the loop is released.
The locking system loops on the seats may not, for reasons of safety, be used to secure any items.
After locking the seat backrest into position ensure that the seat belts protrude from the seat.
Stowage compart
Stowage compartment
The compartment can be open
WARNING
Always keep the stowage com motion in order to reduce the by an accident.
Fig. 99 Folding or opening the front seat backrests
A1
Seats and stowage 135
Safety Fir Technical Data
this compartment.
he front seats*
er with a cover under each front seat.
opened by pushing the button and putting the
of 15 and 60 degrees depending on the pres-
he 60 degree position, the cover will collapse if
.
e cover until it locks into position.
Fig. 102 Stowage area under the front seats
Altea_EN.book Seite 135 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Centre arm rest at front with stowage area
There is a stowage area in the armrest.
To open the stowage area, lift the armrest up in the direction of
the arrow fig. 101 and then lift the cover.
To access the CD loader* or the lower stowage area, pull on the
armrest cover without pressing on the button.
To close the stowage area, push the armrest down.
WARNING
Always keep the stowage area closed while the vehicle is in motion to reduce the risk of injury from the armrest during a sudden braking manoeuvre or in the event of an accident.
Note The CD changer is located in
Stowage areas under t
There is a stowage lock
The drawer* fig. 102 is
cover back.
There are two open positions
sure applied to the cover. In t
too much pressure is applied
To close the drawer, press th
Fig. 101 Front armrest with stowage area
AA
Seats and stowage136
t be folded down whilst the vehicle is in on the second row of seats. There is a risk on ng manoeuvre! The table must therefore be whilst the vehicle is in motion.
the drink holders. During normal or sudden braking or an accident, the hot drink could be
en cans in the cup holders. The drink might be
and could damage the vehicle.
ent*
compartments in the roof
Fig. 104 Roof stowage compartments
Altea_EN.book Seite 136 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
WARNING
The drawers will hold a maximum weight of 1.5 kg.
Do not drive with the drawer cover open. There is an injury risk for passengers if the cargo is released in case of sudden braking or an accident.
Folding table*
Folding tables are fitted to the rear of the front seat backrests.
To open the table, open it up in the direction of the arrow
fig. 103.
WARNING
The folding tables may no motion and anyone is seated injury during a sudden braki closed and properly secured
Never place hot drinks in driving manoeuvres, sudden spilled. Danger of scalding.
Caution When driving, do not leave op
spilt on braking, for example,
Roof stowage compartm
There are four stowage
Fig. 103 Folding table of front left seat
Seats and stowage 137
Safety Fir Technical Data
rtment floor and fold it back all the way
fig. 106, into the side grooves depending
ts to be transported. The onboard tool kit
re located underneath the luggage
ned for a maximum load of 50 kg. For heavier
move.
um authorised weight for the vehicle
Fig. 106 Luggage compartment divider
Altea_EN.book Seite 137 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Press the button on the cover to open these compartments
page 136, fig. 104. The cover will then open.
To close the cover, press it up until it engages.
WARNING
Always keep the stowage area cover closed while the vehicle is in motion to reduce the risk of injury during a sudden braking manoeuvre or in the event of an accident and to prevent any items from being thrown through the vehicle interior.
Stowage in the luggage compartment*
There is a variable stowage area* in the luggage compart-
ment floor.
Lift the luggage compa
fig. 105.
Fit the separator on the size of the objec
and the spare wheel a
compartment.
Note The folding table is desig
loads fold up the table and re
Do not exceed the maxim
page 276.
Fig. 105 Foldable luggage compartment cover
AA
Seats and stowage138
und:
rear),
gage compartment,
in the luggage compartment (only on vehicles
kit*.
on the rear roof handles.
s on the dashboard. These objects could be compartment when the vehicle is moving (e.g. r cornering) and distract the driver. Risk of
fall from the centre console or other stowage l while the vehicle is moving. In the event of a ou will not be able to use the brake, clutch or
t hooks must not restrict the driver's view. oks are intended only for use with light arti- any hard, sharp or heavy objects in hanging dden braking manoeuvres or accidents, espe- deployment, these objects could injure the
Altea_EN.book Seite 138 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Luggage compartment net
There is a retaining net in the luggage compartment for
securing objects.
Use the fastening rings located on the side of the luggage
compartment to attach the retaining net fig. 107.
Note The folding table is designed for a maximum load of 50 kg. For heavier
loads fold up the table and remove.
Do not exceed the maximum authorised weight for the vehicle
page 276.
Other stowage areas
Other stowage areas can be fo
in the centre console,
in the door trims (front and
in the side trims of the lug
in the spare wheel recess
with an optional anti-puncture
The clothes hooks are located
WARNING
Do not store loose object flung through the passenger while accelerating, braking o accident.
Ensure that no objects can areas into the driver foot wel sudden braking manoeuvre, y accelerator. Risk of accident.
Clothing hung on the coa Risk of accident. The coat ho cles of clothing. Do not leave articles of clothing. During su cially those involving airbag vehicle occupants.
Fig. 107 Retaining net
Seats and stowage 139
Safety Fir Technical Data
rest*
Fig. 109 Opening the rear drink holders
Fig. 110 Rear armrest/drink holder
Altea_EN.book Seite 139 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Drinks holders at the front
In the centre console, in front of the gear lever, there are two drink holders
fig. 108.
WARNING
Never place hot drinks in the drink holders. During normal or sudden driving manoeuvres, sudden braking or an accident, the hot drink could be spilled. Danger of scalding.
Never use rigid materials (for example, glass or ceramic), these could cause injury in the case of an accident.
Rear drink holder*/ Arm
Fig. 108 Front drink holder
Seats and stowage140
mpartment
tion of the rear seat back rest, in order to
n of the back rest.
compartment mounting plate
ide of the vehicle, through the rear
ould be fitted between the back rest and
seat area.
lips the cushion frame. The rings of the
rtment mounting plate appear at the front
he plate clip, tilt the rear back rest of the
slightly and then lean the back rest back-
g of the mobile stowage compartment
e easier.
Fig. 112 Mobile stowage compartment mounting plate
AH
Altea_EN.book Seite 140 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Opening and closing the armrest*/ drink holder*
To open, pull the loop in the direction of the arrow page 139,
fig. 109 .
To close, lift the Drink holder*/ armrest* in the direction of the
arrow page 139, fig. 110 .
WARNING
Ensure that the load in the luggage compartment is correctly secured with the retainer net when travelling with the armrest down page 138.
Multi-purpose* mobile stowage compartment - Fitting and removal
This stowage compartment may only be placed in the central
area of the rear seat
Fitting mobile stowage co
Fold down the small sec
access the large sectio
Fit the mobile stowage
fig. 112 from the ins
section of the seat. It sh
the seat, in the central
Push the plate until it c
mobile stowage compa
of the seat.
If it is difficult to make t
large section forwards
wards to make the fittin
onto the mounting plat
A1
A2
Fig. 111 Mobile stowage compartment Installation
Seats and stowage 141
Safety Fir Technical Data
stowage compartment - General
ent may only be placed in the central
Fig. 113 Mobile stowage compartment Opening
Fig. 114 Mobile stowage compartment Duties
Altea_EN.book Seite 141 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Place the mobile stowage compartment onto the foam of the
central seat.
Set both mounting pieces together page 140, fig. 111,
with both mounting rings page 140, fig. 112 and press
hard until both the clips completely connect with the rings.
Removing mobile stowage compartment
Pull each of the buttons page 140, fig. 111 on the clips
(red buttons) forwards, until they snap out of place.
Fold the larger seat down and remove the mobile stowage
compartment mounting plate.
Multi-purpose* mobile information
This stowage compartm
area of the rear seat
AE
AG
AF
Seats and stowage142
ng, keep the tables stored inside the mobile he cover closed, and likewise when they are
the drink holders. The drink may spill and e is moving.
rinkholder when the vehicle is in motion, may be flung around the vehicle and cause
ing plate is correctly clipped onto the cushion
se, store inside the stowage compartment.
e compartment is not in use, it should always net in the luggage compartment.
age compartment is correctly fitted, pulling it
x and checking that both safety clips are
s.
Altea_EN.book Seite 142 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Opening
Lift the cover , in area page 141, fig. 113.
Closing
Push the cover down, until it clips into place.
Uses of the mobile stowage compartment
The front open glove box may be used to store small objects that will not
damage passengers in the event that the objects are flung around the interior
of the vehicle.
The drink holders are used for holding drink cans or cups.
The elastic belt on the side may be used for keeping papers and maga-
zines.
The tables may be used as a support for writing.
To use the table page 141, fig. 114, it must be removed from its
compartment on the side of the mobile stowage compartment and fitted into
compartment page 141, fig. 114on the front section of the mobile
stowage compartment.
The table in the right-hand compartment is fitted in the left-hand compart-
ment of the front of the mobile stowage compartment and the table in the left-
hand compartment is fitted in the right-hand compartment.
The tables have two positions for use and cannot be interchanged.
WARNING
The mobile stowage compartment supports a maximum load of 5 kg. Do not overload.
Do not drive when the cover of the mobile stowage compartment is open.
Do not drive when the tables are set up for use.
When the vehicle is movi stowage compartment with t not in use
Never place hot drinks in cause burns when the vehicl
Do not leave cans in the d there is a danger that the can injury.
Make sure that the mount frame.
When the plate is not in u
When the mobile stowag be fastened by the retaining
Note Check that the mobile stow
forwards by the front glove bo
correctly clipped onto the ring
AB AA
AC
AD
WARNING (continued)
Seats and stowage 143
Safety Fir Technical Data
lighter fig. 116 to activate it .
op out slightly.
ighter and light the cigarette on the
ette lighter can lead to serious injuries or start
ly. Carelessness or negligence when using the urns, risk of injury.
hen the ignition is turned on or the engine is fire, never leave children alone inside the
Fig. 116 The cigarette lighter is located in the electric socket on the front of the centre console
Altea_EN.book Seite 143 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Ashtrays*, cigarette lighter* and electrical sockets
Ashtray*
Opening and closing the ashtray
To open the ashtray, lift the cover fig. 115.
To close it, lower the cover.
Emptying the ashtray
Extract the ashtray and empty it.
WARNING
Never put paper in the ashtray. Hot ash could ignite the paper in the ashtray and cause a fire.
Cigarette lighter*
Press on the cigarette
Wait for the lighter to p
Pull out the cigarette l
glowing coil.
WARNING
Improper use of the cigar a fire.
Using the lighter careful cigarette lighter can cause b
The lighter only works w running. To avoid the risk of vehicle.
Fig. 115 Ashtray located in the front drink holder
Seats and stowage144
nces with the engine switched off will cause a
l accessories, see the instructions on
ion (AUX-IN)
g. 118.
the radio manual).
Fig. 118 Auxiliary audio connection
Altea_EN.book Seite 144 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Electrical sockets
Electrical equipment can be connected to any of the 12 volt
sockets.
Electrical accessories may be connected to the 12 volt socket in the front
centre console fig. 117 of the passenger compartment and that of the
boot* The appliances connected to each socket must not exceed a power
rating of 120 Watt.
WARNING
The current sockets and the connected accessories will only operate when the ignition is on or when the engine is running. Improper use of the sockets or electrical accessories can lead to serious injuries or cause a fire. To avoid the risk of injury, never leave children alone inside the vehicle.
Note The use of electrical applia
battery discharge.
Before using any electrica
page 207.
Auxiliary audio connect
Lift the AUX. cover fi
Insert the pin fully (see
Fig. 117 Socket, centre console, front
Seats and stowage 145
Safety Fir Technical Data
od
located in the central armrest
e use of this equipment, please see the Radio
Fig. 120 iPod connection in central armrest compartment.
Altea_EN.book Seite 145 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
AUX RSE connection*
This connector may be used as an audio input (red and white connectors) or
audio and video connector (red, white and yellow connectors). For more
details about the use of this audio and video source, see the RSE manual.
Connector for Apple* iP
The iPod connector is
compartment.
For information concerning th
handbook.
Fig. 119 AUX RSE connection
Seats and stowage146
ing triangle, fire
Fig. 122 Warning triangle storage under the rear cover
Fig. 123 Opening the storage compartment
Altea_EN.book Seite 146 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
USB* connection
Inside the central armrest compartment there is a USB port.
For information concerning the use of this equipment, please see the Radio
handbook.
First-aid kit, warn extinguisher
Warning triangle
Fig. 121 USB connec- tion* in central armrest compartment
Seats and stowage 147
Safety Fir Technical Data
curely stowed.
ing points to ensure the vehicle handles
evenly as possible.
far forward in the luggage compartment
uggage compartment with suitable straps
.
r loose items in the vehicle can cause serious
age compartment can suddenly move and handles.
res or accidents, loose objects in the be flung forward, injuring vehicle occupants.
he luggage compartment and secure with suit- ly important for heavy objects.
vy objects, always take in account that a ity can also cause changes in vehicle handling.
ion on safe driving page 7, Safe driving.
Altea_EN.book Seite 147 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
The warning triangle* is located in a stowage box under the luggage compart-
ment cover page 146, fig. 122. To open this storage compartment, turn the
knob 90 fig page 146, fig. 123.
Note The warning triangle is not part of the vehicle's standard equipment.
First-aid kit and fire extinguisher
The first-aid kit* is located in a stowage box on the left side of the luggage
compartment.
The fire extinguisher* is attached to the luggage compartment carpet by
velcro.
Note The first-aid kit and the fire extinguisher are not part of the vehicle's
standard equipment.
The first aid kit must comply with legal requirements.
Observe the expiry date of the contents of the first aid kit. You should
purchase a new first-aid kit as soon as possible after the shelf-life date of the
first-aid kit has expired.
The fire extinguisher must comply with legal requirements.
Ensure that the fire extinguisher is fully functional. The fire extinguisher
should, therefore, be checked regularly. The sticker on the fire extinguisher
will inform you of the next date for checking.
Before acquiring accessories and emergency equipment see the instruc-
tions in Accessories and spares page 207.
Boot
Stowing luggage
All luggage must be se
Please observe the follow
well at all times:
Distribute the load as
Place heavy objects as
as possible.
Secure luggage in the l
on the fastening rings
WARNING
Loose luggage and othe injuries.
Loose objects in the lugg change the way the vehicle
During sudden manoeuv passenger compartment can
Always store objects in t able straps. This is especial
When you transport hea change in the centre of grav
Please observe informat
Seats and stowage148
fig. 124 from the retaining pins .
ts slot, in its rest position and pull
compartment should remain closed.
partment
artment by turning the knob 90
ompartment is freed from the pivot point
bjects on the open stowage compartment, he vehicle occupants in case of sudden
Fig. 125 Removing storage shelf
AB AA
Altea_EN.book Seite 148 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Caution Hard objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating
element in the rear window and cause damage.
Note The ventilation slots in front of the rear side windows must not be covered as
this would prevent stale air being extracted from the vehicle.
Rear shelf
Removing the cover
Disengage the loops
Extract the cover from i
outwards. The storage
To remove the storage com
Open the storage comp
page 146, fig. 123.
Pull outwards until the c
fig. 125.
WARNING
Do not place heavy or hard o because they will endanger t braking.
Fig. 124 Luggage compartment cover
Seats and stowage 149
Safety Fir Technical Data
stem) of 75 kg must not be exceeded nor should
e be exceeded. See the chapter on Technical
or large objects on the roof, any change in the
e to a change in the centre of gravity or an
st be taken into account. For this reason, a suit-
must be used.
ith a sunroof*, ensure that it does not interfere
ier system when opened.
Altea_EN.book Seite 149 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Caution Before closing the tailgate, ensure that the stowage compartment tray is
correctly fitted.
An overloaded boot could mean that the rear stowage tray is not correctly
seated and it may be bent or damaged.
If the boot is overloaded, remove the tray.
Note Ensure that, when placing items of clothing on the luggage compartment
cover, rear visibility is not reduced.
Only the warning triangle* and other lightweight objects should be stored
in the storage compartment.
Roof carrier*
Please observe the following points if you intend to carry loads on the roof:
For safety reasons, only luggage racks and accessories approved by SEAT
should be used.
It is imperative to precisely follow the fitting instructions included for the
rack, taking special care when fitting the front bar in the holes designed for
this and the rear bar between the marks on the upper part of the rear door
frame while respecting the correct direction of travel indicated in the installa-
tion manual. Not following these instructions may damage the bodywork.
Pay special attention to the tightening torque of the attachment bolts and
check them following a short journey. If necessary, retighten the bolts and
check them at regular intervals.
Distribute the load evenly. A maximum load of 40 kg only is permitted for
each roof carrier system support bar, the load must be distributed evenly
along the entire length. However, the maximum load permitted for the entire
roof (including the support sy
the total weight of the vehicl
Data.
When transporting heavy
normal vehicle behaviour du
increased wind resistance mu
able speed and driving style
For those vehicles fitted w
with the load on the roof carr
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning150
is needed to defrost the windows quickly, is
e has reached its operating temperature.
ed off automatically approximately 20 minutes
also be switched off beforehand by pushing
vents strong odours in the outside air from
r example when passing through a tunnel or in
. 126 On the dash panel: Heater controls
Altea_EN.book Seite 150 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning
Heating
Controls and equipment
Using the controls fig. 126 and and the control you
can set the temperature, air distribution and the turbine speed.
To switch a function on or off, press the appropriate button or
. When the function is activated, the display window in the
lower left of the button is lit.
Temperature
With the regulator the heating level is determined. The required tempera-
ture inside the vehicle cannot be lower than the ambient temperature.
Maximum heat output, which
only available when the engin
Rear window heater
This function will be switch
after being switched on. It can
the button
Air recirculation mode
Air recirculation mode pre
entering the vehicle interior, fo
queuing traffic .
Fig
A1 A4 A5
A2
A3
A1
A2
A3
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning 151
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 151 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
With low temperatures outside, the air recirculation increases the effective-
ness of the heating system by heating the air inside the passenger compart-
ment rather than the air from outside.
Air distribution
Control for setting the flow of air in the required direction.
Air distribution towards the windscreen. Air recirculation is, for safety
reasons, not possible in this position.
Air distribution to the upper body.
Air distribution to footwell
Air distribution to the windscreen and the foot well.
Blower
The air flow can be set at four speeds with the control . The air flow should
always be set at the lowest speed when driving slowly.
WARNING
For road safety all windows must be clear of ice, snow, and condensa- tion. This is essential to ensure good visibility. Please familiarise yourself with the correct operation of the heating and ventilation system, including the anti-fog/defrost functions for the windscreens.
In air recirculation mode, no cold air from the outside enters the vehicle interior. The windows can quickly fog over if the heating is switched off. Therefore, never leave the air recirculation mode switched on for a long time (risk of accident).
Note Please observe the general notes page 159.
A4
A5
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning152
heating. The heating will be switched off auto-
0 minutes after switching on. It can also be
by pushing the button.
tion mode page 154
page 153
our speed settings for the air flow. The air flow
e lowest speed when driving slowly.
ust be clear of ice, snow, and condensation. od visibility. Please familiarise yourself with eating and ventilation system, including the
r the windscreens.
. 127 On the dash panel: Climatic controls
Altea_EN.book Seite 152 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Climatic*
Control switches
The climatic or semi-automatic air conditioning system only works
when the engine is running and the turbine is switched on.
By using the regulators fig. 127 and and the control
, the temperature, air distribution and the fan speed can be
set.
To switch a function on or off, press the appropriate button ,
or . When the function is activated, the display window in
the lower corner of the button is lit.
Temperature selector page 153
Button Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system on/off
page 153
Button Rear window
matically approximately 2
switched off beforehand
Button Air recircula
Air distribution control Blower switch. There are f
should always be set at th
WARNING
For road safety all windows m This is essential to ensure go the correct operation of the h anti-fog/defrost functions fo
Fig
A1 A5
A6
A2
A3 A4
A1
A2 AC
A3
A4
A5
A6
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning 153
Safety Fir Technical Data
itioning using the button page 152,
elector anti-clockwise until the desired
ed.
to one of the settings 1-4.
g. 128 On the dash panel: Climatic controls
Altea_EN.book Seite 153 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Note Please observe the general notes page 159.
Heating and cooling the interior
Interior heating
Turn the temperature selector fig. 128 clockwise to select
the required temperature.
Turn the blower switch to one of the settings 1-4.
Set the air distribution control to the air flow configuration
desired: (towards the windscreen), (towards the chest),
(towards the footwell) and (towards the windscreen and
footwell areas).
Interior cooling
Switch on the air cond
fig. 127 .
Turn the temperature s
cooling output is reach
Turn the blower switch
Fi
A1
AC
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning154
nts and prevents misting of the windows when
gh.
cannot be switched on this may be caused by
ning.
.
re is lower than +3C.
m compressor has been temporarily switched
t temperature is too high.
s faulty.
e. Have the air conditioning checked by a qual-
.
. 129 On the dash panel: Climatic controls
Altea_EN.book Seite 154 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Use the air distribution control to guide the flow of air in the
required direction: (to the windscreen), (to the upper
body), (to the foot well) and (to the windscreen and to the
foot well).
Heating
Maximum heat output, which is needed to defrost the windows quickly, is
only available when the engine has reached its operating temperature.
Air conditioner
When the air conditioning system is switched on, not only the temperature,
but also the air humidity in the vehicle interior is reduced. This improves
comfort for the vehicle occupa
the ambient air humidity is hi
If the air conditioning system
the following reasons:
The engine may not be run
The blower is switched off
The ambient air temperatu
The air conditioning syste
off because the engine coolan
The air conditioning fuse i
Another fault in the vehicl
ified workshop.
Air recirculation mode
Air recirculation mode prevents fumes or unpleasant smells from coming from the outside
Fig
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning 155
Safety Fir Technical Data
culation is not possible when the control for air
screen setting .
cold air from the outside enters the vehicle ng system is switched off, the windows can , never leave the air recirculation mode (risk of accident).
g. 130 On the dash panel: 2C Climatronic controls
Altea_EN.book Seite 155 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Air recirculation mode page 154, fig. 129 prevents strong odours in
the outside air from entering the vehicle interior, for example when passing
through a tunnel or in queuing traffic.
With low temperatures outside, the air recirculation increases the effective-
ness of the heating system by warming the air inside the passenger compart-
ment rather than the cold air from outside.
With high ambient temperatures, the air recirculation increases the effective-
ness of the air conditioning system by cooling the air inside the passenger
compartment rather than the ambient air.
For reasons of safety, air recir
distribution is set to the wind
WARNING
In air recirculation mode, no interior. If the air conditioni quickly mist over. Therefore switched on for a long time
2C-Climatronic*
Control switches
The controls allow separate adjustment of air conditioning settings for the left and right.
Fi
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning156
7
e 2C-Climatronic on and off page 157
c temperature, ventilation and air distribution
heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
the right side page 156
ust be clear of ice, snow, and condensation. od visibility. Please familiarise yourself with eating and ventilation system, including the
r the windscreens.
tes page 159.
mperature, air flow and distribution
ted so that a specified temperature is
ossible and then maintained.
justed separately for the left and right
r.
ode
page 155, fig. 130 AUTO is shown
Altea_EN.book Seite 156 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
The air conditioning system only works when the engine is running
and the blower is switched on.
Press the temperature control buttons page 155, fig. 130
or in order to adjust the temperature on the left hand side or
the right hand side respectively.
The functions will be switched on when its buttons are pressed.
When these functions are activated, they are indicated in the
display. Also, the de-icing and rear heated window functions will
turn on along with their corresponding yellow symbol. Press the
button again to switch off the function.
The temperature can be adjusted separately for the left and right sides of the
vehicle interior.
Display of the selected interior temperature for the left side.
Button Manual air recirculation mode.
Button Central air distribution
Button Downward air distribution
Button Upward air distribution
Display of the selected interior temperature for the right side.
Button defrost function for the windscreen. The air drawn in from
outside the vehicle is directed at the windscreen. The air recirculation
mode, if switched on, will be switched off as soon as the defrost function
is switched on. At temperatures over 3C, the air conditioning system will
be switched on automatically and the blower speed will be increased by
one level in order to dry the air. The button lights up yellow and the
symbol appears in the display.
Button Rear window heating. The heating will be switched off auto-
matically approximately 20 minutes after switching on. However, it may
be turned off by pushing the button. The button lights up yellow and the
symbol appears in the display.
Temperature selector for the left side page 156
Blower control page 15
Button Switches th
Button Automati
control page 156
Button Switches
system off
Temperature selector for
WARNING
For road safety all windows m This is essential to ensure go the correct operation of the h anti-fog/defrost functions fo
Note Please observe the general no
Automatic mode
In automatic mode air te
are automatically regula
attained as quickly as p
The temperature can be ad
sides of the vehicle interio
Switching on automatic m
Press the button
on the display.
A9
A14
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11 OFF
A12 AUTO
A13 ECON
A14
AUTO
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning 157
Safety Fir Technical Data
tant temperature. The temperature of the air
lower speed and the air distribution are regu-
em also considers the sunlight radiation, so
adjustment. Therefore, automatic mode almost
fort for the vehicle occupants throughout the
off whenever an adjustment is made using the
n, air flow or . The temperature will
in the parameters manually selected by the
.
ECON
g. 131 On the dash panel: 2C Climatronic controls
Altea_EN.book Seite 157 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Press the temperature selectors to set the desired temperatures
for the left and right sides of the interior. We recommend 22C
(72F).
A comfortable interior climate is quickly reached when a temperature of
+22C (72F) is set in automatic mode. Therefore, we recommend you not to
change this adjustment, except as necessary to suit individual preferences or
particular circumstances. It is possible to select interior temperatures from
+16C (61F) up to +29.5C (86F). These are approximate temperatures and
the actual temperature may be slightly higher or lower depending on the
ambient conditions.
Climatronic maintains a cons
supplied to the interior, the b
lated automatically. The syst
there is no need for manual re
always provides the best com
year.
Automatic mode is switched
buttons for the air distributio
continue to be regulated with
user.
Manual mode
In manual mode you can adjust the air temperature, air flow and distribution as required
Fi
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning158
revents fumes or unpleasant smells
utside.
page 157, fig. 131 to switch air recir-
. It is switched on if the following symbol
.
ts strong odours in the ambient air from
r example when passing through a tunnel or in
e, the air recirculation increases the effective-
heating the air inside the passenger compart-
outside.
es, the air recirculation increases the effective-
stem by cooling the air inside the passenger
ambient air.
ulation is not possible when the control for air
screen setting .
cold air from the outside enters the vehicle g system is switched off, the windows can
never leave the air recirculation mode risk of accident).
A2
Altea_EN.book Seite 158 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Switching on manual mode
To enter manual mode, press one of the buttons page 157,
fig. 131 to , or press the air flow control . The
symbol will disappear from the display.
Temperature
There are separate temperature selectors for the left and right sides of the
vehicle interior. The selected temperature is displayed above the selector. It
is possible to select interior temperatures from +16C (61F) up to +29.5C
(86F). These are approximate temperatures and the actual temperature may
be slightly higher or lower depending on the ambient conditions.
If a temperature below 16C (61F) is selected, the display switches to LO. In
this setting the system runs at maximum cooling output and the temperature
is not regulated.
If a temperature above 29.5C (86F) is selected the display switches to HI. In
this setting the system runs at maximum heating output and the temperature
is not regulated.
Blower
The air flow may be adjusted freely using the control . Always have the
blower running at a low setting to ensure a constant flow of fresh air into the
vehicle. Pushing the button to the minimum -1, turns the Climatronic off.
Air distribution
The air distribution is adjusted using the buttons , and . It is also
possible to open and close some of the air vents separately.
Switching the air conditioning system on and off
Pressing the button switches off the air conditioning system to save
fuel. The temperature continues to self-regulate. The set temperature can
then only be reached if it is higher than the ambient temperature.
Air recirculation mode
Air recirculation mode p
from coming from the o
Press the button culation mode on or off
appears in the display
Air recirculation mode preven
entering the vehicle interior, fo
a traffic jam.
With low temperatures outsid
ness of the heating system by
ment rather than the air from
With high ambient temperatur
ness of the air conditioning sy
compartment rather than the
For reasons of safety, air recirc
distribution is set to the wind
WARNING
In air recirculation mode, no interior. If the air conditionin quickly mist over. Therefore, switched on for a long time (
A3 A5 ECON A10
AUTO
A10
ECON
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning 159
Safety Fir Technical Data
m operates most effectively with the windows
losed. However, if the vehicle has been over-
can be cooled quicklier by opening the windows
circulation mode is on, as smoke drawn into the
s a residue on the evaporator, producing a
.
the air conditioning at least once a month, to
and prevent leaks. If a decrease in the cooling
orised Service Centre should be consulted to
Altea_EN.book Seite 159 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
General notes
The impurity filter
The impurity filter (a combined particle filter and active carbon filter) serves
as a barrier against impurities in the ambient air, including dust and pollen.
For the air conditioning system to work with maximum efficiency, the pollen
filter must be replaced at the intervals specified in the Service Schedule.
If the filter loses efficiency prematurely due to use in areas reaching very high
pollution levels, the pollen filter must be changed more frequently than
stated in the Service Schedule.
Caution If you suspect that the air conditioning is damaged, switch off the air
conditioning with button to prevent further damage and have it
checked by a qualified workshop.
Repairs to the air conditioning system require specialist knowledge and
special tools. Therefore, we recommend you to take the vehicle to a qualified
workshop.
Note If the humidity and temperature outside the vehicle are high, condensa- tion can drip off the evaporator in the cooling system and so forming a puddle
underneath the vehicle. This is completely normal and there is no need to
suspect a leak.
Keep the air intake slots in front of the windscreen free of snow, ice and
leaves to ensure heating and cooling are not impaired, and to prevent the
windows from misting over.
The air from the vents flows through the passenger compartment and is
extracted by slots designed for this purpose. Therefore, do not cover these
slots with items of clothing or other objects.
The air conditioning syste
and the sliding/tilting roof* c
heated by sun, the air inside
for a short time.
Do not smoke while air re
air conditioning system leave
permanent unpleasant odour
It is advisable to connect
lubricate the system gaskets
capacity is detected, an Auth
check the system.
ECON
Driving160
the correct position.
e steering column fig. 132 down
el until the correct position is set
again firmly .
ing column adjustment function and an incor- ult in serious injury.
eering column should be adjusted only when
Fig. 133 Proper sitting position for driver
Altea_EN.book Seite 160 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Driving
Address
Adjusting the steering wheel position
The height and reach of the steering wheel can be freely
adjusted to suit the driver.
Adjust the driver seat to
Push the lever under th
.
Adjust the steering whe
fig. 133.
Then push the lever up
WARNING
Incorrect use of the steer rect seating position can res
To avoid accidents, the st the vehicle is stationary.
Fig. 132 Adjusting the steering wheel position
Driving 161
Safety Fir Technical Data
programme (ESP)*
safer in certain situations.
rogram (ESP) contains the electronic differential
ntrol system (TCS). The ESP function works
arning lamps will light up if the ESP or ABS
ally when the engine is started.
cannot be switched off. With the ESP switch it is
ff.
hen in cases where wheel sliding is desirable.
hains,
Fig. 134 Detail of the centre console: ESP button
Altea_EN.book Seite 161 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Adjust the driver seat or steering wheel so that there is a distance of at least 25 cm between the steering wheel and your breast bone page 160, fig. 133. If you fail to observe the minimum distance, the airbag will not protect you. Risk of fatal injury.
If your physical constitution does not allow you to mantain the minimum distance of 25 cm, contact an Authorised Service Centre. The Authorised Service Centre will help you to decide if special specific modifi- cations are necessary.
If you adjust the steering wheel so that it points towards your face, the driver airbag will not protect you properly in the event of an accident. Make sure that the steering wheel points towards your chest.
When driving, always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions. Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position, or in any other manner (e.g. in the centre of the steering wheel, or on the inside of the rim). In such cases, you could receive severe injuries to the arms, hands and head.
Safety
Electronic stabilisation
ESP helps make driving
The Electronic Stabilisation P
lock (EDL) and the traction co
together with the ABS. Both w
systems are faulty.
The ESP is started automatic
The ESP is always active, and
only possible to switch TCS o
The TCS can be deactivated w
For example:
When driving with snow c
WARNING (continued)
Driving162
key
lock
ignition and the engine are OFF and the
te without the ignition key, turn the steering
dible sound. You should always lock the
your vehicle. This will help prevent theft of the
glow plug system on
sition and release it. If the key cannot be turned
sition to position , move the steering
osens up.
Fig. 135 Ignition key positions
A0
A1
A0 A12
Altea_EN.book Seite 162 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
when driving in deep snow or on loose surfaces,
when rocking the vehicle backwards and forwards to free it from mud, for
example.
Next, the button should be pressed to reactivate the TCS.
When does the warning lamp light up or flash ?
On switching the ignition on, it lights up for about two seconds to carry
out a function control.
The warning lamp will start flashing when the vehicle is moving if the ESP
or the TCS is activated. The warning lamp will light up slowly if the TCS is
switched off.
It will light up continuously if there is a malfunction in the ESP.
WARNING
The electronic stabilisation programme (ESP) cannot defy the laws of physics. This should be kept in mind, particularly on slippery and wet roads and when towing a trailer.
Always adapt your driving style to suit the condition of the roads and the traffic situation. Do not let the extra safety afforded by ESP tempt you into taking any risks when driving, this can cause accidents.
Please refer to the corresponding warning notes on ESP in page 179, Intelligent technology.
Ignition lock
Position of the ignition
Ignition switched off, steering
In this position fig. 135 the
steering may be locked.
For the Steering lock to opera
wheel until it locks with an au
steering wheel when you leave
vehicle .
Switching the ignition or the
Turn the ignition key to this po
or it is difficult to turn from po
wheel back and forth until it lo
Driving 163
Safety Fir Technical Data
ted again automatically as soon as you pull the
d using a genuine SEAT key with its correct code.
icle is ensured if genuine SEAT keys are used.
ping the engine
started using a genuine SEAT key with
the neutral position and depress the
ly and hold it in this position for the starter
the starting page 162 position.
y as soon as the engine starts; the starter
with the engine.
e, you may need to slightly press down the
ine, it may be a little noisy for the first few
s built up in the hydraulic valve compensators.
cause for concern.
Altea_EN.book Seite 163 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Starting
The engine is started when the key is in this position. Electrical components
with a high power consumption are switched off temporarily.
Every time the vehicle is started again, the ignition key must be turned to
position . The repetitive start prevention lock of the ignition prevents
possible damage to the starter motor if the engine is already running.
WARNING
The ignition key must NOT be removed from the lock until the vehicle comes to a standstill. Otherwise, the steering could be immediately blocked- Risk of accident!
Always remove the key from the ignition lock when leaving the vehicle, even for a short period. This is especially important if children or disabled people are left alone in the vehicle. They could accidentally start the engine or work electrical equipment such as the electric windows, conse- quently resulting in an accident.
Unsupervised use of the keys could start the engine or any electrical system, such as the electric window. This could result in serious injury.
Caution The starter motor will only work when the engine is stopped (ignition key
position ).
Electronic immobiliser
The immobiliser prevents unauthorised persons from driving
the vehicle.
Inside the key there is a chip that deactivates the electronic immobiliser auto-
matically when the key is inserted into the ignition.
The immobiliser will be activa
key out of the ignition lock.
The engine can only be starte
Note A perfect operation of the veh
Starting and stop
Starting petrol engines
The engine can only be
its correct code.
Move the gear lever to
clutch pedal thorough
to turn the engine on.
Turn the ignition key to
Let go of the ignition ke
motor must not run on
After starting a very hot engin
accelerator.
When starting a very cold eng
seconds until oil pressure ha
This is quite normal, and no
A2
A0
A2
Driving164
tarted using a genuine SEAT key with
the neutral position and depress the
and hold it in this position for the starter
the starting position.
position page 162, fig. 135 . The
light for engine pre-heating.
turns off, turn the key to position to
t press the accelerator.
y as soon as the engine starts, the starter
wed to run on with the engine.
ine, it may be a little noisy for the first few
built up in the hydraulic valve compensators.
ause for concern.
rting the engine, see page 263.
el engine
ging of the battery, do not use any other major
glow plugs are pre-heating.
e glow plug warning lamp page 81 goes out.
fuel tank has been completely run dry
letely run dry, it may take longer than normal
engine after refuelling with diesel fuel. This is
inate air first.
A1
A2
Altea_EN.book Seite 164 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
If the engine does not start immediately, switch the starter off after
10 seconds and try again after half a minute. If the engine still does not start,
the fuel pump fuse should be checked page 247, Fuses.
WARNING
Never start or run the engine in unventilated or closed rooms. The exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, an odourless and colourless poisonous gas. Risk of fatal accidents. Carbon monoxide can cause loss of consciousness. It can also cause death.
Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running.
Never use cold start sprays, they could explode or cause the engine to run at high revs. Risk of injury.
Caution When the engine is cold, you should avoid high engine speeds, driving at
full throttle and over-loading the engine. Risk of engine damage.
The vehicle should not be pushed or towed more than 50 metres to start
the engine. Unburnt fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it.
Before attempting to push-start or tow a vehicle in order to start it, you
should first try to start it using the battery of another vehicle. Note and follow
the instructions page 263, Jump-starting.
For the sake of the environment Do not warm-up the engine by running the engine with the vehicle stationary.
You should drive off as soon as you start the engine. This helps the engine
reach operating temperature faster and reduces emissions.
Starting diesel engines
The engine can only be s
its correct code.
Move the gear lever to
clutch pedal thoroughly
to turn the engine on.
Turn the ignition key to
Turn the ignition key to
indication lamp will
When the warning lamp
start the engine. Do no
Let go of the ignition ke
motor must not be allo
When starting a very cold eng
seconds until oil pressure has
This is quite normal, and no c
If there are problems when sta
Glow plug system for the dies
To avoid unnecessary dischar
electrical equipment while the
Start the engine as soon as th
Starting the engine after the
If the fuel tank has been comp
(up to one minute) to start the
because the system must elim
Driving 165
Safety Fir Technical Data
f, the radiator fan may run on for up to 10
at the fan turns itself on once more if the coolant
the heat accumulated in the engine compart-
exposure to solar radiation.
off until the vehicle is completely stationary.
nly when the engine is running. With the trength is needed to brake. As normal brake
ed, risk of accidents and serious injury may
immediately blocked once the key is removed ehicle cannot be steered. Risk of accident.
hard for a long period, the engine could over-
Risk of engine damage. For this reason, you
prox. 2 minutes before you switch it off.
Altea_EN.book Seite 165 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
WARNING
Never start or run the engine in unventilated or closed rooms. The exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, an odourless and colourless poisonous gas. Risk of fatal accidents. Carbon monoxide can cause loss of consciousness. It can also cause death.
Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running.
Never use cold start sprays, they could explode or cause the engine to run at high revs. Risk of injury.
Caution When the engine is cold, you should avoid high engine speeds, driving at
full throttle and over-loading the engine. Risk of engine damage.
The vehicle should not be pushed or towed more than 50 metres to start
the engine. Unburnt fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it.
Before attempting to push-start or tow a vehicle in order to start it, you
should first try to start it using the battery of another vehicle. Note and follow
the instructions page 263, Jump-starting.
For the sake of the environment Do not warm-up the engine by running the engine with the vehicle stationary.
You should drive off as soon as you start the engine. This helps the engine
reach operating temperature faster and reduces emissions.
Switching the engine off
Stop the engine.
Turn the ignition key to position page 162, fig. 135 .
After switching the engine of
minutes. It is also possible th
temperature increases due to
ment or due to its prolonged
WARNING
Never switch the engine
The brake servo works o engine switched off, more s operation cannot be perform exist.
The steering lock can be from the ignition lock. The v
Caution If the engine has been driven
heat when it is switched off.
should idle the engine for ap
A0
Driving166
tationary with the engine idling. Press the
.
o neutral and push the lever downwards.
he left, and then into the reverse position
.
ngaged when the vehicle is stationary. When
ore engaging this gear, wait about 6 seconds
thoroughly in order to protect the gearbox.
n the reverse gear is selected and the ignition
ng, the vehicle will start to move as soon as a ch released.
ear when the vehicle is in motion. Risk of acci-
he gear rest when driving. The pressure of your
ear on the selector forks in the gearbox.
should always depress the clutch down fully to
amage.
e clutch uphills. This causes premature wear
Altea_EN.book Seite 166 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Manual gearbox
Driving a car with a manual gearbox
Engaging the reverse gear
The vehicle should be s
clutch down thoroughly
Place the gear lever int
Slide the gear lever to t
shown on the gear stick
The reverse gear can only be e
the engine is running and bef
with the clutch pressed down
The reverse lights light up whe
is on.
WARNING
When the engine is runni gear is engaged and the clut
Never select the reverse g dent.
Note Do not rest your hand on t
hand could cause premature w
When changing gear, you
avoid unnecessary wear and d
Do not hold the car on th
and damage to the clutch.
Fig. 136 Detail of the centre console: gear shift pattern of a 5-speed manual gearbox
Fig. 137 Detail of the centre console: gear shift pattern of a 6-speed manual gearbox
Driving 167
Safety Fir Technical Data
/ direct shift gearbox has three
ogramme
ts a higher gear earlier rather than remain
nto position D to drive forwards
nto position R to reverse. This position is
mes for reversing.
amme
tion S.
mme, S, the program is designed for a sports
hich changes up at higher engine speeds to use
Fig. 139 Program selec- tion
Altea_EN.book Seite 167 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Automatic gearbox* / DSG automatic gearbox
Selector lever positions
Selector lever positions indicated on the cover
P Parking position (lever locked).
R Reverse position.
N Neutral position (lever locked). This position is similar to the neutral
position for manual gearboxes).
D Drive position (economic driving programme).
S Sports driving position.
+/- Tiptronic driving position (this programme is similar to the operation of
a manual gearbox).
Driving programmes
The automatic gearbox
programmes.
Selecting the economy pr
This programme selec
in a lower gear.
Put the selector lever i
Put the selector lever i
shared by all program
Selecting the sport progr
Move the lever to posi
If you select the sport progra
mode, that is, a programme w
Fig. 138 Centre console: selector lever for auto- matic gearbox / direct shift gearbox DSG
Driving168
rake pedal, at the same time press the
ever.
n the vehicle is stopped or at a speed of less
, the lock is automatically released in position
(e.g. from R to D) the lever will not lock. If the
more than one second then it is locked. With
s prevented passing from P and N to any other
brake pedal.
t in the position P in order to remove the key.
tic gearbox* / DSG automatic
ears are automatically engaged.
Fig. 141 Driving
Altea_EN.book Seite 168 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
the full power of the engine. This programme is not recommended for use on
the motorway or in the city.
Selecting the manual programme (tiptronic)
This programme allows driving similar to a manual gearbox.
You can access this program from the gear stick or from the paddles on the
steering wheel, if this option exists page 170.
Selector lever locking
The selector lever lock prevents gears from being engaged
inadvertently, which would cause the vehicle to move.
Releasing the selector lever lock
Start the vehicle.
Press and release the b
button on the selector l
The lock is only activated whe
than 5 km/h. At higher speeds
N.
For rapid changes of position
lever remains in the position N the automatic lock, the lever i
gear without first pressing the
The selector lever must be pu
Driving with an automa gearbox
The drive and reverse g
Fig. 140 Deactivating the lock
Driving 169
Safety Fir Technical Data
cases, using the foot brake to prevent
ehicle using another forward gear (engine
, release the brake and accelerate.
lower the gear must be for effective engine
ear is used on a very steep gradient, the engine
icle accelerates. So that the engine speed does
arbox changes to the next highest gear. Depress
e selector lever to the Tiptronic gate to return to
eave the vehicle while the engine is running or any reason you must leave the vehicle with the andbrake and move the selector lever to posi-
ing and the positions D, S or R are selected, it cle with the foot brake because the vehicle will
hanging the position of the selector lever (risk
ever be moved into the positions R or P while .
p gradient, reduce speed and use the Tiptronic r gear.
Altea_EN.book Seite 169 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Driving
Press and hold the foot brake.
Press on the button on the selector lever knob (on the left,
page 168, fig. 141.
Select a gear for driving (R, D or S).
Release the button and wait a few seconds for the gear to
engage, a light jerk will be felt.
Release the brake and accelerate.
Short stop
Hold the vehicle stationary with the brake pressed down (for
example at traffic lights). The selector lever does not need to be
put into the positions P or N for this.
Do not press the accelerator.
Parking the vehicle
Press the foot brake and hold to bring the vehicle to a stop.
Apply the handbrake firmly.
Press in the button on the selector lever knob, move the lever to
the position P and release the button.
Driving slowly
Move the selector lever to the position D and press to the right to
put the lever into Tiptronic mode.
Press the gear lever towards (-) to select a lower gear.
Hill stop
Hold the vehicle, in all
rolling back.
Do not try to slow the v
braking).
Descending gradients
With the gear engaged
The steeper the gradient the
braking. For example, if 3rd g
braking is insufficient and veh
not become excessive, the ge
the brake pedal and move th
3rd gear.
WARNING
The driver should never l with any gear selected. If for engine running, apply the h tion P.
When the engine is runn is necessary to hold the vehi creep at a low speed.
Never accelerate while c of an accident).
The selector lever must n moving (risk of an accident)
Before descending a stee programme to select a lowe
Driving170
r system
ows the driver to manually select
Fig. 142 Changing gear with Tiptronic
Fig. 143 Steering wheel with levers for automatic gearbox
Altea_EN.book Seite 170 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
If you must stop on a hill, always hold the vehicle using the footbrake to avoid rolling back.
The footbrake must not be held for a long period of time, not even lightly; continuous braking will cause overheating of the brakes and a reduction or even a loss of braking power and a significant increase in braking distances.
Never allow the vehicle to coast down a gradient with the selector lever in positions N or D, even when the engine is not running. For descents, the use of the Tiptronic programme is recommended to keep the speed reduced.
Caution Never use the automatic gearbox to hold the vehicle stationary on a hill,
even for short periods, as this may overheat the gearbox and cause damage.
Apply the handbrake or depress the foot brake to hold the vehicle in position.
If the vehicle is allowed to roll with the engine stopped but the selector in
position N then the gearbox may be damaged because it will not be
lubricated.
Using the Tiptronic gea
The Tiptronic system all
gears
WARNING (continued)
Driving 171
Safety Fir Technical Data
e steering wheel can operate with the gear stick
ehicle in motion.
be applied firmly to prevent the
ly rolling away.
ke when you leave your vehicle and when
Fig. 144 Handbrake between the front seats
Altea_EN.book Seite 171 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
General information about driving in Tiptronic mode
Changing gear with the gear stick
Put the lever in the position D and press towards the right to
enter the Tiptronic gate page 170, fig. 142.
Press the gear lever forwards (+) to select a higher gear.
Press the gear lever back (-) to select a lower gear.
Changing gear with the steering wheel levers
Pull right lever (+) towards the steering wheel to change up
page 170, fig. 143.
Pull left lever (-) towards the steering wheel to change down
page 170, fig. 143.
Using the levers on the steering wheel, you can access manual driving mode
regardless of the driving mode pre-selected.
General information about driving in Tiptronic mode
When accelerating, the automatic gearbox / direct shift gearbox goes into a
higher gear a little before it reaches the maximum permitted revolutions.
If a lower gear is selected, the automatic gearbox / direct shift gearbox does
not change down until the point is reached where the engine could no longer
overrev.
If the Tiptronic is selected whilst the vehicle is in motion and the automatic
gearbox / direct shift gearbox is in 3rd gear in selector lever position D, the
Tiptronic will then also be in 3rd gear.
Note The gearbox controls on th
in any position and with the v
Handbrake
Using the handbrake
The handbrake should
vehicle from accidental
Always apply the handbra
you park.
Driving172
lways be firmly applied when the
points when parking the vehicle:
op the vehicle.
so be selected.
nd remove the key from the ignition lock.
l slightly to engage the steering lock.
ith you when you leave the vehicle .
he vehicle on gradients:
t the vehicle rolls against the kerb if it started
ing downhill, turn the front wheels so that they
ing uphill, turn the front wheels so that they
al by applying the handbrake firmly and
the risk of injury when you leave your vehicle
exhaust system could ignite inflammable low bushes, spilt fuel etc.
Altea_EN.book Seite 172 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Applying the handbrake
Pull the handbrake lever up firmly page 171, fig. 144.
Releasing the handbrake
Pull the lever up slightly and press the locking knob in the direc-
tion of the arrow page 171, fig. 144 and guide the handbrake
lever down fully .
Always apply the handbrake firmly. This prevents you from driving with the
handbrake applied .
The handbrake warning lamp lights up when the handbrake is applied
and the ignition switched on. The warning turns off when the handbrake is
released.
If you drive faster than 6 km/h with the handbrake on, the following
message* will appear on the instrument panel display: HANDBRAKE ON. Also,
an audible warning is given.
WARNING
Never use the handbrake to stop the vehicle when it is in motion. The braking distance is considerably longer, because braking is only applied to the rear wheels. Risk of accident!
If it is only partially released, this will cause rear brakes overheating, which can impair the function of the brake system and could lead to an acci- dent. This also causes premature wear on the rear brake pads.
Caution Always apply the handbrake before you leave the vehicle. The first gear
should also be selected.
Parking
The handbrake should a
vehicle is parked.
Always note the following
Use the foot brake to st
Apply the handbrake.
The first gear should al
Switch the engine off a
Turn the steering whee
Always take you keys w
Additional notes on parking t
Turn the steering wheel so tha
to roll.
If the vehicle is parked fac
point towards the kerb.
If the vehicle is parked fac
point away from the kerb.
Secure the vehicle as norm
engaging first gear.
WARNING
Take measures to reduce unattended.
Never park where the hot materials, such as dry grass,
Driving 173
Safety Fir Technical Data
traffic uphill, if you want to prevent the vehicle y when starting off, hold the brake pedal down rting off.
ialist workshop can tell you if your vehicle is
aid system*
will use an acoustic signal to warn of
ject towards the rear of the vehicle.
em will measure the distance between the rear
le obstacle using four ultrasonic sensors located
suring range of the sensors starts at approxi- nature of the obstacle at a distance of:
.8 m
r: 1.5 m
gagement of the reverse gear. A brief acoustic
and correct function of the system.
Altea_EN.book Seite 173 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Never allow vehicle occupants to remain in the vehicle when it is locked. They would be unable to open the vehicle from the inside, and could become trapped in the vehicle in an emergency. In the event of an emergency, locked doors will delay assistance to occupants.
Never leave children alone in the vehicle. They could set the vehicle in motion, for example, by releasing the handbrake or the gear lever / selector lever.
Depending on weather conditions, it may become extremely hot or cold inside the vehicle. This can be fatal.
Starting on an uphill*
This function is only included in vehicles fitted with ESP.
This device helps when starting uphill.
These are the basic operation conditions: doors closed, brake pedal pressed
down and vehicle in neutral. The system gets activated on engaging gear.
After removing your foot from the brake pedal, the braking force is maintained
for a few seconds to prevent the vehicle from moving backwards when
starting it. This short space of time is enough to start the vehicle with ease.
This system also works when reversing uphill.
WARNING
If you do not start the vehicle immediately after taking your foot off the brake pedal, the vehicle may start to roll back under certain conditions. Depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake immediately.
If the engine stalls, depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake immediately.
When following a line of from rolling back accidentall for a few seconds before sta
Note The Official Service or a spec
equipped with this system.
Acoustic parking
Rear parking aid
The parking aid system
the approach of any ob
Description
The acoustic parking aid syst
of the vehicle and any possib
on the rear bumper. The mea
mately and depending on the
side of the rear bumper: 0
middle of the rear bumpe
Activation
The system is activated by en
signal confirms the activation
WARNING (continued) WARNING (continued)
Driving174
eplacement for driver awareness. The driver for parking and other manoeuvres.
cles detected by the system may no longer be
e car moves closer, so the system will not give
inds of obstacles (such as wire fences, chains,
, high kerbs or painted railings etc) may not
tem, so there is a risk of damaging the vehicle
ith uniform edges and bumps may not be
ystem due to their geometry. Take special care
s corners, rectangular objects, etc.., these can
manoeuvring into a corner between two
e approach of the wall to the side of the vehicle
es not replace use of the mirrors for manoeu-
(hammers, tyres, construction machinery,
interfere with the operation of the system.
nsors, take care not to damage or scratch them.
sure washers or steam cleaners, the sensors
ery short period and from a distance of more
Altea_EN.book Seite 174 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Reverse gear
The distance warning will begin as soon as an obstacle is detected by the
system. The frequency of the bleeps emitted by the system will increase
rapidly as the vehicle approaches the obstacle.
Within a short distance of about 25 cm, a continuous signal sounds (stop
signal). The driver should not reverse any further.
Trailer towing
For factory-fitted vehicles eith a towing bar, the parking aid system will not be
activated by the engagement of the reverse gear when pulling a trailer, as the
trailer's electric connecter will be plugged into the vehicle.
Possible faults
If a continuous bleep sounds for some seconds when the reverse gear is
engaged, this indicates that there is a fault in the parking aid system.
If the fault continues until the ignition is turned off, the acoustic signal
warning of the fault will not be emitted every time the system is reactivated
(by engaging the reverse gear). Thus, the system ready indication will not
sound either. Have the fault repaired by an Authorised Service Centre as soon
as possible.
If there is no ready signal or no acoustic warning signal, then the parking aid
loudspeaker is faulty and may not warn of obstacles.
To ensure that the system works properly, the sensors must be kept clean and
free of ice and snow.
WARNING
The sensors have blind spots in which obstacles may not be detected.
Always look out for small children and animals because the system will not always detect them. Always pay attention when reversing to avoid acci- dents.
The parking aid is not a r must take full responsibility
Caution Please note that low obsta
registered by the sensors as th
any further warning. Certain k
thin posts or trailer draw bars
always be detected by the sys
in such cases.
In some cases, obstacles w
detected immediately by the s
of this type of obstacle such a
cause damage to the vehicle.
Be especially careful when
perpendicular walls. Survey th
(using the mirrors)
The parking aid system do
vres.
Distant ultra-sonic sources
other vehicles with PDC) may
Periodic cleaning of the se
When cleaning with high pres
should be sprayed for only a v
than 10 cm.
WARNING (continued)
Driving 175
Safety Fir Technical Data
ntrol system on and off
145 to the left to ON.
to the right to OFF or turn the ignition
stationary.
and a speed is programmed, the indicator on )
switched off, the symbol is switched off. The
hed off when the 1st gear is selected.*
ion
Fig. 145 Turn signal and main beam headlight lever switch and rocker switch for the cruise control
AB
AB
Altea_EN.book Seite 175 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Cruise control system (CCS)*
Description
The cruise control system is able to maintain the set speed in
the range from approx. 30 km/h to 180 km/h.
Once the speed setting has been saved, you may take your foot off the accel-
erator.
WARNING
It could be dangerous to use the cruise control system if it is not possible to drive at constant speed.
For safety reasons the cruise control system should not be used in dense traffic, in sections with bends or where roads are in bad conditions (e.g. aquaplanning, loose chippings, slippery surfaces, snow). Risk of acci- dent.
Always switch the CCS off when finish to use it in order to avoid an involuntary use.
It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the current road, traffic or weather conditions. Risk of accident.
Note The cruise control cannot maintain a constant speed when descending down-
hills. The vehicle will accelerate due to its own weight. Use the foot brake to
slow the vehicle.
Switching the cruise co
Switching on the system
Push the switch fig.
Switching off system
Either push the switch
off when the vehicle is
When the cruise control is on
the instrument panel is lit.18
If the cruise control system is
system will also be fully switc
18) Depending on the model vers
Driving176
d without touching the accelerator or
S/+ of the rocker switch fig. 147 to
vehicle will continue to accelerate as
cker switch pressed. When you release
ed is stored.
T/ of the rocker switch to reduce the
automatically reduce its speed for as long
ressed. When you release the switch, the
Fig. 147 Turn signal and main beam headlight lever switch and rocker switch for the cruise control
AA
AA
Altea_EN.book Seite 176 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Setting speed*
Press the lower part SET/- of the rocker switch fig. 146
once briefly when you have reached the speed you wish to set.
When you release the rocker switch, the current speed is set and held
constant.
Adjusting set speed*
The speed can be altere
the brake.
Setting a higher speed
Press the upper part RE increase the speed. The
long as you keep the ro
the switch, the new spe
Setting a lower speed
Press the lower part SE speed. The vehicle will
as you keep the switch p
new speed is stored.
Fig. 146 Turn signal and main beam headlight lever switch and rocker switch for the cruise control
AA
Driving 177
Safety Fir Technical Data
essed,
d to over 180 km/h,
ed to the position CANCEL without reaching
CANCEL operation is completed, the lever is
itial position.
release the brake or clutch pedal or reduce the
0 km/h and press once on the upper part of the
48 .
speed which is too high for the current road, . Risk of accident.
ontrol system*
AA
Fig. 149 Turn signal and main beam headlight lever switch and rocker switch for the cruise control
Altea_EN.book Seite 177 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
When you increase speed with the accelerator and then release the pedal, the
system will automatically restore the set speed. This will not be the case,
however, if the vehicle speed is more than 10 km/h higher than the stored
speed for longer than 5 minutes. The speed will have to be stored again.
Control of the set speed is switched off if you reduce speed by depressing the
brake pedal. You can reactivate the control by pressing once on the upper part
of the rocker switch RES/+ page 176, fig. 147 .
WARNING
It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the current road, traffic or weather conditions. Risk of accident.
Switching off system temporarily*
The cruise control system will be switched off in the following situations:
if the brake pedal is depressed,
if the clutch pedal is depr
if the vehicle is accelerate
when the lever is mov
the OFF position. Once the
released and returns to its in
To resume the cruise control,
vehicle speed to less than 18
rocker switch RES/+ fig. 1
WARNING
It is dangerous to use a set traffic or weather conditions
Turning off the cruise c
AA
Fig. 148 Turn signal and main beam headlight lever switch and rocker switch for the cruise control
AB
Driving178
Altea_EN.book Seite 178 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Vehicles with a manual gearbox
The system is completely turned off by moving the control all the way to
the right hand side (OFF engaged), or when the vehicle is stationary, ignition
off.
Vehicles with automatic gearbox / DSG automatic gearbox
To completely disengage the system, the selector lever must be placed in one
of the following positions: P, N, R or 1 or with the vehicle stopped and the
ignition turned off.
AB
Intelligent technology 179
Safety Fir Technical Data
venes when you press the brake pedal very
sist system registers an emergency situation. It
e full brake pressure so that the ABS can be acti-
ently, thus reducing the braking distance.
n the brake pedal. The brake assist system
soon as you release the brake.
gher if you drive too fast, if you do not keep in front, and when the road surface is slippery nt risk cannot be reduced by the brake assist
cannot defy the laws of physics. Slippery and n with the brake assist system! Therefore, it is r speed to suit the road and traffic conditions. atures tempt you into taking any risks when
Altea_EN.book Seite 179 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Practical tips
Intelligent technology
Brakes
Brake servo
The brake servo amplifies the pressure you apply to the brake pedal. It works
only when the engine is running.
If the brake servo is not functioning due to a malfunction, or if the vehicle has
to be towed, you will have to press the brake pedal considerably harder to
make up for the lack of servo assistance.
WARNING
The braking distance can also be affected by external factors.
Never let the vehicle coast with the engine switched off. Failure to do so could result in an accident. The braking distance is increased considerably as the brake servo does not function.
If the brake servo is not working, for example when the vehicle is being towed, you will have to press the brake pedal considerably harder than normal.
Brake assist system (BAS)*
In an emergency, most drivers brake in time, but not with maximum force.
This results in unnecessarily long braking distances.
The brake assist system inter
quickly because the brake as
then very quickly builds up th
vated more quickly and effici
Do not reduce the pressure o
switches off automatically as
WARNING
The risk of accident is hi your distance to the vehicle or wet. The increased accide system.
The brake assist system wet roads are dangerous eve essential that you adjust you Do not let the extra safety fe driving.
Intelligent technology180
is also determined by the tyres fitted
es are modified, the effectiveness of the ABS
(TCS)
em prevents the drive wheels from
s accelerating.
he traction control system during acceleration
help prevent the drive wheels of front-wheel
during acceleration. The system works in the
tion with ABS. If a malfunction should occur in
ut of action.
oving, accelerate and climb a gradient in slip-
y otherwise be difficult or even impossible.
tically when the engine is started. If necessary,
hing the button on the centre console.
ng lamp is lit. The TCS should normally be left
in exceptional circumstances, when slipping of
it be disconnected for example
pare wheel.
ns.
or on loose surfaces
d-down, to free it by rocking.
Altea_EN.book Seite 180 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Anti-lock brake system and traction control M-ABS (ABS and TCS)
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
The anti-lock brake system prevents the wheels locking
during braking.
The anti-lock brake system (ABS) is an important part of the vehicle?s active
safety system.
How the ABS works
If one of the wheels is turns too slowly in relation to the road speed, and is
close to locking, the system will reduce the braking pressure for this wheel.
The driver is made aware of this control process by a pulsating of the brake pedal and audible noise. This is a deliberate warning to the driver that one or
more of the wheels is tending to lock and the ABS control function has inter-
vened. In this situation it is important to keep the brake pedal fully depressed
so the ABS can regulate the brake application. Do not pump.
If you brake hard on a slippery road surface, the best possible control is
retained as the wheels do not lock.
However, ABS will not necessarily guarantee shorter braking distances in all
conditions. The braking distance could even be longer if you brake on gravel
or on fresh snow covering a slippery surface.
WARNING
The anti-lock brake system cannot defy the laws of physics. Slippery and wet roads are dangerous even with ABS! If you notice that the ABS is working (to counteract locked wheels under braking), you should reduce speed immediately to suit the road and traffic conditions. Do not let the extra safety features tempt you into taking any risks when driving.
The effectiveness of ABS page 229.
If the running gear or brak could be severely limited.
Traction control system
The traction control syst
spinning when the car i
Description and operation of t (TCS)
TCS reduces engine power to
drive vehicles losing traction
entire speed range in conjunc
the ABS, the TCS will also be o
TCS helps the vehicle to start m
pery conditions where this ma
The TCS is switched on automa
it may be turned on or off pus
When the TCS is off, the warni
switched on at all times. Only
the wheels is required, should
With compact temporary s
When using the snow chai
When driving in deep snow
When the vehicle is bogge
WARNING (continued)
Intelligent technology 181
Safety Fir Technical Data
m (ESP)*
idding by braking the wheels individually.
wheel angle and road speed to calculate the
by the driver, and constantly compares them
the vehicle. If the desired course is not being
e car is starting to skid), then the ESP compen-
g the appropriate wheel.
ed wheel bring the vehicle back to a stable
s to oversteer, the system will act on the front
urn.
endations
y function included in the ESP This function aids
he vehicle in a critical situation. For example, in
ce with varied adherence, the vehicle will tend
the right to or to the left. In this case the ESP
helps the driver with a counter steering
teering.
the driver with a recommended manoeuvre in
lf with this function, the driver has full control of
hat ESP cannot defy the laws of physics. This ticularly on slippery and wet roads and when
g style to suit the condition of the roads and let the extra safety afforded by ESP tempt you riving, this can cause accidents.
Altea_EN.book Seite 181 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
The TCS should be switched on again afterwards as soon as possible.
WARNING
It must be remembered that TCS cannot defy the laws of physics. This should be kept in mind, particularly on slippery and wet roads and when towing a trailer.
Always adapt your driving style to suit the condition of the roads and the traffic situation. Do not let the extra safety afforded by TCS tempt you into taking any risks when driving, this can cause accidents.
Caution In order to ensure that TCS function correctly, all four wheels must be
fitted with the same tyres. Any differences in the rolling radius of the tyres can
cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired.
Modifications to the vehicle (e.g. to the engine, the brake system, running
gear or any components affecting the wheels and tyres) could affect the effi-
ciency of the ABS and TCS.
Electronic stabilisation programme (ESP)*
General notes
The electronic stabilisation programme increases the
vehicle?s stability on the road.
The electronic stabilisation programme helps to reduce the danger of skid-
ding.
The electronic stabilisation programme (ESP) consists of ABS, EDL, TCS and Steering manoeuvre recommendations.
Electronic Stabilising Progra
ESP reduces the danger of sk
The system uses the steering
changes of direction desired
with the actual behaviour of
maintained (for instance, if th
sates automatically by brakin
The forces acting on the brak
condition. If the vehicle tend
wheel on the outside of the t
Steering manoeuvre recomm
This is a complementary safet
the driver to better stabilize t
case of sudden braking surfa
to destabilize its trajectory to
recognizes the situation and
manoeuvre from the power s
This function simply provides
critical situations.
The vehicle doesn't steer itse
the vehicle at all times.
WARNING
It must be remembered t should be kept in mind, par towing a trailer.
Always adapt your drivin the traffic situation. Do not into taking any risks when d
Intelligent technology182
e braking wheel from overheating, the EDL cuts
to excessive loads. The vehicle will continue to
. For this reason, the driver is not informed that
f.
utomatically when the brake has cooled down.
lippery surface, for example on ice and snow, y. Despite EDL, the driven wheels may start to hicle?s stability.
style to suit road conditions and the traffic safety afforded by EDL tempt you into taking an cause accidents.
.g. to the engine, the brake system, running
ting the wheels and tyres) could affect the effi-
tem (TCS)
vents the drive wheels from spinning when the
0.
Altea_EN.book Seite 182 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Caution In order to ensure that ESP functions correctly, all four wheels must be
fitted with the same tyres. Any differences in the rolling radius of the tyres can
cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired.
Modifications to the vehicle (e.g. to the engine, the brake system, running
gear or any components affecting the wheels and tyres) could affect the effi-
ciency of the ABS, EDL, ESP and TCS.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
The anti-lock brake system prevents the wheels locking during braking
page 180.
Electronic differential lock (EDL)*
The electronic differential lock helps prevent the loss of trac-
tion caused if one of the driven wheels starts spinning.
EDL helps the vehicle to start moving, accelerate and climb a gradient in slip-
pery conditions where this may otherwise be difficult or even impossible.
The system will control the revolutions of the drive wheels using the ABS
sensors (in case of an EDL fault the warning lamp for ABS lights up)
page 78.
At speeds of up to approximately 80 km/h, it is able to balance out differ-
ences in the speed of the driven wheels of approximately 100 rpm caused by
a slippery road surface on one side of the vehicle. It does this by braking the
wheel which has lost traction and distributing more driving force to the other
driven wheel via the differential.
To prevent the disc brake of th
out automatically if subjected
function normally without EDL
the EDL has been switched of
The EDL will switch on again a
WARNING
When accelerating on a s press the accelerator carefull spin. This could impair the ve
Always adapt your driving situation. Do not let the extra any risks when driving, this c
Caution Modifications to the vehicle (e
gear or any components affec
ciency of the EDL.
The traction control sys
The traction control system pre
car is accelerating page 18
Intelligent technology 183
Safety Fir Technical Data
uently, or if corrosion has formed on the discs,
pads and discs by braking firmly a few times
d .
ld ever increase suddenly, this may mean that
as failed. Drive immediately to the nearest qual-
fault rectified. On the way to the dealer, be
re on the brake pedal, and allow for longer stop-
brake system if the brake fluid level is too low.
ored electronically.
pressure you apply to the brake pedal. The
the engine is running.
es to clean off deposits on the pads and discs, ure not to inconvenience or endanger other
.
not move while in neutral, when the motor is uld result in an accident.
by leaving your foot on the pedal when you do
s overheats the brakes, resulting in longer stop-
ear.
g, steep gradient, it is advisable to reduce speed
r move the selector lever to a lower gear position
smission). This makes use of engine braking
Altea_EN.book Seite 183 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Brakes
What factors can have a negative effect on the brakes?
New brake pads
New brake pads do not provide optimal performance during the first 400 km,
they must be run in. However, the reduced braking capacity may be
compensated by pressing on the brake pedal a little harder. Avoid over-
loading the brakes during run-in.
Wear
The rate of wear on the brake pads depends a great deal on how you drive and
the conditions in which the vehicle is operated. Negative factors are, for
instance, city traffic, frequent short trips or hard driving with abrupt starts
and stops.
Wet roads; road salt
When the velocity is over 80 km/h, and the windscreen wipers are on, the
brake system moves the pads towards the brake discs for a few seconds. This
occurs - without warning to the driver - at regular intervals and requires a
more rapid response from the brakes when driving on wet roads.
In certain conditions, such as in heavy rain, or after washing the car or driving
through water, the full braking effect can be delayed by moisture (or in winter
by ice) on the discs and brake pads. The brakes should be dried by pressing
the pedal to restore full braking effect.
The effectiveness of the brakes can also be temporarily reduced if the car is
driven for some distance without using the brakes when there is a lot of salt
on the road in winter. In this case, the layer of salt on the brake discs and pads
has to wear off before braking.
Corrosion
There may be a tendency for dirt to build up on the brake pads and corrosion
to form on the discs if the car is used infrequently, or if you only drive low
mileages without using the brakes very much.
If the brakes are not used freq
it is advisable to clean off the
from a moderately high spee
Faults in the brake system
If the brake pedal travel shou
one of the two brake circuits h
ified workshop and have the
prepared to use more pressu
ping distances.
Low brake fluid level
Malfunctions can occur in the
The brake fluid level is monit
Brake servo
The brake servo amplifies the
brake servo works only when
WARNING
When applying the brak select a clear, dry road. Be s road users. Risk of accident
Ensure the vehicle does stopped. Failure to do so co
Caution Never let the brakes drag
not really intend to brake. Thi
ping distances and greater w
Before driving down a lon
and change to a lower gear (o
if your car has automatic tran
Intelligent technology184
run in and do not have the correct friction ever, the reduced braking capacity may be the brake pedal a little harder. This also s are fitted.
, or if you are driving on roads which have g power may set in later than normal.
s are excessively used, they will overheat. teep stopes, it is advisable to reduce speed r gear (or move the selector lever to a lower atic transmission). This makes use of engine es.
by applying light pressure. Continuous to overheat and the braking distance will ase the brakes alternately.
with the engine switched off. The braking rably as the brake servo does not function.
kes may cause a vapour lock if the brake fluid ng. This impairs the braking effect.
front spoilers could restrict the airflow to the erheat. Observe the relevant instructions s page 207, Technical modifications.
braking distance will be increased consider- kshop immediately and avoid unnecessary
Altea_EN.book Seite 184 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
and prolongs the service life of the brakes. If you still have to use the brakes,
it is better to brake firmly at intervals than to apply the brakes continuously.
Note If the brake servo is not functioning due to a malfunction, or if the vehicle
has to be towed, you will have to press the brake pedal considerably harder
to make up for the lack of servo assistance.
If you wish to equip the car with accessories such as a front spoiler or
wheel covers, it is important that the flow of air to the front wheels is not
obstructed, otherwise the brakes can overheat.
Braking effect and braking distance
The braking effect and braking distance are influenced by
driving situations and road conditions.
The efficiency of the brakes depends directly on the brake pad wear. The rate
of wear of the brake pads depends to a great extent on the conditions under
which the vehicle is operated and the way the vehicle is driven. If you often
drive in town, drive short distances or have a sporty driving style, we recom-
mend that you have the thickness of your brake pads checked by an Approved
Service Centre more frequently than recommended in the Maintenance
Programme.
If you drive with wet brakes, for example, after crossing water areas, in heavy
rainfall or even after washing the car, the effect of the brakes is lessened as
the brake discs are wet or even frozen (in winter): The brakes should be
dried by pressing the pedal to restore full braking effect.
WARNING
Longer braking distances and faults in the brake system increase the risk of accidents.
New brake pads must be during the first 200 km. How compensated by pressing on applies when new brake pad
If brakes are wet or frozen been gritted with salt, brakin
On steep stopes, if brake Before driving down a long s and change down into a lowe gear if your vehicle has autom braking and relieves the brak
Never let the brakes rub braking will cause the brakes increase. Apply and then rele
Never let the vehicle run distance is increased conside
Very heavy use of the bra is left in the system for too lo
Non-standard or damaged brakes and cause them to ov before purchasing accessorie
If a brake circuit fails, the ably. Contact a qualified wor journeys.
WARNING (continued)
Intelligent technology 185
Safety Fir Technical Data
es a special hydraulic fluid. The container is
rtment (front left). The correct fluid level in the
power steering to function properly. The
d at the Inspection Service.
Altea_EN.book Seite 185 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Power steering (servotronic*)
The power steering assists the driver when turning the
steering wheel (with the engine running).
The power steering assists the driver by reducing the force needed to turn the
steering wheel. In cars equipped with servotronic* power steering the degree
of power assistance is regulated electronically according to road speed.
The power steering will keep on working in spite servotronic* device fails. The
degree of power assistance will, however, no longer adapt to different
speeds. If the electronic regulating system is not working properly, this is
most noticeable when turning the steering wheel at low speeds (for instance
when parking) more effort will be required than usual. The fault should be
corrected by a qualified workshop as soon as possible.
The power steering does not work if the engine is off. In this case the steering
wheel is very hard to turn.
If the steering is held at its turning limit when the car is stationary, this will
place an excessive load on the power steering system. Turning the steering
wheel to its limit places a load on the system, which causes noise. It will also
reduce the idling speed of the engine.
Caution When the engine is running, do not turn the steering wheel to its limit for
more than 15 seconds. Otherwise, there is a risk of damaging the power
steering.
Note If the power steering should fail at any time or the engine is switched off
(for instance when being towed), the car can still be steered. However, more
effort will be required to turn the steering wheel.
If the system is leaking or malfunctioning, please take the car to a quali-
fied workshop as soon as possible.
The power steering requir
located in the engine compa
reservoir is important for the
hydraulic fluid level is checke
Driving and the environment186
ake pads
-in carefully for the first 500 km. New
n-in carefully for the first 200 km.
an compensate for the reduced braking effect
he brake pedal. In case of a sharp braking, the
r with new brake pads than with brake pads
give maximum grip, and require running-in. Drive particularly carefully in the first 500 km.
run in and do not have the correct friction 0 km. However, the reduced braking capacity sing on the brake pedal a little harder.
cation system
of the catalytic converter
etrol.
oo low in the tank.
Altea_EN.book Seite 186 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Driving and the environment
Running-in
Running in a new engine
The engine needs to be run-in over the first 1,500 km.
Up to 1,000 kilometres
Do not drive faster than three quarters of top speed.
Do not accelerate hard.
Avoid high engine revolutions.
Do not tow a trailer.
From 1000 to 1500 km
Speeds can be gradually increased to the maximum road speed
or maximum permissible engine speed (rpm).
During its first few hours of running, the internal friction in the engine is
greater than later on, when all the moving parts have bedded in.
For the sake of the environment If the engine is run in gently, its life will be increased and its oil consumption,
reduced.
Running in tyres and br
New tyres should be run
brake pads should be ru
During the first 200 km, you c
by applying more pressure to t
braking distance will be longe
which have been run-in.
WARNING
At first, new tyres do not This may cause an accident.
New brake pads must be properties during the first 20 may be compensated by pres
Exhaust gas purifi
Catalytic converter*
To conserve the useful life
Always use unleaded p
Do not let the fuel get t
Driving and the environment 187
Safety Fir Technical Data
te filter*
culate filter eliminates soot produced
liminates most of the soot from the exhaust gas
conditions, the filter cleans itself. If the driving
ilter to clean itself (for example, multiple short
ted by dust and pollen and the indicator for the
r indicator will light. page 79.
ulate filter may reach extremely high tempera- o contact with flammable materials under- comply could result in fire.
eath the vehicle around the area of the exhaust ire.
diesel engine particulate filter must not be refu-
iven that the fuel system may be damaged.
o be refilled with up to a maximum of 5 percent
eed this percentage.
must be taken into consideration:
Altea_EN.book Seite 187 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
For engine oil changes, do not top the reservoir up page 218,
Topping up engine oil .
Never tow the vehicle to start it, use jump leads if necessary
page 263.
If you notice misfiring, uneven running or loss of power when the vehicle is
moving, reduce speed immediately and have the vehicle inspected at the
nearest qualified workshop. In general, the exhaust warning lamp will light
up when any of the described symptoms occur page 72. If this happens,
unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust system and escape into the environment.
The catalytic converter can also be damaged by overheating.
WARNING
The catalytic converter reaches very high temperatures! Fire hazard!
Never park where the catalytic converter could come into contact with dry grass or inflammable materials under the vehicle.
Do not apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust system. These materials could catch fire when the vehicle is being driven.
Caution Never fully drain the fuel tank because the irregularity of the fuel supply may
cause ignition problems. This allows unburnt fuel to enter the exhaust
system, which could cause overheating and damage the catalytic converter.
For the sake of the environment Even when the emission control system is working perfectly, there may be a
smell of sulphur from the exhaust under some conditions. This depends on
the sulphur content of the fuel used. Quite often the problem can be solved
by changing to another fuel brand.
Diesel engine particula
The diesel engine parti
by burning diesel.
The diesel engine dust filter e
system. Under normal driving
conditions do not allow the f
trips) the filter will be obstruc
diesel engine particulate filte
WARNING
The diesel engine partic tures; it should not enter int neath the vehicle. Failure to
Do not apply wax undern system: this could cause a f
Caution Vehicles equipped with a
eled using biodiesel (RME), g
Your vehicle is prepared t
blended biodiesel. Never exc
Driving abroad
Observations
To drive abroad, the following
Driving and the environment188
ights for driving on the left
ght, if you are changing from driving on the
d side fig. 150.
Fig. 150 Right headlight
Fig. 151 Left headlight
Altea_EN.book Seite 188 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
For vehicles fitted with a catalytic converter ensure that unleaded petrol is
available for the journey. See the chapter Refuelling. Automobile organisa-
tions will have information about service station networks selling unleaded
fuel.
In some countries, it is possible that a vehicle model is sold under condi-
tions where some spare parts are not available or that the Authorised Service
Centre may only carry out limited repairs.
SEAT importers and distributors will gladly provide information about the
technical preparation of your vehicle and also about necessary maintenance
and repair possibilities.
Adhesive strips for headlights
If you have to drive a right-hand drive vehicle in a left-hand drive country, or
vice versa, the asymmetric dipped beam headlights will dazzle oncoming
traffic.
To prevent dazzling, you must apply stickers to certain parts of the headlight
lenses. Further information is available in your Authorised Service Centre.
In vehicles with self-directing headlights, the rotation system must previ-
ously be disconnected. To do this, please go to a specialist workshop.
Adjusting simple headl
On the right-hand side headli
right-hand side to the left-han
Driving and the environment 189
Safety Fir Technical Data
are changing from driving on the left-hand side
e changing from driving on the left-hand side to
Altea_EN.book Seite 189 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
On the left-hand side headlight, if you are changing from driving on the left-
hand side to the right-hand side. page 188, fig. 151.
Covering simple headlights for driving on the right
On the right headlight, if you
to the right-hand side.
On the left headlight, if you ar
the right-hand side.
Fig. 152 Right headlight
Fig. 153 Left headlight
Driving and the environment190
ht, if you are changing from driving on the left-
de fig. 155.
lights for driving on the right
Fig. 156 Right headlight
Fig. 157 Left headlight
Altea_EN.book Seite 190 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Adjustments for Bixenon headlights for driving on the left
On the right-hand side headlight, if you are changing from driving on the
right-hand side to the left-hand side fig. 154.
On the left-hand side headlig
hand side to the right-hand si
Covering Bixenon head
Fig. 154 Right headlight
Fig. 155 Left headlight
Driving and the environment 191
Safety Fir Technical Data
the top speed permitted by the vehicle. Fuel
ions and noise levels all increase very rapidly at
derate speeds will help to save fuel.
the engine when waiting in a traffic jam, at level
ith a long red phase. The fuel saved after only
an the amount of fuel needed to restart the
time to warm up when it is running at idling
pollutant emissions are also especially high
ase. It is therefore best to drive off immediately
id running the engine at high speed.
uarantees that, before beginning a journey, you
viced engine gives you the benefit of improved imum reliability and an enhanced resale value.
ean an increase of 10 % over normal fuel
you fill the tank. Oil consumption depends to a
ad and engine speed. It is quite normal that the
ine only reaches its lowest level after a certain
oil consumption can only be properly assessed
ing on your personal driving style, oil consump-
r 1,000 km.
nd emission of polluting gases, the engine and
s should reach the optimum service tempera-
Altea_EN.book Seite 191 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
On the right headlight, if you are changing from driving on the left-hand side
to the right-hand side.
On the left headlight, if you are changing from driving on the left-hand side to
the right-hand side.
Driving economically and with respect for the environment
General Observations
Fuel consumption, environmental pollution and wear to the engine, brakes
and tyres depends in large part on your driving style. Fuel consumption may
be reduced from 10 to 15 % by driving defensively and economically. Below
we will give you some suggestions to "alleviate" some of the strain in the
environment and, at the same time, your wallet.
Anticipate the traffic situation well in advance
A vehicle uses most fuel when accelerating. When you anticipate the situa-
tion, you will have to brake less often and, thus, accelerate less. If it is
possible, let the vehicle roll with a gear engaged, for example, if you see a red
light ahead.
Change gear early to save energy
An effective way of saving fuel is to change up quickly through the gears.
Running the engine at high rpm in the lower gears uses an unnecessary
amount of fuel.
Manual gearbox: Change from first to second gear as quickly as possible. We
recommend that, whenever possible, you change to a higher gear upon
reaching 2,000 rpms.
Automatic gearbox: Accelerate slowly and avoid the kick-down position.
Avoid driving at high speed
We advise you not to drive at
consumption, exhaust emiss
higher speeds. Driving at mo
Avoid idling
It is worthwhile switching off
crossings or at traffic lights w
30 - 40 seconds is greater th
engine.
The engine takes a very long
speed. Mechanical wear and
during this initial warm-up ph
after starting the engine. Avo
Periodic maintenance
Periodic maintenance work g
will not waste fuel. A well-ser
fuel efficiency as well as max
A maladjusted engine may m
consumption.
Check the oil level every time
great extent on the engine lo
oil consumption of a new eng
mileage. This means that the
after about 5,000 km. Depend
tion can be up to 0.5 litres pe
Avoid short journeys
To reduce the consumption a
the exhaust filtration system
ture.
Driving and the environment192
al friendliness
otection is a top priority in the design, choice of materials
f your new Seat.
for economical recycling
nections designed for ease of dismantling
truction to facilitate dismantling
of single-grade materials
nd elastomers are labelled in accordance with ISO 1043,
O 1629
ls
erials used can be recycled
of plastics grouped together for easy recycling
erials used in manufacture
our emissions from plastics
erant in air conditioning
prohibited materials laws: cadmium, asbestos, lead,
VI.
ethods
d material for manufacturing plastic parts
avity sealing
ax for protecting the vehicles in transit
dhesives
in production
Altea_EN.book Seite 192 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
With the engine cold, fuel consumption is proportionally higher. The engine
does not warm up and fuel consumption does not regularise until having
driven some four kilometres. This is the reason why we recommend avoiding
short trips wherever possible.
Maintain the correct tyre pressures
Bear in mind that keeping the tyres at an adequate pressure saves fuel. If the
tyre pressures are just 1 bar too low, this can put the fuel consumption up by
as much as 5 %. Due to the greater rolling resistance, under-inflation also
increases tyre wear and impairs handling.
The tyre pressures should always be checked when the tyres are cold.
Do not use winter tyres all through the year: they will increase fuel consump-
tion by up to 10 %.
Avoid unnecessary weight
Every kilo of extra weight will put up the fuel consumption, so it is worth
checking the luggage compartment occasionally to make sure that no unnec-
essary loads are being transported.
Save electrical energy
The engine activates the alternator, which produces electricity. With the need
for electricity, fuel consumption is also increased. Because of this, always
turn off electrical equipment when you do not need them. Examples of equip-
ment that use a lot of electricity are: the fan at high speeds, the rear window
heating or the seat heaters*.
Logbook
A good way of keeping a check on fuel consumption is to take regular notes.
You will be able to note the variations (both positive and negative) and react
accordingly.
Environment
Environmental pr
and production o
Design measures
Joints and con
Modular cons
Increased use
Plastic parts a
ISO 11469 and IS
Choice of materia
Nearly all mat
Similar types
Recycled mat
Reduced vap
CFC-free refrig
Compliance with mercury, chrome
Manufacturing m
Use of recycle
Solvent-free c
Solvent-free w
Solvent-free a
No CFCs used
Driving and the environment 193
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 193 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Surplus materials used extensively for energy conversion and building
materials
Overall water consumption reduced
Heat recovery systems
Water-soluble paint
Trailer towing194
and draw bar weights that are given on the
et are for certification purposes only. The
model, which may be lower than these figures
en in the registration documents Section
o that heavy objects are as near to the axle as
trailer must be secured to prevent them
um permissible pressure shown on the sticker
lap. Set the tyre pressure of the trailer tyres in
nufacturer's recommendations.
ough of the road behind the trailer with the
the case, you should have additional mirrors
ould be mounted on hinged extension
give sufficient vision to the rear.
railer. This could result in fatal accidents.
itional demands on the vehicle. We recom-
een the normal inspection intervals if the
towing a trailer.
Altea_EN.book Seite 194 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Trailer towing
Instructions to follow
Your vehicle may be used to tow a trailer when fitted with the correct equip-
ment.
If the car is supplied with a factory-fitted towing bracket it will already have
the necessary technical modifications and meet the statutory requirements
for towing a trailer. For the after-market fitting of a trailer towing bracket see
page 196.
Connectors
Your vehicle is fitted with a 12-pin connector for the electrical connection
between the trailer and the vehicle.
If the trailer has a 7-pin plug you will need to use an adapter cable. This is
available in any SEAT dealer.
Trailer weight / draw bar loading
Never exceed the authorised towing limit. If you do not load the trailer up to
the maximum permitted trailer weight, you can then climb correspondingly
steeper slopes.
The maximum trailer weights listed are only applicable for altitudes up to
1,000 m above sea level. With increasing altitude the engine power and
therefore the vehicle's climbing ability are impaired because of the reduced
air density. The maximum trailer weight has to be reduced accordingly. The
weight of the vehicle and trailer combination must be reduced by 10% for
every further 1,000 m (or part thereof). The gross combination weight is the
actual weight of the laden vehicle plus the actual weight of the laden trailer.
When possible, operate the trailer with the maximum permitted draw bar weight on the ball joint of the towing bracket, but do not exceed the specified
limit.
The figures for trailer weights data plate of the towing brack
correct figures for your specific
for the towing bracket, are giv
Technical data.
Distributing the load
Distribute loads in the trailer s
possible. Loads carried in the
moving.
Tyre pressure
Set tyre pressure to the maxim
on the inside of the fuel tank f
accordance with the trailer ma
Exterior mirrors
Check whether you can see en
standard mirrors. If this is not
fitted. Both exterior mirrors sh
brackets. Adjust the mirrors to
WARNING
Never transport people in a t
Note Towing a trailer places add
mend additional services betw
vehicle is used frequently for
Trailer towing 195
Safety Fir Technical Data
d trailer is reduced with increasing speed. For
t to drive at the maximum permissible speed in
er or wind conditions. This applies especially
ed immediately if the trailer shows the slightest
stop the snaking by increasing speed.
If the trailer has an overrun brake, apply the
, firmly. This will prevent the jerking that can be
locking. Select a low gear in due course before
. This enables you to use the engine braking to
d during prolonged uphills, driving in a low gear
ys monitor the coolant temperature indicator
ram*
sier to stabilise the trailer in case it skids or
Altea_EN.book Seite 195 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Find out whether special regulations apply to towing a trailer in your
country.
Ball coupling of towing bracket*
Depending on the model version, the spherical head on the trailer hook may
be stored in the tool box.
The ball coupling is provided with instructions on fitting and removing the
ball coupling of the towing bracket.
WARNING
The towing bracket ball coupling must be stored securely in the luggage compartment to prevent them being flung through the vehicle and causing injury.
Note By law, the ball coupling must be removed if a trailer is not being towed
and it obscures the number plate.
Driving tips
Driving with a trailer always requires extra care.
Weight distribution
The weight distribution of a loaded trailer with an unladen vehicle is very
unfavourable. However, if this cannot be avoided, drive extra slowly to allow
for the unbalanced weight distribution.
Speed
The stability of the vehicle an
this reason, it is advisable no
an unfavourable road, weath
when driving downhill.
You should always reduce spe
sign of snaking. Never try to
Always brake in due course.
brakes gently at first and then
caused by the trailer wheels
going down a steep downhill
slow down the vehicle.
Reheating
At very high temperatures an
and high engine speed, alwa
page 55.
Electronic Stabilisation Prog
The ESP* system makes it ea
swings.
Trailer towing196
Fig. 158 Attachment points for towing bracket
Altea_EN.book Seite 196 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Fitting a towing bracket*
It is possible to fit a towing bracket to the rear of the vehicle.
Trailer towing 197
Safety Fir Technical Data
ncorrectly installed, there is serious danger of
se observe the instructions provided by the bracket.
ncorrectly installed, this could cause damage to
.
ing of a trailer bracket is not recommended due
.
Altea_EN.book Seite 197 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
If a towing bracket is to be fitted after the vehicle is purchased, this must be
completed according to the instructions of the towing bracket manufacturer.
The attachment points for the towing bracket are on the lower part of the
vehicle.
The distance between the centre of the ball coupling and the ground should
never be lower than the indicated value, even with a fully loaded vehicle and
including the maximum resting weight.
Elevation values for securing the towing bracket:
65 mm (minimum)
350 mm to 420 mm (fully laden vehicle)
357 mm
569 mm
875 mm
1,040 mm
Fitting a towing bracket
Driving with a trailer involves an extra effort for the vehicle. Therefore,
before fitting a towing bracket, please contact an Authorised Service Centre
to check whether your cooling system needs modification.
Submit to the legal requirements in your country (e.g. the fitting of a sepa-
rate warning lamp).
Certain vehicle components, e.g. the rear bumper, must be removed and
reinstalled. The towing bracket securing bolts must be tightened using a
torque wrench, and an electrical socket must be connected to the vehicle's
electrical system. The above-mentioned require specialized knowledge and
tools.
Figures in the illustration show the elevation value and the attachment
points which must be considered if you are retrofitting a towing bracket.
WARNING
Towing brackets should be fitted by specialists.
If the towing bracket is i accident.
For your own safety, plea manufacturer of the towing
Caution If the electrical socket is i
the vehicle's electrical system
Note For the sports model (FR), fitt
to the design of the bumpers
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
WARNING (continued)
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning198
in products may produce noxious vapours; entilated areas.
e, engine oil, nail varnish remover or other c and highly flammable. Risk of fire and explo-
cle, or carrying out any maintenance, switch ndbrake firmly and remove the key from the
mud or dust if the surface of the vehicle is dry.
e for cleaning purposes. This could damage the
our vehicle. Soak dirt, mud or dust with plenty
vironment for your vehicle maintenance, select the ones
nvironment.
e products should not be disposed of with ordi-
e the disposal information on the package.
Altea_EN.book Seite 198 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning
General notes
Regular washing and care help maintain the value of your
vehicle.
Your vehicle maintenance
Regular care and washing help to maintain the value of the vehicle. This may
also be one of the requirements for acknowledging warranty claims in the
event of bodywork corrosion or paint defects.
The best way to protect the car against environmental contaminants is to
wash and take care of it frequently. The longer substances such as insects
remains, bird droppings, resinous tree sap, road dirt, industrial deposits, tar,
soot or road salt and other aggressive materials remain on the vehicle, the
more damage they do to the paintwork. High temperatures (for instance in
strong sunlight) further intensify the corrosive effect.
After winter, a period when salt is put on the roads, it is important to have the
underside of the vehicle washed thoroughly.
Products for vehicle maintenance
Car care products are available in your Authorised Service Centre. Keep the
product instructions until you have used them up.
WARNING
Car care products can be toxic. For this, they must always be kept closed in their original container. Keep them out of the reach of children. Failure to comply could result in poisoning.
Always read and observe the instructions and warnings on the package before using car care products. Improper use could damage your health or
your vehicle. The use of certa they should be used in well v
Never use fuel, turpentin volatile fluids. These are toxi sion.
Before washing your vehi the engine off, apply your ha ignition.
Caution Never attempt to remove dirt,
Never use a dry cloth or spong
paintwork or the windows of y
of water.
For the sake of the en When purchasing products
which are not harmful to the e
The leftovers of the car car
nary household waste. Observ
WARNING (continued)
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning 199
Safety Fir Technical Data
h plenty of water and rinse it off.
top to bottom with a soft sponge, a glove
ht pressure.
ove often with clean water.
hould only be used for very stubborn dirt.
anels etc. until last with a different
ughly with water.
e gently with a chamois leather.
old, dry the rubber seals and its surfaces
reezing. Apply silicone spray to the rubber
avoid sudden and sharp braking. Dry
effect and braking distancethe brakes by
gnition switched off.
rms from cuts on sharp metal edges when inside of the wheel housings etc. Risk of
Altea_EN.book Seite 199 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Vehicle exterior maintenance
Automatic car wash tunnel
The car can normally be washed without problem in an auto-
matic car wash.
The vehicle paintwork is so durable that the car can normally be washed
without problems in an automatic car washing tunnel. However, the paint-
work wear depends to a large extent, on the kind of the car washing tunnel,
the brushes used, its water filtering and the type of cleaning and preservative
products.
Before going through a car wash, be sure to take the usual precautions such
as closing the windows and sunroof. There is nothing to note apart from that.
If the vehicle has special accessories such as spoilers or a roof carrier or two-
way radio aerial, etc., it is advisable to consult the car washing tunnel oper-
ator.
After washing, the brakes could hesitate to respond as the brake discs and
pads could be wet, or even frozen in winter. Dry the brakes by braking
several times.
WARNING
Water, ice and salt on the brakes can reduce braking efficiency. Risk of acci- dent.
Caution If an automatic car wash tunnel is used, before entering the tunnel, put the
aerial down parallel to the roof and do not tighten to avoid damage.
Washing by hand
Vehicle washing
First soften the dirt wit
Clean your vehicle from
or a brush. Use very lig
Rinse the sponge or gl
Special car shampoo s
Clean the wheels, sill p
sponge or glove.
Rinse the vehicle thoro
Dry your vehicle surfac
When temperature is c to prevent them from f
seals.
After washing
Directly after washing,
page 184, Braking
braking several times.
WARNING
Wash your car with the i
Protect your hands and a cleaning the underbody, the injury.
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning200
istance for soft materials and painted
ure cleaner to remove ice or snow from
jet nozzles (rotating jets) .
avoid sudden and sharp braking. Dry
by braking several times.
oncentrated jet (rotating nozzle). Even at short cleaning times, visible and invisible s. This may cause an accident.
brakes can reduce braking efficiency. Risk of
an 60C. This could damage the car.
hicle, keep a sufficient distance from sensitive
es, plastic, soundproofing material, etc. This is
inted as the paintwork. The closer the nozzle is
wear on the material.
nce requirements
the paintwork.
car if water does not form small drops and run
ean.
Altea_EN.book Seite 200 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Water, ice and salt on the brakes can reduce braking efficiency. Risk of accident.
Caution Never remove dirt, mud or dust if the vehicle surface is dry. Never use a
dry cloth or sponge for cleaning purposes. This could scratch the paintwork
or glass on your vehicle.
Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: when washing the vehicle with
a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around the
doors, tailgate, or sunroof. Risk of freezing.
For the sake of the environment To protect environment, the car should be washed only in specially provided
wash bays. This prevents toxic, oil-laden waste water entering the sewerage
system. In some districts, washing vehicles outside wash bays is prohibited.
Note Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight.
Washing the car with a high pressure cleaner
Be particularly careful when using a high pressure cleaner!
Always observe the instructions for the high-pressure cleaner,
particularly those concerning the pressure and the spraying distance.
Increase the spraying d
bumpers.
Do not use a high press
windows page 201.
Never use concentrated
Directly after washing,
page 184 the brakes
WARNING
Never wash tyres with a c large spraying distances and damage can occur to the tyre
Water, ice and salt on the accident.
Caution Do not use water hotter th
To avoid damage to the ve
materials such as flexible hos
also important for bumpers pa
to the surface, the greater the
Vehicle paint maintena
Regular waxing protects
You need to apply wax to your
off the paintwork when it is cl
WARNING (continued)
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning 201
Safety Fir Technical Data
ic parts.
an plastic parts, clean them with approved
and care products.
ner directly over the air vents of the vehicle may
e liquid is accidentally spilled.
contain solvents will damage the material.
exterior mirrors
ith commercially available, alcohol based
clean chamois leather or a lint-free cloth.
move snow from the windows and mirrors.
leather to dry the windows. The chamois
aces are not suitable to clean windows because
osits which could smear the windows.
Altea_EN.book Seite 201 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
A good quality hard wax product is available from your Authorised Service
Centre.
Regular wax applications help to protects the paintwork from environmental
contaminants. page 198. It even protects against minor scratches.
Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the car washing tunnel, it is advis-
able to protect the paint with a hard wax coating at least twice a year.
Polishing the paintwork
Polishing brings back gloss to the paintwork.
Polishing is only necessary if the paint has lost its shine, and the gloss cannot
be brought back by applying wax. Polishing products can be purchased in
your Authorised Service Centre.
The car must be waxed after polishing if the polishing product used does not
contain wax compounds to seal the paint page 200, Vehicle paint main-
tenance requirements.
Caution To prevent damage to the paintwork:
Do not use polishes and hard wax on painted parts with a matte finish or
on plastic parts.
Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or dusty environment.
Caring for plastic parts
Solvents damage plast
If normal washing fails to cle
solvent-free plastic cleaning
Caution The use of liquid air freshe
damage the plastic parts if th
Cleaning products which
Cleaning windows and
Cleaning windows
Moisten the windows w
glass cleaner.
Dry the windows with a
Removing snow
Use a small brush to re
Removing ice
Use a de-icer spray.
Use a clean cloth or chamois
leathers used on painted surf
they are soiled with wax dep
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning202
ce
ooked after, they will not freeze so
ve dust and dirt from the rubber seals.
product to the rubber seals.
ws, bonnet and rear lid will remain pliable and
ith a suitable care product (for example sili-
o prevent premature ageing and leaks. The
rubber seals are well looked after, they will not
can freeze up in winter.
u should only use spray with lubricating and
h a damp cloth.
th a soft, dry cloth.
Altea_EN.book Seite 202 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove ice. If you use an ice scraper, push
it in one direction only without swinging it.
Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to clean rubber, oil, grease and sili-
cone deposits off.
Wax deposits can be removed with a special cleaner available in your Author-
ised Service Centre. Wax deposits on the windscreen could cause the wiper
blades to judder. If a window cleanser, specifically for removing wax, is added
to the windscreen washer fluid prevents wiper blades from juddering. Wax
deposits are not removed.
Caution Never use warm or hot water to remove snow and ice from windows and
mirrors. This could cause the glass to crack!
The heating element for the rear window is located on the inner side of the
window. To prevent damage, do not put stickers on the heating elements
inside the window.
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades
Clean wiper blades are essential to provide clear vision.
1. Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the windscreen
wiper blades.
2. Use window cleanser to clean the windscreen wiper blades. Use
a sponge or a cloth to remove stubborn stains.
Rubber seals maintenan
If rubber seals are well l
quickly.
1. Use a soft cloth to remo
2. Apply a specialist care
The strips on the doors, windo
last longer if they are treated w
cone spray).
Caring for rubber seals will als
doors will be easier to open. If
freeze so quickly in winter.
Door lock cylinders
The door lock cylinders
To de-ice the lock cylinders yo
anti-corrosive properties.
Cleaning chrome parts
1. Clean chrome parts wit
2. Polish chrome parts wi
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning 203
Safety Fir Technical Data
ms
ust from alloy wheels.
ent to clean the wheel rims.
ound to the wheels.
ttention to preserve their appearance. If road
ften removed, the aluminium finish will be
rgent for alloy wheel rims.
gents should not be used. If the protective
tone impact, the damaged area should be
ylindrical jet. Even at large spraying distances sible and invisible damage can occur to the ident.
e brakes can reduce braking efficiency. Risk of ing, avoid sudden and sharp braking. Dry raking several times.
Altea_EN.book Seite 203 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
If this does not provide satisfying results, use a specialist chrome cleaning product. Chrome cleaning products will remove stains and coatings from the
surface.
Caution To prevent scratching chrome surfaces:
Never use an abrasive care product on chrome.
Do not clean or polish chrome parts in a sandy or dusty environment.
Steel wheel rims
Clean steel wheel rims regularly using a separate sponge.
Use an industrial cleanser to remove brake dust. Any damage to the paint on
steel wheel rims should be repaired before starting to rust.
WARNING
Never wash tyres with a cylindrical jet. Even at large spraying distances and short cleaning times, visible and invisible damage can occur to the tyres. This may cause an accident.
Water, ice and salt on the brakes can reduce braking efficiency. Risk of accident. Directly after washing, avoid sudden and sharp braking. Dry page 184 the brakes by braking several times.
Cleaning alloy wheel ri
Every two weeks
Wash salt and brake d
Use an acid free deterg
Every three months
Apply a hard wax comp
Alloy wheels require regular a
salt and brake dust are not o
impaired.
Always use an acid-free dete
Car polish or other abrasive a
coating is damaged, e.g. by s
repaired immediately.
WARNING
Never wash tyres with a c and short cleaning times, vi tyres. This may cause an acc
Water, ice and salt on th accident. Directly after wash page 184 the brakes by b
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning204
is usually removed if the engine compartment
g solutions, or if you have the engine cleaned.
, ensure that all surfaces, seams, joints and
partment are given anti-corrosion treatment.
ine compartment, always observe the safety
et, switch the engine off, apply the parking ve the key from the ignition.
efore you clean the engine compartment.
nderbody, wheel arches without protecting y cut yourself on sharp-edged metal parts.
t in injury.
the brakes may affect braking efficiency. Risk shing, avoid sudden and sharp braking.
fan. It is temperature-controlled and could en the key is removed from the ignition!
vironment could be removed when the engine is washed.
eaned in an oil separator. For this reason,
ried out only by a qualified workshop or a petrol
Altea_EN.book Seite 204 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Underbody maintenance
The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it from chemical
and mechanical damage.
The protective coating can be damaged when driving. We recommend you to
ckeck the protective coating under the body and on the running gear, and
reinstated if necessary, before and after the winter season.
We recommend you to go to your Authorised Service Centre to carry out repair
work and additional anti-corrosion work.
WARNING
Do not apply underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust system. The heat of the exhaust system or the engine could cause them to ignite! Fire hazard.
Cleaning the engine compartment
Take special care when cleaning the engine compartment.
Anti-corrosion treatment
The engine compartment and the surface of the power unit are given anti-
corrosion treatment at the factory.
Good corrosion protection is particularly important in winter when the car is
frequently driven on salted roads. To prevent the salt corroding the vehicle,
the entire engine compartment should be thoroughly cleaned before and
after winter.
Your Authorised Service Centre has got the necessary equipment to provide
the correct cleaning and preserving products. For this reason, we recommend
having this work performed by them.
The anti-corrosion protection
is cleaned with grease removin
On commissioning theis work
components in the engine com
WARNING
When working in the eng warnings page 212.
Before opening the bonn brake firmly and always remo
Allow the engine to cool b
Do not clean the vehicle u your hands and arms. You ma Failure to comply could resul
Moisture, ice and salt on of accident. Directly after wa
Never touch the radiator start automatically, even wh
For the sake of the en Fuel, grease and oil deposits
The polluted water must be cl
engine washing should be car
station.
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning 205
Safety Fir Technical Data
abric trim cleaning
im on the doors, headlining etc. can be cleaned
er or with dry foam and a soft brush.
ollen cloth with water and wipe over the
be removed using a mild soap solution
tablespoons diluted in one litre of water)
ak through the leather or soak into the
ft, dry cloth.
treated twice a year with a special leather-
in your Authorised Service Centre.
ery sparingly.
ft, dry cloth.
le to preserve the genuine qualities of this
atural properties of the specially selected hides
Altea_EN.book Seite 205 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Vehicle interior maintenance
Plastic parts and dash panel cleaning
Use a clean, damp cloth to clean plastic parts and the dash
panel.
If this does not provide satisfactory results, use a special
solvent-free plastic cleaning product.
WARNING
Never clean the dash panel and the airbag module surface with cleansers containing solvents. Solvents cause the surface to become porous. If the airbag triggered, disintegrating plastic parts could cause substantial inju- ries.
Caution Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
Wooden trim cleaning*
Clean the wooden trim with a water-moistened clean cloth.
If this does not provide satisfactory results, use a gentle soap
solution.
Caution Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
Cloth seat covers and f
Cloth seat covers and fabric tr
with a special interior cleans
Leather cleaning*
Normal cleaning
Moisten a cotton or wo
leather surfaces.
Cleaning stubborn stains
More stubborn dirt can
(pure liquid soap; two
and a cloth.
Do not let the water so
seams.
Then wipe off with a so
Leather maintenance
The leather should be
care product, available
Apply these products v
Then wipe off with a so
SEAT does everything possib
natural product. Due to the n
Your vehicle maintenance and cleaning206
ning agents on the seat belts, as this can bbing. Ensure that belts do not come into
tion at regular intervals. If you notice that the tor mechanism or buckle of any of the belts is placed by a specialist workshop.
damaged seat belt yourself. The seat belts ified in any way.
s to dry completely before rolling them up.
could become damaged.
Altea_EN.book Seite 206 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
employed, the finished leather has a certain sensitivity to grease and dirt, etc.
so a degree of care is required in everyday use and when looking after the
leather.
Dust and grit in the pores and seams can scratch and damage the surface. If
the vehicle is under solar radiation for long periods, the leather should be
protected to prevent it from fading. However, slight colour variations in high-
quality natural leather are normal.
Caution Do not use solvents, wax polish, shoe cream, spot removers or similar
products on leather.
To avoid damage, stubborn stains should be removed by a qualified
workshop.
Seat belts cleaning
A dirty belt may not work properly.
Check all seat belts regularly and keep them clean.
Seat belts cleaning
Pull the dirty seat belt right out and unroll it.
Clean the dirty seat belts with a gentle soap solution.
Allow it to dry.
Do not roll the seat belt up until it is dry.
If large stains form on the belts, it will not retract correctly into the automatic
belt retractor.
WARNING
Do not use chemical clea impair the strength of the we contact with corrosive fluids.
Check all seat belts condi belt webbing, fittings, retrac damaged, the belt must be re
Do not attempt to repair a must not be removed or mod
Caution After cleaning, allow seat belt
Otherwise, the belt retractors
Accessories, parts replacement and modifications 207
Safety Fir Technical Data
r the CE mark (European Union manufacturer
ephone holders or drink holders, should never within the working range of the airbags. Other- jury if the airbag is triggered in an accident.
ations
ays be carried out according to our
to the electronic components or software in the
ns. Due to the way the electronic components
s, other indirect systems may be affected by the
air safety, lead to excessive wear of compo-
ur vehicle registration documents.
tres cannot be held liable for any damage
/or work incorrectly performed.
nd you that all work should be performed by an
ing genuine and SEAT approved parts and
Altea_EN.book Seite 207 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Accessories, parts replacement and modifications
Accessories and spare parts
Always consult an Authorised Service Centre before
purchasing accessories and parts.
Your vehicle is designed to offer a high standard of active and passive safety.
Before purchasing accessories and parts, and before making technical
changes to your car, we recommend you to consult your Authorised Service
Centre.
SEAT dealerships will be happy to provide you with the latest information
about the use, legal requirements and recommendations from the manufac-
turer regarding accessories and parts.
We recommend you to use only SEAT Approved Accessories and SEAT Approved Spare Parts. This way, SEAT can guarantee that the product in
question is suitable, reliable and safe. SEAT Authorised Service Centres have
the necessary experience and facilities to ensure that parts are correctly and
professionally installed.
Despite a continuous observation of the market, SEAT is not able to assess
the reliability, safety and suitability of those parts SEAT has not approved. For
this reason, SEAT cannot assume responsibility for any non-genuine parts
used, even if these parts have been approved by an official testing agency or
are covered by an official approval certificate.
Any equipment subsequently installed which has a direct effect on the
vehicle and/or the way it is driven (e.g. cruise control system or electronically-
controlled suspension) must be approved by SEAT and bear the e mark (the
European Union's authorisation symbol).
If any additional electrical components are fitted so that they do not serve to
control the vehicle itself (for instance a refrigerator box, laptop or ventilator
fan, etc.), then they must bea
conformity declaration).
WARNING
Accessories, for example tel be fitted on the covers of, or wise, there is a danger of in
Technical modific
Modifications must alw
specifications.
Unauthorised modifications
vehicle may cause malfunctio
are linked together in network
faults. This can seriously imp
nents, and also invalidate yo
SEAT Authorised Service Cen
caused by modifications and
For this reason, we recomme
Authorised Service Centre us
accessories.
Accessories, parts replacement and modifications208
rily on driving. If you are distracted while cident.
e mountings to the surfaces covering the ge of the airbags. There is a high danger of d.
nstructions of your mobile telephone / two-way
Altea_EN.book Seite 208 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
WARNING
Incorrectly performed modifications or other kind of work on your vehicle can lead to malfunctions and cause accidents.
Roof aerial*
The vehicle may be fitted with a foldable* and anti-theft* aerial that may be
positioned parallel to the roof.
To fold down
Unscrew the rod, position parallel to the roof and tighten once again.
To return to working position
Continue in the reverse order to the previous instruction.
Caution If an automatic car wash tunnel is used, before entering the tunnel, put the
aerial down parallel to the roof and do not tighten to avoid damage.
Mobile telephones and radiotelephones
First consult your Authorised Service Centre if you wish to use a mobile tele-
phone or a two-way radio with a transmitting power output in excess of
10 watts. Here you will receive information concerning the technical possibil-
ities for retrofitting this equipment.
Mobile telephones and two-way radios should be only fitted by a qualified
workshop, for example an Authorised Service Centre.
WARNING
Always concentrate prima driving you could have an ac
Never attach the telephon airbag units or within the ran injury if the airbag is triggere
Note Please observe the operating i
radio.
Checking and refilling levels 209
Safety Fir Technical Data
, without releasing the cap in the clock-
ose the flap until it clicks into place. The
th an anti-loss attachment
the vehicle on the right.
s operated correctly, it will switch itself off as
ver attempt to fill beyond this point, as this will
el may leak out if ambient conditions are warm.
r vehicle is given on a sticker on the inside of the
otes on fuel can be found.
le and can cause serious burns and other inju-
y naked flame when filling the fuel tank of the anister, with fuel. This is an explosion hazard.
ents for the use of spare fuel canisters.
do not recommend carrying a spare fuel he canister could be damaged in an accident
tances, you have to carry a spare fuel canister, g points:
el canister inside the vehicle or on it. An elec- ild up during filling, causing the fuel fumes to
ly explosive. Always place the canister on the
Altea_EN.book Seite 209 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Checking and refilling levels
Refuelling
The tank flap is released manually. The tank holds approxi-
mately 55 litres.
Unscrewing the tank cap
Lift the lid.
Grip the cap and then insert the key into the lock and rotate 180
to the left.
Unscrew the cap, turning it anti-clockwise.
Closing the tank cap
Screw the tank cap to the right, until the point of feeling a click.
Turn the key in the lock
wise direction 180.
Remove the key and cl
tank cap is secured wi
The tank flap is at the rear of
If the automatic filler nozzle i
soon as the tank is full. Ne
fill the expansion chamber. Fu
The correct fuel grade for you
fuel tank flap. where further n
WARNING
Fuel is highly inflammab ries.
Never smoke or use an vehicle, or a spare fuel c
Follow legal requirem
For safety reasons we canister in the vehicle. T and leak.
If, in exceptional circums please observe the followin
Never fill the spare fu trostatic charge could bu ignite. This may be fatal ground to fill it.
Fig. 159 Tank flap open
Checking and refilling levels210
y the octane rating, e.g: 91, 95, 98 RON (RON
r, unit for determining the knock resistance of
ith a higher octane number than the one recom-
ever, this has no advantage in terms of fuel
er. If, in exceptional circumstances, the correct
Premium unleaded petrol (95 RON) the
eaded fuel with 91 RON can also be used. This
t loss of power under certain driving conditions.
Premium unleaded petrol (98 RON) the
leaded fuel with 95 RON can also be used. This
loss of power under certain driving conditions.
is not available, the engine can be run on
1 RON as an emergency measure. In this
e speeds and a light throttle. Avoid using full
petrol as soon as possible.
may be mixed with small quantities of ethanol.
hanol fuels available at commercial establish-
5, which contain a high percentage of ethanol,
damage the fuel system.
fuel would permanently impair the efficiency
ll throttle can damage the engine when using
wer than the correct grade for the engine.
vironment el would seriously impair the efficiency of the
Altea_EN.book Seite 210 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Insert the fuel nozzle into the mouth of the canister as far as possible.
If the spare fuel canister is made of metal, the filling nozzle must be in contact with the canister during filling. This helps prevent an electro- static charge building up.
Never spill fuel in the vehicle or in the luggage compartment. Fuel vapours are explosive. Danger of death.
Caution Fuel spills should be removed from the paintwork immediately.
Never run the tank completely dry. An irregular fuel supply could cause
misfiring. As a result, unburnt fuel could enter the catalytic converter and
cause damage.
For the sake of the environment Do not try to put in more fuel after the automatic filler nozzle has switched off;
this may cause the fuel to overflow if it becomes warm.
Petrol
Petrol types
The correct petrol types are listed on a sticker inside the fuel
tank flap.
Only unleaded petrol, corresponding to the standard DIN EN 228, may be
used for vehicles with catalytic converters (EN = European Standard).
Fuel types are differentiated b
= Regulation Octane Numbe
petrol). You may use petrol w
mended for your engine. How
consumption and engine pow
octane rating is not available:
For engines which require
following is valid: Regular unl
can, however, result in a sligh
For engines which require
following is valid: Premium un
can, however, result in a slight
If premium unleaded petrol
regular unleaded petrol with 9
case only use moderate engin
throttle. Fill up with premium
Caution Petrol that follows EN 228
However, the so-called bioet
ments with reference E50 or E8
may not be used, as they will
Even one tankful of leaded
of the catalytic converter.
High engine speed and fu
petrol with an octane rating lo
For the sake of the en Just one full tank of leaded fu
catalytic converter.
WARNING (continued)
Checking and refilling levels 211
Safety Fir Technical Data
re can also be consulted to know if the vehicle
sel use.
el (biodiesel)
icle using biodiesel maybe somewhat reduced.
hicle using biodiesel may be slightly higher.
inter at temperatures down to approx. -10C.
elow -10C, we recommend using winter diesel
o be refilled with up to a maximum of 5 percent
fuel system in vehicles which are not suitably
esel in your vehicle, please use only RME fuel
iant.
oes not meet the required standard, the fuel
peratures and a fuel biodiesel percentage of
in gas emission may occur during operation of
clogged when fuel is changed to biodiesel. For
ou that, when having run 300 or 400 km after a
ange must also be done. Also note the instruc-
aintenance plan.
parked for more than about two weeks, we
nk with biodiesel and driving about 50 km in
injection system.
Altea_EN.book Seite 211 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Petrol additives
Petrol additives improve the quality of the petrol.
The quality of the petrol influences running behaviour, performance and
service life of the engine. For this reason, you should use good quality petrol
containing additives. These additives will help to prevent corrosion, keep the
fuel system clean and prevent deposits from building up in the engine.
If good quality petrol with additives is not available or engine problems occur,
the required additives must be added during refuelling.
Diesel
Diesel*
Diesel fuel must correspond to DIN EN 590 (EN = European standard). It
must have a cetane number (CN) of at least 51. The cetane number indicates
the ignition quality of the diesel fuel.
Notes on filling with fuel page 209.
Biodiesel*
The biodiesel fuel must comply with the DIN EN 14.214 (FAME) Standard.
Biodiesel is a methylester obtained from rapeseed oil.
DIN is a German abbreviation for Deutsches Institut fr Normung e.V.,
the German standards institute.
EN means European Norm.
FAME is the English abbreviation Fatty Acid Methyl Ester.
Your Authorised Service Cent
has been prepared for biodie
Things to note about RME fu
The performance of a veh
Fuel consumption of a ve
RME fuel can be used in w
At outside temperatures b
fuel.
Your vehicle is prepared t
blended biodiesel.
Caution RME fuel can damage the
adjusted.
If you decide to use biodi
which is DIN E 14,214 compl
If you use biodiesel that d
filter could become clogged.
Note In case of low exterior tem
higher than 50%, an increase
the independent heating.
The fuel filter may become
this reason, we recommend y
fuel change, the fuel filter ch
tions in the Inspection and M
If the vehicle is to remain
recommend filling the fuel ta
order to avoid damage to the
Checking and refilling levels212
gine compartment
orking in the engine compartment
the engine compartment or on the
out cautiously.
n the engine or in the engine compart-
nd remove the key from the ignition.
eutral or the selector lever to position P.
ool down.
the vehicle.
ge 214.
the engine compartment unless you know
bs and have the correct tools! Have the work
shop if you are uncertain.
bles, e.g. coolant, engine oil, spark plugs and
y developed. SEAT provides a constant flow of
Service Centres concerning modifications. For
u to have service fluids and consumables
rvice Centre. Please observe the relevant
engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a
Altea_EN.book Seite 212 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Winter driving
Diesel can thicken in winter.
Winter-grade diesel
When using summer-grade diesel fuel, difficulties may be experienced
under 0C temperatures because the fuel thickens due to wax separation. For
this reason, winter-grade diesel fuel is available in some countries during
the cold months. It can be used at temperatures as low as -22C.
In countries with different climatic conditions the diesel fuel generally sold
has different temperature characteristics. Check with an Authorised Service
Centre or filling stations in the country concerned regarding the type of diesel
fuels available.
Filter pre-heater
Your vehicle is fitted with a fuel filter pre-heater, making it well equipped for
operation in winter. This ensures that the fuel system remains operational to
approx. -24C, provided you use winter-grade diesel which is safe to -15C.
However, if the fuel has waxed to such an extent that the engine will not start
at temperatures of under -24C, simply place the vehicle in a warm place for
a while.
Caution Do not mix fuel additives (thinners, or similar additives) with diesel fuel.
Working in the en
Safety instructions on w
Any work carried out in
engine must be carried
Before starting any work o
ment:
1. Switch off the engine a
2. Apply the handbrake.
3. Move the gear stick to n
4. Wait for the engine to c
5. Keep children away from
6. Raise the bonnet pa
You should not do any work in
exactly how to carry out the jo
carried out by a qualified work
All service fluids and consuma
batteries, are being constantl
information to the Authorised
this reason, we recommend yo
replaced by an Authorised Se
instructions page 207. The
hazardous area .
Checking and refilling levels 213
Safety Fir Technical Data
formed when the engine is started or with the dditional, potentially fatal, safety risk from the rive belts, alternator, radiator fan, etc., and
on system. You should also observe the
rical wiring of the ignition system.
loose clothing and long hair do not get e parts. Danger of death. Before starting any
ie back and cover hair, and wear tight-fitting
about pressing the accelerator if a gear is omatic or manual gearbox. The vehicle could rake is applied. Danger of death.
out on the fuel system or on electrical compo- following safety notes in addition to the above
e battery. The vehicle must be unlocked when he alarm will be triggered.
d flames.
inguisher on hand.
service fluids, make absolutely certain that you
eservoirs. Failure to observe this point will result
ngine damage!
Altea_EN.book Seite 213 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
WARNING
All work on the engine or in the engine compartment, e.g. checking and refilling fluids, involves the danger of injury and scalding as well as the risk of accident or fire.
Never open the bonnet if you see steam, smoke or coolant escaping from the engine compartment. Otherwise, there is a risk of sustaining burns. Wait until no more steam or coolant is emitted, then allow the engine to cool before carefully opening the bonnet.
Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition.
Apply the handbrake and move the gear stick to neutral or selector lever to position P.
Keep children away from the vehicle.
Never touch hot engine parts. There is a risk of burns.
Never spill liquids on a hot engine or on a hot exhaust gas system. This is a fire hazard.
Avoid causing short-circuits in the electrical system, particularly at the points where the jump leads are attached page 264. The battery could explode.
Never touch the radiator fan. It is temperature controlled and could start automatically, even when the engine has been switched off and the key removed from the ignition!
Do not unscrew the cap on the expansion tank when the engine is hot. If the coolant is hot, the cooling system will be pressurised!
Protect face, hands and arms by covering the cap with a large, thick cloth to protect against escaping coolant and steam.
Always make sure you have not left any objects, such as cleaning cloths and tools, in the engine compartment.
If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of accident!. A hydraulic jack is insufficient for securing the vehicle and there is a risk of injury.
If any work has to be per engine running, there is an a rotating parts, such as the d from the high-voltage igniti following points:
Never touch the elect
Ensure that jewellery, trapped in rotating engin work remove jewellery, t clothes.
Always think carefully engaged in either an aut move, even if the handb
If work has to be carried nents, you must observe the warnings:
Always disconnect th this is done, otherwise t
Do not smoke.
Never work near nake
Always have a fire ext
Caution When changing or topping up
fill the fluids into the correct r
in serious malfunctions and e
WARNING (continued)
Checking and refilling levels214
ensure that the windscreen wipers are in
pull the lever under the dashboard
ion indicated (arrow). The bonnet will be
tion .
e release lever (arrow) and open the
y and secure it in fixture designed for this
you see steam, smoke or coolant escaping t.
Fig. 161 Arrester hook for bonnet.
Altea_EN.book Seite 214 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
For the sake of the environment Service fluids leaks are harmful to the environment. For this reason you
should make regular checks on the ground underneath your vehicle. If you
find spots of oil or other fluids, have your vehicle inspected in a qualified
workshop.
Opening the bonnet
The bonnet is released from inside the vehicle.
Before opening the bonnet
rest position.
To release the bonnet,
fig. 160 in the direct
released by a spring ac
Lift the bonnet using th
bonnet.
Release the bonnet sta
in the bonnet.
WARNING
Hot coolant can scald!
Never open the bonnet if from the engine compartmen
Fig. 160 Detail of foot- well area on driver's side: lever for unlocking the bonnet.
Checking and refilling levels 215
Safety Fir Technical Data
s
st conform with exact specifications.
cial, high quality, multi grade oil that can be
r except for those regions affected by extreme
is necessary for the correct operation and long
en it becomes necessary to replenish or change
t complies to the VW standards.
conforming to the VW standards then oil
I standards with an appropriate viscosity at
uld be used instead. The use of this type of oil
s on the performance of the engine for example,
consumption and a higher emission level.
fferent oils may be mixed as long as they all
.
ards) set out in the following page should
e service oil; the container will display together
trol and diesel engines, the oil can be used for
Altea_EN.book Seite 215 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Wait until no more steam, smoke or coolant is emitted from the bonnet, then carefully open the bonnet.
When working in the engine compartment, always observe the safety warnings page 212.
Closing the bonnet
Raise the bonnet slightly
Release the bonnet stay and replace it in its support.
At a height of about 30 cm let it fall so it is locked.
If the bonnet does not close, do not press downwards. Open it once more and
let it fall as before.
WARNING
If the bonnet is not closed properly, it could open while you are driving and completely obscure your view of the road. Risk of accident.
After closing the bonnet, always check that it is properly secured. The bonnet must be flush with the surrounding body panels.
If you notice that the bonnet latch is not secured when the vehicle is moving, stop the vehicle immediately and close the bonnet properly. Risk of accident.
Engine oil
Engine oil specification
The engine oil used mu
Specifications
The engine comes with a spe
used in all seasons of the yea
cold.
As the use of good quality oil
service life of the engine, wh
the oil, always use an oil tha
If it is not possible to find oil
conforming to the ACEA or AP
atmospheric temperature sho
may have some repercussion
long starting time, increased
If a top up is required then di
conform to the VW standards
The specifications (VW stand
appear on the container of th
the different standards for pe
both types of engines.
WARNING (continued)
Checking and refilling levels216
selected according to the diagram.
e falls outside the limits of the scale for a short
quired.
climate that is constantly very cold or very
mixed with the engine oil. The deterioration
ot covered by the warranty.
00
00/ VW 506 01
01
Altea_EN.book Seite 216 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Oil properties
Viscosity
The viscosity class of the oil is
When the ambient temperatur
period, an oil change is not re
Mono-grade oil
Single grade oils are generally not suitable for all year round use, due to
ranges of viscosity19).
These oils are only useful in a
warm.
Engine oil additives
No type of additive should be
caused by these additives is n
Fig. 162 Types of oil according to temperature
Engine type Specification
Petrol VW 501 01/ VW 502 00/ VW 504
Diesel VW 505 00/ VW 505 01/ VW 507
Diesel Injector Pump a)
a) Only use recommended oils, otherwise you may damage the engine.
VW 505 01/ VW 507 00/ VW 506
Diesel Injector Pump Motor 118 kWa) VW 506 01/ VW 507 00
Diesel Engines with Particulate filter (DPF)a) VW 507 00
19) Viscosity: oil density
Checking and refilling levels 217
Safety Fir Technical Data
ipe the dipstick with a clean cloth and
g it in as far as it will go.
ore and check the oil level fig. 163. Top
cessary.
dicated oil level should be after the zone
indicated oil level should be after in zone
and the conditions in which the car is used, oil
5 l/1,000 km. Oil consumption is likely to be
For this reason the engine oil level must be
preferably when filling the tank and before a
engine compartment or on the engine must be
ine compartment, always observe the safety
ea do not start the engine. This could result
catalytic converter. Contact an Authorised
AA
AA
AA
Altea_EN.book Seite 217 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Note Before a long trip, we recommend finding an engine oil that conforms to the
corresponding VW specifications and keeping it in the vehicle. This way, the
correct engine oil will always be available for a top-up if needed.
Checking the engine oil level
The engine oil dipstick indicates the level of the oil.
Checking oil level
Park the vehicle in a horizontal position.
Briefly run the engine at idle speed until the service temperature
is reached then stop.
Wait two minutes.
Pull out the dipstick. W
insert it again, pushin
Then pull it out once m
up with engine oil if ne
Oil level in area
- Do not add oil.
Oil level in area
- Oil can be topped up. The in
Oil level in area
- Oil must be topped up. The
Depending on how you drive
consumption can be up to 0.
higher for the first 5,000 km.
checked at regular intervals,
journey.
WARNING
Any work carried out in the carried out cautiously.
When working in the eng warnings page 212.
Caution If the oil level is above the ar
in damage to the engine and
Service Centre.
Fig. 163 Engine oil dipstick.
AA
AB
AC
Checking and refilling levels218
ge 215.
sure that no oil comes into contact with hot pping up.
a do not start the engine. This could result
catalytic converter. Contact a qualified work-
vironment ove area . Otherwise oil can be drawn in
er and escape into the atmosphere via the
hanged at the intervals given in the
the engine oil changed by an Authorised
own in the Maintenance Programme.
if you have the specialist knowledge required!
AA
AA
Altea_EN.book Seite 218 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Topping up engine oil
Top up gradually with small quantities of oil.
Before opening the bonnet, read and observe the warnings in
Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment on
page 212.
Unscrew cap from oil filler opening fig. 164.
Top-up oil in small amounts, using the correct oil.
To avoid over-filling with engine oil, you should top-up using
small quantities, wait a while and check the oil level before
adding any more oil.
As soon as the oil level is in area , carefully close the cap.
The position of the oil filler opening is shown in the corresponding engine
compartment diagram page 276.
Engine oil specification pa
WARNING
Oil is highly inflammable! En engine components when to
Caution If the oil level is above the are
in damage to the engine and
shop.
For the sake of the en The oil level must never be ab
through the crankcase breath
exhaust system.
Changing engine oil
The engine oil must be c
service schedule.
We recommend that you have
Service Centre.
The oil change intervals are sh
WARNING
Only change the oil yourself
Fig. 164 In the engine compartment: Engine oil filler cap
AB
Checking and refilling levels 219
Safety Fir Technical Data
water and at least 40% coolant addi-
illed with a mixture of water and at least 40 % of
an additive with the specification TT-VW 774 F
re gives the necessary frost protection down to
arts of the cooling system against corrosion. It
ses the boiling point of the coolant.
must always be at least 40% - even if frost
equired in very cold climates, the proportion of
can be increased. However, the percentage of
exceed 60%, as this would reduce the frost
ce the cooling effect. A mixture with 60%
t protection to approx. -40C.
oxic. There is a toxic risk. Always keep the al container which should be stored out of the
applies to coolant which you have drained off.
2+ must be added in sufficient quantities to n at the coldest ambient temperatures that ly cold ambient temperatures, the coolant hicle to breakdown. As the heater would also ere is a risk of suffering exposure!
Altea_EN.book Seite 219 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Before opening the bonnet, read and observe the warnings page 212, Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment.
Wait for the engine to cool down. Hot oil may cause burn injuries.
Wear eye protection to avoid injuries caused by splashes of oil.
When removing the oil drain plug with your fingers, keep your arm hori- zontal to help prevent oil from running down your arm.
Wash your skin thoroughly if it comes into contact with engine oil.
Engine oil is poisonous! Used oil must be stored in a safe place out of the reach of children until it is disposed of.
Caution No additives should be used with engine oil. This could result in engine
damage. Any damage caused by the use of such additives would not be
covered by the factory warranty.
For the sake of the environment Because of the disposal problems, the necessary special tools and
specialist knowledge required, we recommend that you have the engine oil
and filter changed by an Authorised Service Centre.
Never pour oil down drains or into the ground.
Use a suitable container when draining the used oil. It has to be large
enough to hold all the engine oil.
Coolant
Coolant specifications
Coolant is a mixture of
tive.
The cooling system must be f
our coolant additive G 12+ or
(it is dyed purple). This mixtu
-25C and protects the alloy p
also prevents scaling and rai
The concentration of coolant
protection is not required.
If greater frost protection is r
the antifreeze additive G 12+
coolant additives should not
protection. It would also redu
coolant additive will give fros
WARNING
The coolant additive is t coolant additive in the origin reach of children. The same
The coolant additive G 1 provide anti-freeze protectio can be expected. At extreme could freeze, causing the ve not work in this situation, th
WARNING (continued)
Checking and refilling levels220
nsion tank
nd allow it to cool.
ver the cap on the expansion tank with a
y unscrew the cap .
lant expansion tank and read off the
th the MIN mark, top up with coolant.
AX mark.
sion tank
tightly.
ansion reservoir is shown in the corresponding
page 276.
ets the required specifications page 219.
additive if coolant additive G 12+, is not avail-
er and bring the coolant concentration back up
possible by putting in the specified additive
nt.
rk. Otherwise the excess coolant will be forced
n the engine is hot.
Altea_EN.book Seite 220 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Caution Other additives may give considerably inferior corrosion protection. The
resulting corrosion in the cooling system can lead to a loss of coolant,
causing serious damage to the engine.
The coolant additive G 12+ (purple) can be mixed with the additive G 12
(red) or G 11. Never mix G12 (red colour) with G 11.
Checking the coolant level and topping up
The correct coolant level is important for fault-free func-
tioning of the engine cooling system.
Before opening the bonnet, read and observe the warnings in
Safety instructions on working in the engine compartment on
page 212.
Opening the coolant expa
Switch off the engine a
To prevent scalding, co
thick cloth and carefull
Checking coolant level
Look into the open coo
coolant level.
If the level is undernea
Topping up coolant
Only use new coolant.
Do not fill above the M
Closing the coolant expan
Screw the cap on again
The position of the coolant exp
engine compartment diagram
Make sure that the coolant me
Do not use a different type of
able. In this case use only wat
to the correct level as soon as
page 219.
Always top up with new coola
Do not fill above the MAX ma
out of the cooling system whe
Fig. 165 In the engine compartment: Coolant expansion tank cap
Checking and refilling levels 221
Safety Fir Technical Data
windscreen wiper blades
d
the windscreen should always be
.
he headlight washing system are supplied with
sher fluid container in the engine compartment.
e right-hand side of the engine compartment.
lean the windscreen and headlights. We recom-
product to the windscreen washer fluid.
g products exist on the market with high deter-
es, these may be added all-year-round. Please
s on the packaging.
Fig. 166 In the engine compartment: Cap of windscreen washer fluid reservoir.
Altea_EN.book Seite 221 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
The coolant additive G 12+ (dyed purple) may be mixed with G 12 (dyed red)
and also with G 11.
WARNING
Any work carried out in the engine compartment or on the engine must be carried out cautiously.
When working in the engine compartment, always observe the safety warnings page 212.
When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling system is pressurised! Do not unscrew the cap on the expansion tank when the engine is hot. This is a burn injury risk.
Caution When mixed with other additives the colour of G 12 will change to brown.
If this occurs you should have the coolant changed immediately. Failure to do
so will result in engine damage!
If a lot of coolant has been lost, wait for the engine to cool down before
putting in cold coolant. This avoids damaging the engine. Large coolant
losses are an indication of leaks in the cooling system. See a specialised
workshop immediately and have the cooling system checked. Otherwise,
there is a risk of engine damage.
Washer fluid and
Topping up washer flui
The water for cleaning
mixed with washer fluid
The windscreen washer and t
fluid from the windscreen wa
The reservoir is located on th
Plain water is not enough to c
mend that you always add a
Approved windscreen cleanin
gent and anti-freeze properti
follow the dilution instruction
Checking and refilling levels222
iper blades
blades are in perfect condition, you
roved visibility. Damaged wiper
ed immediately.
Fig. 167 Windscreen wipers in the service posi- tion
Fig. 168 Changing the front wiper blades
Altea_EN.book Seite 222 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
WARNING
Any work carried out in the engine compartment or on the engine must be carried out cautiously.
When working in the engine compartment, always observe the safety warnings page 212.
Caution Never put radiator anti-freeze or other additives into the windscreen
washer fluid.
Always use approved windscreen cleansing products diluted as per
instructions. If you use other washer fluids or soap solutions, the tiny holes
in the fan-shaped nozzles could become blocked.
Changing windscreen w
If the windscreen wiper
will benefit from an imp
blades should be replac
Checking and refilling levels 223
Safety Fir Technical Data
per blades and all windows regularly.
be changed once or twice a year.
reen wipers could scratch the windscreen.
h remover, paint thinner or similar products to
d damage the windscreen wiper blades.
n wiper or windscreen wiper arm manually. This
n wipers forward unless they are in the service
et could be damaged.
oved to the service position only when the
Altea_EN.book Seite 223 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
To change the blades it is necessary to change the rest position of
the wipers to the service position.
Service position (for changing wiper blades)
Ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen.
Turn ignition on and off and then (before approx. 8 seconds have
elapsed), move the windscreen wiper lever to the intermittent
wipe position. The windscreen wipers will move to the service
position.
Changing the windscreen wiper blades
Lift the wiper arm away from the windscreen.
Push the side buttons, free the blade and pull in the direction of
the arrow page 222, fig. 168.
Fitting the wiper blade
Insert a blade of identical length and design into the wiper arm.
Slide the blade until it clicks into position.
Push the wiper arms back against the windscreen.
If the windscreen wipers smear, they should be replaced if they are damaged,
or cleaned if they are soiled.
If this does not produce the desired results, the setting angle of the wind-
screen wiper arms might be incorrect. They should be checked by a qualified
workshop and corrected if necessary.
WARNING
Do not drive unless you have good visibility through all windows!
Clean the windscreen wi
The wiper blades should
Caution Damaged or dirty windsc
Never use fuel, nail varnis
clean the windows. This coul
Never move the windscree
could cause damage.
Do not pull the windscree
position. Otherwise the bonn
Note The wiper arms can be m
bonnet is properly closed.
WARNING (continued)
Checking and refilling levels224
a qualified workshop.
good visibility through all windows!
er blades and all windows regularly.
be changed once or twice a year.
wiper could scratch the rear window.
h remover, paint thinner or similar products to
n wiper by hand. This could cause damage.
Altea_EN.book Seite 224 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Changing the rear wiper blade
A good rear wiper blade is essential for clear rear vision.
Damaged wiper blades should be replaced immediately.
Removing the wiper blade
Lift the wiper arm away from the glass fig. 169.
Unclip the wiper blade and pull fig. 169.
Fitting the wiper blade
With one hand, hold the top end of the wiper arm.
With the other hand, press the wiper blade into the retainer.
Check the condition of the wiper blade regularly. Change as required.
If the windscreen wiper scrapes, it should be replaced if damaged, or cleaned
if soiled.
If this is not sufficient, refer to
WARNING
Do not drive unless you have
Clean the windscreen wip
The wiper blades should
Caution A damaged or dirty window
Never use fuel, nail varnis
clean the window.
Never move the windscree
Fig. 169 Changing the rear window wiper blade
A1 A2
Checking and refilling levels 225
Safety Fir Technical Data
n noticeably in a short time, or drops below the
eak in the brake system. A display on the instru-
e brake fluid level is too low page 72.
o check the brake fluid level, read and observe
id
am indicates the brake fluid change
e the brake fluid changed by an Authorised
lease read and follow the warnings in
ng in the engine compartment on page 212 in
artment.
. In the course of time, it will absorb water from
ontent in the brake fluid is too high, the brake
so considerably reduces the boiling point of the
brakes may then cause a vapour lock which
ct.
nly brake fluid compliant with the US standard
mend the use of Genuine SEAT brake fluid.
d brake fluid impairs the braking effect.
Altea_EN.book Seite 225 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Brake fluid
Checking the brake fluid level
The brake fluid is checked at the intervals given in the service
schedule.
Read off the fluid level at the transparent brake fluid reservoir. It
should always be between the MIN and MAX marks.
The position of the brake fluid reservoir is shown in the corresponding engine
compartment diagram page 276. The brake fluid reservoir has a black and
yellow cap.
The brake fluid level drops slightly when the vehicle is being used as the
brake pads are automatically adjusted as they wear.
However, if the level goes dow
MIN mark, there may be a l
ment panel will warn you if th
WARNING
Before opening the bonnet t the warnings page 212.
Changing the brake flu
The Maintenance Progr
intervals.
We recommend that you hav
Service Centre.
Before opening the bonnet, p
Safety instructions on worki
Working in the engine comp
Brake fluid absorbs moisture
the ambient air. If the water c
system could corrode. This al
brake fluid. Heavy use of the
could impair the braking effe
It is important that you use o
FMVSS 116 DOT 4. We recom
WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous. Ol
Fig. 170 In the engine compartment: Brake fluid reservoir cover
Checking and refilling levels226
he battery
er of injury and chemical burns as well as the orking on the battery and the electrical
ect your eyes, skin and clothing from acid and
sive and caustic. Wear protective gloves and batteries. This could spill acid through the eyes immediately for several minutes with
al care immediately. Neutralize any acid ing with a soapy solution, and rinse off with llowed by mistake, consult a doctor immedi-
s and smoking are prohibited. When handling ent, avoid causing sparks and electrostatic
rotection
d is very corrosive and caustic. Wear protec-
and eye protection!
ks, naked lights and smoking are prohibited!
plosive mixture of gases is released when the
nder charge.
ren away from acid and batteries!
Altea_EN.book Seite 226 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Before opening the bonnet to check the brake fluid level, read and observe the warnings page 212.
Brake fluid should be stored in the closed original container in a safe place out of reach of children. There is a toxic risk.
Complete the brake fluid change according to the Maintenance Program. Heavy use of the brakes may cause a vapour lock if the brake fluid is left in the system for too long. This would seriously affect the efficiency of the brakes and the safety of the vehicle. This may cause an accident.
Caution Brake fluid could damage the paintwork. Wipe off any brake fluid from the
paintwork immediately.
For the sake of the environment Brake fluid must be drained and disposed of in the proper manner observing
environmental regulations.
Battery
Warnings on handling t
WARNING
Always be aware of the dang risk of accident or fire when w system:
Wear eye protection. Prot particles containing lead.
Battery acid is very corro eye protection. Do not tilt the vents. Rinse battery acid from clear water. Then seek medic splashes on the skin or cloth plenty of water. If acid is swa ately.
Fires, sparks, naked light cables and electrical equipm
WARNING (continued)
Wear eye p
Battery aci
tive gloves
Fires, spar
A highly ex
battery is u
Keep child
Checking and refilling levels 227
Safety Fir Technical Data
ing in cold conditions for a long period, protect
eezes it will be damaged.
te level
ould be checked regularly in high-
t countries and in older batteries.
pen the battery cover at the front
on working in the engine compartment
Warnings on handling the battery on
ay in the "magic eye" on the top of the
in the window, tap the window gently until
shown in the corresponding engine compart-
ye) on the top of the battery changes colour,
el and electrolyte level of the battery.
colourless or bright yellow, the electrolyte level
e the battery checked by a qualified workshop.
are used by the workshops for diagnostic
Altea_EN.book Seite 227 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
charge. Never short the battery terminals. High-energy sparks can cause injury.
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is under charge. The batteries should be charged in a well-ventilated room only.
Keep children away from acid and batteries.
Before working on the electrical system, you must switch off the engine, the ignition and all consumers. The negative cable on the battery must be disconnected. When a light bulb is changed, you need only switch off the light.
Deactivate the anti-theft alarm by unlocking the vehicle before you disconnect the battery! The alarm will otherwise be triggered.
When disconnecting the battery from the vehicle electrical system, disconnect first the negative cable and then the positive cable.
Switch off all electrical consumers before reconnecting the battery. Reconnect first the positive cable and then the negative cable. Never reverse the polarity of the connections. This could cause an electrical fire.
Never charge a frozen battery, or one which has thawed. This could result in explosions and chemical burns. Always replace a battery which has frozen. A flat battery can freeze at temperatures around 0C.
Ensure that the vent hose is always connected to the battery.
Never use a defective battery. This may be fatally explosive. Replace a damaged battery immediately.
Caution Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the engine
is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic compo-
nents.
Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight over a long period of time, as
the intense ultraviolet radiation can damage the battery housing.
If the vehicle is left stand
the battery from frost. If it fr
Checking the electroly
The electrolyte level sh
mileage vehicles, in ho
Open the bonnet and o
in Safety instructions
on page 212 in
page 226.
Check the colour displ
battery.
If there are air bubbles
they disperse.
The position of the battery is
ment diagram page 276.
The round window (magic e
depending on the charge lev
If the colour in the window is
of the battery is too low. Hav
The colours green and black
purposes.
WARNING (continued)
Checking and refilling levels228
vironment nces such as sulphuric acid and lead. They
tely and must not be disposed of with ordinary
Altea_EN.book Seite 228 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Charging and changing the vehicle battery
The battery is maintenance-free and is checked during the
inspection service. All work on the vehicle battery requires
specialist knowledge.
If you often drive short distances or if the vehicle is not driven for long
periods, the battery should be checked by a qualified workshop between the
scheduled services.
If the battery has discharged and you have problems starting the vehicle, the
battery might be damaged. If this happens, we recommend you have the
vehicle battery checked by an Authorised Service Centre where it will be re-
charged or replaced.
Charging the battery
The vehicle battery should be charged by a qualified workshop only, as
batteries using special technology have been installed and they must be
charged in a controlled environment.
Replacing a vehicle battery
The battery has been developed to suit the conditions of its location and has
special safety features.
Genuine SEAT batteries fulfil the maintenance, performance and safety spec-
ifications of your vehicle.
WARNING
We recommend you use only maintenance-free or cycle free leak-proof batteries which comply with the standards T 825 06 and VW 7 50 73. This standard applies as of 2001.
Before starting any work on the batteries, you must read and observe the warnings in Warnings on handling the battery on page 226.
For the sake of the en Batteries contain toxic substa
must be disposed of appropria
household waste.
Wheels and tyres 229
Safety Fir Technical Data
ften not readily visible. If you notice unusual
one side, this may indicate that one of the tyres
be checked immediately by an Authorised
attern
indicates the direction of rotation on tyres with
erve the direction of rotation indicated when
tees optimum grip and helps to avoid aqua-
wear.
aximum grip in the first 500 km. Drive particu- f accident.
d tyres. This may cause an accident.
ration or if the vehicle pulls to one side when ediately and check the tyres for damage.
re can be seen on the sticker on the
inflation pressure from the sticker. The
r tyres. For Winter tyres, you must add 0.2
on the sticker.
Altea_EN.book Seite 229 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Wheels and tyres
Wheels
General notes
Avoiding damage
If you have to drive over a kerb or similar obstacle, drive very
slowly and as near as possible at a right angle to the kerb.
Keep grease, oil and fuel off the tyres.
Inspect the tyres regularly for damage (cuts, cracks or blisters,
etc.). Remove any foreign objects embedded in the treads.
Storing tyres
Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate the direction of
rotation. This ensures you will be able to install them correctly
when you replace them.
When removed, the wheels and/or tyres should be stored in a
cool, dry and preferably dark location.
Store tyres in a vertical position if they are not fitted on wheel
rims.
New tyres
New tyres have to be run in page 186.
The tread depth of new tyres may vary, according to the type and make of tyre
and the tread pattern.
Concealed damage
Damage to tyres and rims is o
vibrations or the car pulling to
is damaged. The tyres should
Service Centre.
Tyres with directional tread p
An arrow on the tyre sidewall
directional tread. Always obs
fitting the wheel. This guaran
planing, excessive noise and
WARNING
New tyres do not have m larly carefully to avoid risk o
Never drive with damage
If you notice unusual vib driving, stop the vehicle imm
Checking tyre pressure
The correct tyre pressu
inside of the tank flap.
1. Read the required tyre
values refer to Summe
bar to the values given
Wheels and tyres230
g
oring system constantly checks the
the event of a loss of pressure by means of
instrument cluster display. The system uses
epends on tyre temperature. Tyre pressure
ch 10C in tyre temperature increase. The tyre
eing driven and the tyre pressure will rise
ou should only adjust the tyre pressures when
ly at ambient temperature).
e monitoring system works reliably, you should
t the tyre pressures at regular intervals and
ference values) in the system.
el is attached to the inside of the fuel tank flap.
e when the tyres are hot. This may damage or accident!
tyre flexes a lot more at high speeds and the tyre. Under these conditions, the tyre tyre may burst. Risk of accident!
vironment creased fuel consumption and tyre wear.
Altea_EN.book Seite 230 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
2. The tyre pressures should only be checked when the tyres are
cold. The slightly raised pressures of warm tyres must not be
reduced.
3. Adjust the tyre pressure to the load you are carrying.
Tyre pressure
The correct tyre pressure is especially important at high speeds. The pressure
should therefore be checked at least once a month and before starting a
journey.
The sticker with the tyre pressure values can be found on the inside of the
tank flap. The tyre pressure values given are for cold tyres. The slightly raised
pressures of warm tyres must not be reduced .
WARNING
Check the tyre pressure at least once per month. Checking tyre pressure value is very important. If the tyre pressure is too high or too low, there is an increased danger of accidents - particularly at high speeds.
A tyre can easily burst if the pressure is too low, causing an accident!
At continuously high speeds, a tyre with insufficient pressure flexes more. In this way it becomes too hot, and this can cause tread separation and tyre blow-out. Always observe the recommended tyre pressures.
If the tyre pressure is too low or too high, the tyres will wear prema- turely and the vehicle will not handle well. Risk of accident!
For the sake of the environment Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel consumption.
Tyre pressure monitorin
The tyre pressure monit
pressure of the tyres.
The system warns the driver in
symbols and messages in the
ESP page 181.
Note that tyre pressure also d
increases about 0.1 bar for ea
heats up while the vehicle is b
accordingly. For this reason, y
they are cold (i.e. approximate
To ensure that the tyre pressur
check and, if necessary, adjus
store the correct pressures (re
A tyre pressure information lab
WARNING
Never adjust tyre pressur even burst the tyres. Risk of
An insufficiently inflated causes significant heating of bead may be released or the
For the sake of the en Under-inflated tyres lead to in
Wheels and tyres 231
Safety Fir Technical Data
icle have 1.6 mm high tread wear indicators
e tread. Depending on the make, there will be
aced around the tyre. Markings on the tyre side-
TWI or other symbols) indicate the positions of
e minimum tread depth required by law is
ad grooves next to the tread wear indicators).
. Different figures may apply in export countries
premature wear and could cause tyre blow-out.
ure should be checked at least once per month
ation and hard braking all increase tyre wear.
Fig. 172 Changing wheels
Altea_EN.book Seite 231 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Significant tyre pressure loss
The tyre symbol is displayed and indicates that the tyre pressure for a least
one tyre is insufficient.
- Stop the vehicle.
- Switch the engine off.
- Check the tyre(s).
- Change the wheel if necessary.
Tyre service life
The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre pressure, driving
style and fitting.
Wear indicators
The original tyres on your veh
fig. 171, running across th
six to eight of them evenly sp
wall (for instance the letters
the tread wear indicators. Th
1.6 mm (measured in the tre
Worn tyres must be replaced
.
Tyre pressure
Incorrect tyre pressure causes
For this reason, the tyre press
page 229.
Driving style
Fast cornering, heavy acceler
Fig. 171 Tyre tread wear indicators
Wheels and tyres232
vironment se fuel consumption.
w you to continue driving even with a
ajority of cases.
ti-puncture20) tyres from the factory indi-
re on the instrument panel.
tyres (emergency gear)
ctronic stabilisation programme)
on. page 180
lly and slowly (80 km/h maximum).
res and sharp turns.
acles (for example kerbs) or potholes.
S intervening often, smoke coming from
f rubber, the vehicle vibrating or a clat-
ese occur, stop the vehicle.
tag on the side of the tyre, with the description:
F, RSC, SSR or ZP.
re reinforced. When the tyres lose air they are
gency driving).
ountry.
Altea_EN.book Seite 232 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Changing wheels around
If the front tyres are worn considerably more than the rear ones it is advisable
to change them around as shown page 231, fig. 172. All the tyres will then
last for about the same time.
Wheel balance
The wheels on new vehicles are balanced. However, various factors encoun-
tered in normal driving can cause them to become unbalanced, which results
in steering vibration.
Unbalanced wheels should be rebalanced, as they otherwise cause excessive
wear on steering, suspension and tyres. A wheel must also be rebalanced
when a new tyre is fitted.
Incorrect wheel alignment
Incorrect wheel alignment causes excessive tyre wear, impairing the safety of
the vehicle. If tyres show excessive wear, you should have the wheel align-
ment checked by an Authorised Service Centre.
WARNING
There is a serious danger of accidents if a tyre bursts during driving!
The tyres must be replaced at the latest when the tread is worn down to the tread wear indicators. Failure to do so could result in an accident. Worn tyres do not grip well at high speeds on wet roads. There is also a greater risk of aquaplaning
At continuously high speeds, a tyre with insufficient pressure flexes more. This causes it to overheat. This can cause tread separation and tyre blow-out. Risk of accident. Always observe the recommended tyre pres- sures.
If tyres show excessive wear, you should have the running gear checked by an Authorised Service Centre.
Keep chemicals such as oil, fuel and brake fluid away from tyres.
Damaged wheels and tyres must be replaced immediately!
For the sake of the en Under-inflated tyres will increa
Anti-puncture tyres
Anti-puncture tyres allo
punctured tyre, in the m
Vehicles equipped with an
cate the loss of tyre pressu
Driving with anti-puncture
Leave the ESP/TCS (ele
switched on, or switch
Continue driving carefu
Avoid sudden manoeuv
Avoid driving over obst
Look out for the ESP/TC
the tyres or the smell o
tering noise. If any of th
The anti-puncture tyres have a
DSST, Eufonia, RFT, RO
The sides of this type of tyre a
supported on the sides (emer
20) Depending upon version and c
Wheels and tyres 233
Safety Fir Technical Data
conditions, the driving quality of the vehicle is
speed of 80 km/h is subject to road and observe legal requirements when doing so.
pid manoeuvres, and brake earlier than usual.
cles (for example kerbs) or potholes.
ing driven in emergency conditions, the driving aired and there is a risk of accident.
not deflate on losing pressure because they
ed sides. Therefore defects in the tyre can not be
tion.
used on front tyres used in emergency
ave to be run-in.
an essential part of the vehicle's design. The
EAT are specially matched to the characteristics
jor contribution to good road holding and safe
ast in pairs and not individually (i.e. both front
er). A knowledge of tyre designations makes it
Altea_EN.book Seite 233 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
The loss of pressure in the tyre is shown on the instrument panel. You can
then drive a maximum of 80 km and if the circumstances are favourable (for
example, low load), even more.
The damaged tyre should be changed as soon as possible. The rim should be
checked in a specialist workshop to detect possible damage and replace it if
necessary. We recommend you contact Technical Service. If more than one
tyre is being used under emergency conditions, this reduces the distance
which can be travelled.
Starting driving in emergency conditions
At the moment the loss of tyre pressure is indicated on the instrument panel,
at least one of the tyres is driving in emergency mode .
End of emergency operation
Do not drive on if:
smoke is coming from one of the tyres,
there is a smell of rubber,
the vehicle vibrates,
there is a rattling noise.
When is it no longer possible to continue driving even using anti-puncture tyres?
If the Electronic Stabilisation Program (ESP) is out of operation.
If the tyre pressure monitoring system is out of operation.
If one of the tyres has been severely damaged in an accident, etc. If a tyre
has been badly damaged there is a risk that parts of the tread can be thrown
off and cause damage to the fuel lines, brake pipes or fuel filler.
It is also advisable to stop driving if severe vibrations occur, or if the wheel
starts overheating and gives off smoke.
WARNING
When driving in emergency considerably impaired.
The maximum permitted weather conditions. Please
Avoid sharp turns and ra
Avoid driving over obsta
If one or more tyres is be quality of the vehicle is imp
Note The anti-puncture tyres do
are supported on the reinforc
detected with a visual inspec
Snow chains must not be
conditions.
New tyres and wheels
New tyres and wheels h
The tyres and wheel rims are
tyres and rims approved by S
of the vehicle and make a ma
handling .
Tyres should be replaced at le
tyres or both rear tyres togeth
Wheels and tyres234
on tyres that are more than six years old. If should drive slowly and with extra care at all
se with an unknown history of use.
ed, you must ensure that the flow of air to the could cause them to overheat.
itted with radial tyres of the same type, size e same tread pattern.
vironment according to the laws in the country concerned.
not generally possible to use the wheels from
pply to wheels of the same model. The use of
t been approved by SEAT for use with your
icle's type approval for use on public roads.
same as the tyres that are mounted on the
er tyres - you should only use the spare tyre for
e with extra care. Refit the normal road wheel
htened to the correct torque.
atched to the rims. If different wheel rims are
with the right length and correctly shaped bolt
Altea_EN.book Seite 234 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
easier to choose the correct tyres. Radial tyres have the tyre designations
marked on the sidewall, for example:
195/65 R15 91T
This contains the following information:
195 Tyre width in mm
65 Height/width ratio in %
R Tyre construction: Radial
15 Rim diameter in inches
91 Load rating code
T Speed rating
The tyres could also have the following information:
A direction of rotation symbol
Reinforced denotes heavy-duty tyres.
The manufacturing date is also indicated on the tyre sidewall (possibly only
on the inner side of the wheel).
DOT ... 1103 ... means, for example, that the tyre was produced in the 11th
week of 2003.
We recommend that work on tyres and wheels is carried out by an Authorised
Service Centre. They are familiar with the procedure and have the necessary
special tools and spare parts as well as the proper facilities for disposing of
the old tyres.
Any Authorised Service Centre has full information on the technical require-
ments when installing or changing tyres, wheels or wheel trims.
WARNING
We recommend that you use only wheels and tyres which have been approved by SEAT for your model. Failure to do so could impair vehicle handling. Risk of accident.
Avoid running the vehicle you have no alternative, you times.
Never use old tyres or tho
If wheel trims are retrofitt brakes is not restricted. This
All four wheels must be f (rolling circumference) and th
For the sake of the en Old tyres must be disposed of
Note For technical reasons, it is
other vehicles. This can also a
wheels or tyres which have no
model may invalidate the veh
If the spare tyre is not the
vehicle - for example with wint
a short period of time and driv
as soon as possible.
Wheel bolts
Wheel bolts must be tig
The design of wheel bolts is m
fitted, the correct wheel bolts
WARNING (continued)
Wheels and tyres 235
Safety Fir Technical Data
to a pressure 0.2 bar higher than the pressures
ee sticker on tank flap).
all four wheels.
ter tyre sizes can be found in the vehicle's regis-
radial winter tyres. All tyre sizes listed in the
pply to winter tyres.
veness when the tread is worn down to a depth
e 233, New tyres and wheels determines the
e for winter tyres:
hich can exceed the speed rating of the fitted
e sticker in the driver's field of view. These
ur Authorised Service Centre. The legal require-
e followed.
d for unnecessarily long periods. Vehicles with
hen the roads are free of snow and ice.
refer to the notes on the spare wheel
wheels.
winter tyres must not be exceeded. Otherwise, ge and thus, an accident risk.
Altea_EN.book Seite 235 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted securely and that the
brake system functions correctly.
In certain circumstances, you may not use wheel bolts from a different car -
even if it is the same model page 207.
After the wheels have been changed, the tightening torque of the wheel bolts
should be checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench . The tight-
ening torque for steel and alloy wheels is 120 Nm.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not tightened correctly, the wheel could become loose while driving. Risk of accident.
The wheel bolts must be clean and turn easily. Never apply grease or oil to them.
Use only wheel bolts which belong to the wheel.
If the torque of the wheel bolts is too low, they could loosen whilst the vehicle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.
Caution The prescribed torque for wheel bolts for steel and alloy wheels is 120 Nm.
Winter tyres
Winter tyres will improve the vehicles handling on snow and
ice.
In winter conditions winter tyres will considerably improve the vehicles
handling. The design of summer tyres (width, rubber compound, tread
pattern) gives less grip on ice and snow.
Winter tyres must be inflated
specified for summer tyres (s
Winter tyres must be fitted on
Information on permitted win tration documents. Use only
vehicle documentation also a
Winter tyres lose their effecti
of 4 mm.
The speed rating code pag
following speed limits in forc
Q max. 160 km/h
S max. 180 km/h
T max. 190 km/h
H max. 210 km/h
In some countries, vehicles w
tyre must have an appropriat
stickers are available from yo
ments of each country must b
Do not have winter tyres fitte
summer tyres handle better w
If you have a flat tyre, please
page 233, New tyres and
WARNING
The maximum speed for the this could lead to tyre dama
Wheels and tyres236
Altea_EN.book Seite 236 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
For the sake of the environment Fit your summer tyres in good time. They are quieter, do not wear so quickly
and reduce fuel consumption.
Snow chains
Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheels, and only to certain tyre
sizes page 274.
Snow chains must have fine-pitch links which do not protrude more that 9
mm, including tension device.
Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings before fitting snow chains. For safety
reasons cover caps, available in any Authorised Service Centre, must then be
fitted over the wheel bolts.
WARNING
Observe the fitting instructions provided by the snow chain manufacturer.
Caution You must remove the snow chains to drive on roads which are free of snow.
Otherwise they will impair handling, damage the tyres and wear out very
quickly.
Note In some countries, the speed limit for using snow chains is 50 km/h. The
legal requirements of the country should be followed.
We recommend that you ask your Approved Service Centre for information
about appropriate wheel, tyre and snow chain size.
If and when 237
Safety Fir Technical Data
factory is only designed for changing wheels t attempt to use it for lifting heavier vehicles .
m, level ground.
hen the vehicle is on the jack. Risk of accident.
t underneath the vehicle, this must be secured se, there is a risk of injury.
Altea_EN.book Seite 237 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
If and when
Tools, tyre repair kit and spare wheel
Vehicle Tools
The vehicle onboard tools are located under the floor panel in
the luggage compartment.
Lift the cover of the luggage compartment, by pulling it up with a
finger in the fitting.
Take the onboard tools out of the vehicle.
The tool kit includes:
Jack*
Hook for removing wheel covers* or hub caps*
Box spanner for wheel bolts*
Reversible screwdriver with handle (including hexagonal interior) for the
wheel bolts. The screwdriver is a combination tool.
Towing eye
Adapter for the anti-theft wheel bolts*
Some of the items listed are only provided in certain models / model years,
or are optional extras.
WARNING
Do not use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to tighten the wheel bolts as with this it is not possible to tighten the bolts to the required torque. Risk of accident.
The jack supplied by the on this model. On no accoun or other loads. Risk of injury
Use the jack only on a fir
Never start the engine w
If work is to be carried ou by suitable stands. Otherwi
WARNING (continued)
If and when238
ains must not be used on the compact tempo-
of the front wheels when using snow chains, fit
in place of one of the rear wheels. You can then
wheel taken from the rear and use this wheel to
heel.
e checked and corrected as soon as possible. e wheel is 4.2 bar. Failure to do so could result
0 km/h. Higher speeds can cause an accident.
, hard braking and fast cornering. Risk of acci-
mpact spare tyres at the same time, risk of
mal summer or winter tyre) may be fitted on wheel rim.
hicles not including a spare wheel) is
anel in the luggage compartment.
the Tyre Mobility System Tyre repair kit.
container with sealing compound to repair the
generate the required tyre pressure. The kit will
size of about 4 mm caused by the penetration
.
Altea_EN.book Seite 238 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Compact temporary spare wheel* (emergency wheel)
The compact spare wheel (emergency wheel for vehicles
without the anti-puncture kit) should only be used when
strictly necessary.
The temporary spare wheel is stored under the floor panel in the luggage
compartment and is attached by a thumbnut.
How to use the compact temporary spare wheel
Should you ever have a punctured tyre, the compact temporary spare wheel
is only intended for temporary use until you can reach a workshop. The
standard-size road wheel should be replaced as soon as possible.
Please note the following restrictions when using the compact temporary
spare wheel. This spare wheel has been specially designed for your vehicle,
thus, it cannot be changed with the spare wheel from another vehicle.
No other type of tyre (normal summer or winter tyre) may be fitted on the
compact temporary spare wheel rim.
Snow chains
For technical reasons, snow ch
rary spare wheel.
If you have a puncture on one
the compact temporary spare
attach the snow chains to the
replace the punctured front w
WARNING
The tyre pressures must b The tyre pressure for the spar in an accident.
Do not drive faster than 8
Avoid heavy acceleration dent.
Never use two or more co accident.
No other type of tyre (nor the compact temporary spare
Tyre repair kit*
The tyre repair kit (for ve
stored under the floor p
Your vehicle is equipped with
The tyre repair kit consists of a
puncture and a compressor to
reliably seal punctures up to a
of a foreign body into the tyre
Fig. 173 Luggage compartment. Access to the spare wheel
If and when 239
Safety Fir Technical Data
s on and place the warning triangle in position. nd also warns other road users.
on a gradient, block the wheel opposite the
ing a stone or similar object under it to prevent
.
ents when doing so.
cribed below
er. Also refer to page 240, fig. 174.
ts.
jack in the corresponding zone
then put on the spare wheel
s firmly with the box spanner
Altea_EN.book Seite 239 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Note Seek professional assistance if the repair of a tyre puncture is not
possible with the sealing compound.
Wheel change
Preparation work
What you must do before changing a wheel.
If you have a flat tyre or puncture, park the vehicle as far away
from the flow of traffic as possible. Choose a location that is as
level as possible.
All passengers should leave the vehicle. They should wait in a
safe area (for instance behind the roadside crash barrier).
Switch off the engine. Switch on the hazard warning lights.
Apply the handbrake firmly.
Engage the first gear, or put the selector lever to position P for
those vehicles with an automatic gearbox.
If you are towing a trailer, unhitch it from your vehicle.
Take the vehicle tools and the spare wheel out of the luggage
compartment.
WARNING
Put the hazard warning light This is for your own safety a
Caution If you have to change the tyre
wheel being changed by plac
the vehicle from rolling away
Note Please observe legal requirem
Changing a wheel
Change the wheel as des
Remove the wheel cov
Slacken the wheel bol
Raise the car with the
Remove the wheel and
Lower the vehicle.
Tighten the wheel bolt
Replace the hub cap.
If and when240
removed to gain access to the wheel
ok from the tools into the designated
he bolt hole covers of the wheel cover
Fig. 174 Changing the wheel: Removing a hub cap
Altea_EN.book Seite 240 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
After changing a wheel
After changing the wheel there are still tasks to complete.
Put the tools and jack back in the luggage compartment.
Place the wheel with the defective tyre in the luggage compart-
ment and secure it.
Check the tyre pressure of the newly fitted tyre as soon as
possible.
Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as
possible with a torque wrench. The prescribed torque must be
120 Nm.
Note If you notice that the wheel bolts are corroded and difficult to turn when
changing a wheel, they must be replaced before having the wheel bolt torque
checked.
For your safety, drive at moderate speeds until the wheel bolt torque has
been checked.
Wheel trims
The wheel trims must be
bolts.
Removing
Insert the extraction ho ring, located in one of t
fig. 174.
Pull off the hub cap.
If and when 241
Safety Fir Technical Data
olts
e loosened before raising the vehicle.
far as it will go over the wheel bolt.
by the end turn it about one full turn to the
far as it will go over the wheel bolt.
close to the end and turn the bolt to the
.
to unscrew or tighten the anti-theft wheel
Fig. 175 Changing the wheel: loosen the wheel bolts
Altea_EN.book Seite 241 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Wheel covers*
The wheel covers must be removed for access to the wheel
bolts
Removing
Remove the wheel cover using the wire hook.
Hook this into one of the cut-outs of the wheel cover.
Fitting
Fit the wheel cover onto the wheel rim by pressing it firmly. Put
pressure initially on the point of the cut-out for the valve. Then
press the wheel cover onto the steel rim so that it engages all
round.
Loosening the wheel b
The wheel bolts must b
Loosening
Fit the box spanner as
Grasp the box spanner
left fig. 175.
Tightening
Fit the box spanner as
Grasp the box spanner
right until it is secured
An adapter is required
bolts.
If and when242
Altea_EN.book Seite 242 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
WARNING
Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with the jack, loosening the wheel bolts more than one turn can result in an acci- dent.
Note Do not use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to loosen or
tighten the wheel bolts.
If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be able to loosen it by pushing
down the end of the spanner carefully with your foot. Hold on to the vehicle
for support and take care not to slip.
If and when 243
Safety Fir Technical Data
nt under the door sill closest to the wheel
176.
e jacking point and turn the crank until the
tly below the vertical rib under the door
e arm of the jack fits around the rib under
ovable base plate of the jack is flat on the
defective wheel is just clear of the ground.
r of the door sills mark the jacking points
en made for each wheel. Do not fit the jack
e jack may cause the vehicle to slip off the jack.
tted on solid ground offering good support. Use
cessary. On a hard, slippery surface (such as
ilar to prevent the jack from slipping.
at the base of the jack does not slip. Failure to dent.
ged if the jack is not applied at the correct a risk of injury since the jack can slip off engaged.
Altea_EN.book Seite 243 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Raising the vehicle
In order to remove the wheel, the vehicle must be raised with
a jack.
Locate the jacking poi
being changed fig.
Place the jack under th
arm of the jack is direc
sill.
Align the jack so that th
the door sill and the m
ground fig. 177.
Raise the jack until the
Recesses at the front and rea
fig. 176. A position has be
anywhere else.
An unstable surface under th
Therefore, the jack must be fi
a large and stable base, if ne
tiles) use a rubber mat or sim
WARNING
Take all precautions so th do so could result in an acci
The vehicle can be dama jacking points. There is also suddenly if it is not properly
Fig. 176 The jacking points
Fig. 177 Fitting the jack
If and when244
an and easily screwed. Before fitting the spare
ition and hub mounting surfaces. These
fitting the wheel.
crewdriver handle makes it easier to turn the
rewdriver blade should be removed when the
n of rotation are fitted, note the direction of
ket in the screwdriver handle to loosen or
uired to turn the anti-theft wheel
Fig. 179 Anti-theft wheel bolt
Altea_EN.book Seite 244 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Removing and fitting the wheel
For removal and fitting the wheel, the following tasks must be
completed.
After loosening the wheel bolts and raising the vehicle with the jack,
cange the wheel as described below:
Removing a wheel
Unscrew the bolts using the hexagonal tool in the handle of the
screwdriver (vehicle tool) and place them on a clean surface
fig. 178.
Fitting a wheel
Screw in the wheel bolts and tighten them lightly using the
hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle.
The wheel bolts should be cle
wheel, inspect the wheel cond
surfaces must be clean before
The hexagonal socket in the s
wheel bolts. The reversible sc
tool is used for this purpose.
If tyres with a specific directio
rotation.
Note Do not use the hexagonal soc
tighten the wheel bolts.
Anti-theft wheel bolts*
A special adapter is req
bolts.
Fig. 178 Changing the wheel: Hexagonal socket in screwdriver handle to turn the wheel bolts
If and when 245
Safety Fir Technical Data
yre Mobility System)
d safety notes
a tyre repair kit: the Tyre Mobility System.
, a sealing compound and an air compressor are
artment under the floor panel.
reliably seal punctures caused by the penetra-
about 4 mm in diameter.
the foreign body from the tyre.
mpound are located on the sealing compound
e air compressor are included in an additional
a puncture with the sealing compound if the riving the car after the tyre has lost its air.
s and follow instructions concerning pound carefully.
80 km/h, avoid heavy acceleration, hard
epaired with sealing compound are only suit- short period. Therefore, please drive carefully
ed workshop.
nvironment ainers should be disposed of at a proper facility.
Altea_EN.book Seite 245 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt and push it on as far as it
will go page 244, fig. 179.
Fit the box spanner as far as it will go over the adapter.
Loosen or tighten the wheel bolt as appropriate.
Error code
The code number of the anti-theft wheel bolt is stamped onto the front part of
the adaptor.
The code number should be noted and kept in a safe place, as it is only by
using the code number that a duplicate adaptor can be obtained from an
Authorised Service Centre.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Tyres with directional tread pattern must be fitted so that they
rotate in the correct direction.
A directional tread pattern can be identified by arrows on the sidewall that
point in the direction of rotation. Always note the direction of rotation indi-
cated when fitting the wheel. This is important so that these tyres can give
maximum grip and avoid excessive noise, tread wear and aquaplaning.
If, in an emergency, you have to fit the spare wheel so it rotates in the wrong
direction, you must drive extremely carefully. The tyre will not give optimum
performance. This is particularly important when driving on wet roads.
To benefit from the advantages of tyres with this type of tread pattern, the
defective tyre should be replaced as soon as possible so that all tyres again
rotate in the correct direction.
Tyre repair kit* (T
General information an
Your vehicle is equipped with
In the event of a tyre puncture
located in the luggage comp
The Tyre Mobility System will
tion of a foreign body of up to
It is not necessary to remove
Instructions for the sealing co
container.
Notes for the proper use of th
instruction leaflet.
WARNING
Do not attempt to repair tyre has been damaged by d
Always observe warning compressor and sealing com
Do not drive faster than braking and fast cornering.
Tyres which have been r able for temporary use over a to the next available qualifi
For the sake of the e Used sealing compound cont
If and when246
ents when doing so.
escribe the procedures for repairing
nd
container give detailed information on
compound.
ssor and hose from the container.
onto the valve.
ble into a 12 volt socket.
monitor the pressure shown on the pres-
r hose from the valve.
from the socket.
proper storing location.
Altea_EN.book Seite 246 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Note Seek professional assistance if the repair of a tyre puncture is not possible
with the sealing compound.
Preparation work
Certain steps must be taken before repairing a tyre.
If you have a flat tyre or puncture, park the vehicle as far away
from the flow of traffic as possible.
Apply the handbrake firmly.
Engage first gear, or put the selector lever to position P.
All passengers should leave the vehicle. They should wait in a
safe area (for instance behind the roadside crash barrier).
Check whether a repair is possible using the Tyre Mobility System
General information and safety notes.
Unscrew inflation cap from the affected wheel.
Take the tyre repair kit out of the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Put the hazard warning lights on and place the warning triangle in position. This is for your own safety and also warns other road users.
Caution Take special care if you have to repair a tyre on a slope.
Note Please observe legal requirem
Tyre repair
The following sections d
a tyre.
Using the sealing compou
The instructions on the
how to use the sealing
Inflating the tyre.
Remove the air compre
Screw the retaining nut
Plug the compressor ca
Turn on compressor and
sure gauge.
Completing the repair
Remove the compresso
Fit the valve cap.
Unplug the compressor
Return all tools to their
If and when 247
Safety Fir Technical Data
e steering wheel
and the component concerned.
ging to the failed component page 249.
m inside the fuse cover, fit it onto the
e fuse out.
e (which will have a melted metal strip)
same ampere rating.
partment
and its failed electrical component.
r in the engine compartment by pressing
entre of the cover fig. 181.
e failed component page 249.
Fig. 181 Fuse box cover in engine compartment
Altea_EN.book Seite 247 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Note The compressor should never be allowed to run for longer than 6 minutes.
Fuses
Changing a fuse
Blown fuses must be replaced
Fuse cover underneath th
Switch off the ignition
Identify the fuse belon
Take the plastic clip fro
blown fuse and pull th
Replace the blown fus
with a new fuse of the
Fuse cover in engine com
Switch off the ignition
Prise off the fuse cove
the tabs towards the c
Identify the fuse for th
Fig. 180 Left side of dash panel: Fuse box cover
If and when248
s and never replace them with fuses with a ly could result in fire. This could also cause
electrical system.
ows again after a short time, the electrical
qualified workshop as soon as possible.
igher-rating fuse, you could cause damage to
cal system.
uses in the vehicle. These are available from
100
150
200
Amperes
Altea_EN.book Seite 248 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Take the plastic clip from inside the fuse cover (at left-hand end
of the dash panel), fit it onto the blown fuse and pull the fuse out.
Replace the blown fuse (which will have a melted metal strip)
with a new fuse of the same ampere rating.
Carefully fit the fuse cover back on to ensure no water can enter
the fuse box.
The individual electrical circuits are protected by fuses. The fuses are located
behind a cover at the left-hand end of the dash panel and on the left-hand
side of the engine compartment.
The electric windows are protected by circuit breakers. These reset automat-
ically after a few seconds when the overload (caused for example by frozen
windows) has been corrected.
Fuses colour code
WARNING
Never repair damaged fuse higher rating. Failure to comp damage to other parts of the
Note If a newly replaced fuse bl
system must be checked by a
If you replace a fuse with h
another location in the electri
Always keep some spare f
SEAT dealers.
Colour Amperes
light brown 5
Red 10
Blue 15
Yellow 20
Natural (white) 25
Green 30
orange 40
Red 50
white 80
Blue
grey
violet
Colour
If and when 249
Safety Fir Technical Data
Amperes
5
10
10
avigator 5
rument panel 10
tchboard 10
10
10
10
Altea_EN.book Seite 249 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Fuses on left side of dash panel
Fuses
Number Consumer
1 Vacant
2 Vacant
3 Vacant
4 Vacant
5 Vacant
6 Vacant
7 Vacant
8 Vacant
9 Airbag
10 RSE input (roof screen)
11 Vacant
11 Vacant
12 Left xenon headlight
13 Heating controls / ESP, ASR switch / Reverse / Preinstallation of telephone / Tomtom N
14 ABS/ESP switchboard / Engine / Headlights / Trailer switchboard / Light switch / Inst
15 Headlight regulation switchboard / Heated wipers / Instrument lights / Diagnosis Swi
16 Right xenon headlight
17 Engine management
18 Vacant
19 Vacant
20 Park Pilot (Parking assistant) / Gear lever/ ESP switchboard
If and when250
7,5
5
10
20
20
10
20
20
40
10
10
10
15
20
20
40
25
Amperes
Altea_EN.book Seite 250 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
21 Cable control unit
22 Volumetric alarm sensor/ Alarm horn
23 Diagnosis / Rain sensor / Light switch
24 Vacant
25 Switchboard coupling automatic gearbox
26 Vacuum pump
27 RSE input (roof screen)
28 Rear wiper motor / Switchboard wiring
29 Vacant
30 Cigarette lighter / socket
31 Vacant
32 Vacant
33 Heater
34 Vacant
35 Vacant
36 Engine management
37 Engine management
38 Engine management
39 Trailer control unit (coupling)
40 Trailer control unit (indicators, brakes and left side)
41 Trailer control unit (fog light, reversing light and right side)
42 Vacant
43 Trailer pre-installation
44 Rear window heater
Number Consumer
If and when 251
Safety Fir Technical Data
30
30
15
20
40
30
20
20
20
5
20
15
30
Amperes
Altea_EN.book Seite 251 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Some of the electrical items listed in the table are only fitted on certain
models or are optional extras.
Please note that the above list, while correct at the time of printing, is subject
to alterations. If discrepancies should occur, please refer to the sticker on the
inside of the fuse cover for the correct information for your model.
45 Electric windows (front)
46 Rear electric windows
47 Engine (Fuel control unit, petrol relay)
48 Convenience controls
49 Heating controls
50 Heated seats
51 Sunroof
52 Headlight washer system
53 Vacant
54 Taxi (taximeter power supply)
55 Vacant
56 Taxi (taximeter power supply)
57 Vacant
58 Central locking control unit
Number Consumer
If and when252
Amperes
30
5
30
15
5
40
15
5
5
10
5
25
30
20
5
10
40
15
Altea_EN.book Seite 252 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Fuses layout, engine compartment, left part
Fuses
Number Consumer
1 Windscreen wipers
2 Vacant
3 Cable control unit
4 ABS
5 AQ gearbox
6 Instrument panel/Steering colum
7 Ignition key
8 Radio
9 Telephone/TomTom Navigator
10 Engine management
Engine management
11 Vacant
12 Electronic control unit
13 Petrol injection module supply
Diesel injection module supply
14 Coil
15 Engine management
Pump relay
16 Right lighting
17 Horn
18 Vacant
If and when 253
Safety Fir Technical Data
30
15
5
5
10
15
10
30
30
40
50
50
30
40
Amperes
Altea_EN.book Seite 253 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
19 Clean
20 Vacant
21 Lambda probe
22 Brake pedal, speed sensor
23
Engine management
Engine management
Engine management
24 AKF, gearbox valve
25 ABS pump
26 Left lighting
27 Engine management
Engine management
28 Vacant
29 Electric windows (front and back)
Electric windows (front)
30 Ignition key
Number Consumer
If and when254
by one of the same type. The type is inscribed
s part or on the base.
eep a box of spare bulbs in the vehicle. At the
bulbs, which are essential for road safety,
Amperes
150
200
80
100
80/50
80
40
Altea_EN.book Seite 254 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Position in engine compartment: Side box
Fuses
Some of the electrical items listed in the table are only fitted on certain
models or are optional extras.
Please note that the above list contains all data at the time of going to press,
so it is subject to modifications.
Bulb change
General notes
Before changing any bulb, first turn off the failed component.
Do not touch the bulb glass. Fingerprints vaporise in the heat, causing a
reduction in the bulb life and condensation on the mirror surface, thus
reducing efficiency.
A bulb should only be replaced
on the bulb, either on the glas
It is highly recommended to k
very least, the following spare
should be kept in the vehicle.
Main headlights
Dipped beam - H7
Main beam - H1
Position - W5W
Indicator - PY21W
Number Consumer
B1 Alternator < 140 W
Alternator > 140 W
C1 Power steering servo
D1 Multi-terminal voltage supply 30. Internal fuse box
E1 Ventilator > 500 W / Ventilator < 500
F1 PTCs (Supplementary electrical heating using air)
G1 PTC (Supplementary electrical heating using air)
H1 Central locking control unit
If and when 255
Safety Fir Technical Data
essing the lamps, any replacement work should
wever, the following is a description of how to
the fog lights* and interior lamps.
Fig. 182 Main headlight lamps
Altea_EN.book Seite 255 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Xenon headlights21) / self-adjusting*
Dipped and full beam - D1S22)
Flashes and extra full beam - H1
Position W5W
Indicators PY21W
Fog lights
Fog lights - H3
Upper rear light
Stop/Position - P21W23)
Indicator - R10W
Lower rear light
Fog light - P21W
Reverse light - P21W
Side indicator
Side indicator - W5W
Registration plate light
Registration plate light - C5W
Note Due to the difficulty in acc
be done by a SEAT dealer. Ho
change the lamps except for
Main headlight lamps
Indicator
Dipped headlights
Main beam headlights
Side lights21) On this type of headlight, the bulb changes must be made by the SEAT dealer, given
that complex elements must be removed from the vehicle and a reset must be made
on the automatic control system incorporated. 22) The Xenon bulbs discharge 2.5 times the light flux and have an average lifespan of 5
times more than that of halogen bulbs, this means that, except due to unusual circum-
stances, there is no need to change the bulbs for the whole life of the vehicle. 23) Electronically controlled single filament bulb for Stop/side bulbs. If the bulb blows it
will not work in either position or Stop.
AA
AB
AC
AD
If and when256
Fig. 184 Dipped head- lights
Fig. 185 Dipped head- lights
Altea_EN.book Seite 256 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Turn signal lamps
Raise the bonnet.
Rotate the lamp holder fig. 183 to the left and pull.
Remove the bulb by pressing on the lamp holder and rotating at
the same time to the left.
Installation is done in the reverse order.
Dipped beam lights
Raise the bonnet
Fig. 183 Turn signal lamps
AA
If and when 257
Safety Fir Technical Data
g. 186 by pulling on this.
fig. 187 from the bulb.
. 187 inwards and to the right.
t the replacement so that it sits correctly
reflector.
the reverse order.
Fig. 187 Main beam headlights
AC
A1
A2
Altea_EN.book Seite 257 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Remove the loops page 256, fig. 184 in the direction of
the arrow and remove the cover.
Remove the connector page 256, fig. 185 from the bulb.
Disengage the retainer spring page 256, fig. 185 pressing
inwards to the right.
Extract the bulb and fit the replacement so that the rim of the
attachment plate is on the reflector cut-out.
Main beam lights
Raise the bonnet
Remove the cover fi
Remove the connector
Press the spring fig
Extract the bulb and fi
into the cut-out on the
Installation is done in
A1
A2
A3
Fig. 186 Main beam headlights
If and when258
fig. 189 outwards.
lling this out and inserting the replace-
he reverse order.
A1
Altea_EN.book Seite 258 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Side lights
Raise the bonnet.
Remove the cover fig. 188 by pulling on this.
Extract the lamp holder
Replace the bulb by pu
ment.
Installation is done in t
Rear lights
Side lights
Brake lights
Turn signals
Reversing lights
Rear fog light
Fig. 188 Side lights
Fig. 189 Side lights
AD
If and when 259
Safety Fir Technical Data
e luggage compartment lateral panel.
ting fig. 191 securing the rear light.
r under the plastic fitting may help to
ar light from its casing taking care not to
er connector.
age 260, fig. 192 from the lamp holder
rotate to the left then fit the replacement.
in reverse order, taking special care when
. The metal contacts of the lamp holder
tly fitted with respect to the rear light
AB
AC
Altea_EN.book Seite 259 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Side lights and brake lights
Open the tailgate
Remove the bolts fig. 190
Remove the cover of th
Unscrew the plastic fit
Inserting a screwdrive
loosen it.
Partially remove the re
pull on the cable.
Remove the lamp hold
Unscrew the bolts p
and pull on this.
Press on the lamp and
To refit follow the steps
fitting the lamp holder
ends should be correc
contacts.
Fig. 190 Side lights and brake lights
Fig. 191 Side lights and brake lights
AA
If and when260
g. 192 from the lamp holder and pull
r from the turn signal using a screw driver
rrow (see fig. 193).
p by pressing it down and rotating to the
he reverse order.
light
to the left, and remove it in the direction
.
ssing on it and rotating at the same time
AC
Fig. 194 Lamp on interior side of bumper
Altea_EN.book Seite 260 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Turn indicators
Remove the diode from its housing page 259.
Unscrew the bolts fi
on this.
Pull out the lamp holde
in the direction of the a
Fit the replacement lam
left.
Installation is done in t
Reverse light / rear fog
Rotate the lamp holder
of the arrow fig. 194
Replace the bulb by pre
to the left
Fig. 192 Indicator light
Fig. 193 Indicator lights.
If and when 261
Safety Fir Technical Data
lights
d fitting by pressing on the inside edge of
lat side of a screwdriver fig. 196.
Fig. 196 Luggage compartment light
Fig. 197 Luggage compartment light
Altea_EN.book Seite 261 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Side indicators
Press the indicator to the left or to the right to remove the lamp.
Remove the lamp holder from the indicator.
Remove the failed glass bulb and replace with a new bulb.
Insert the lamp holder in the indicator guide until it clicks into
place.
First place the indicator in the opening in the bodywork, fixing
the tabs fig. 195, arrow .
Insert the lamp as shown by the arrow fig. 195.
Luggage compartment
Extract the tulip shape
this -arrow- using the f
Fig. 195 Side indicator
A1
A2
If and when262
d fitting, carefully using the flat side of
er inserted in the crack as shown by the
ing it in the direction of the arrow and
Fig. 199 Registration plate light
Altea_EN.book Seite 262 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Press the lamp sideways and remove it from its housing
page 261, fig. 197.
Registration light
Remove the tulip-shape
the screwdriver as a lev
arrow fig. 198.
Remove the lamp, mov
outwards fig. 199.
Fig. 198 Registration plate light
If and when 263
Safety Fir Technical Data
ing it in the direction of the arrow and
ve a sufficient wire cross section.
ause of a discharged battery, the battery can be
nother vehicle to start the engine.
the standard DIN 72553 (see manufacturer's
ss section must be at least 25 mm2 for petrol
for diesel engines.
ch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as
s are connected.
ust be properly connected to the vehicle elec-
Altea_EN.book Seite 263 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Sunroof light
Carefully remove the lamp, using the flat side of the screwdriver,
as shown in the figure fig. 201.
Remove the lamp, mov
outwards fig. 201.
Jump-starting
Jump leads
The jump lead must ha
If the engine fails to start bec
connected to the battery of a
Jump leads
Jump leads must comply with
documentation). The wire cro
engines and at least 35 mm2
Note The vehicles must not tou
soon as the positive terminal
The discharged battery m
trical system.
Fig. 200 Removing sunroof light
Fig. 201 Removing sunroof light
If and when264
f the black jump lead to a solid metal
lted on to the engine block, or onto the
e vehicle with the flat battery. Do not
ar the battery .
ch a way that they cannot come into
g parts in the engine compartment.
vehicle with the boosting battery and let
car with the flat battery and wait one or
ngine is running.
jump leads, switch off the headlights (if
er and rear window heater in the vehicle
s helps minimise voltage peaks which are
ds are disconnected.
ning, disconnect the leads in reverse
n above.
they have good metal-to-metal contact with
tch off the starter after about 10 seconds and
nute.
AX
Altea_EN.book Seite 264 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
How to jump start: description
In fig. 202 the flat battery is represented and in the
charged battery is represented.
Jump lead terminal connections
Switch the ignition off on both vehicles .
1. Connect one end of the red jump lead to the positive fig. 202
terminal of the vehicle with the flat battery .
2. Connect the other end of the red jump lead to the positive
terminal in the vehicle providing assistance.
3. Connect one end of the black jump lead to the negative terminal
on the battery of the vehicle providing assistance.
4. Connect the other end o
component which is bo
engine block itself of th
connect it to a point ne
5. Position the leads in su
contact with any movin
Starting
6. Start the engine of the
it run at idling speed.
7. Start the engine of the
two minutes until the e
Removing the jump leads
8. Before you remove the
they are switched on).
9. Turn on the heater blow
with the flat battery. Thi
generated when the lea
10. When the engine is run
order to the details give
Connect the battery clamps so
the battery terminals.
If the engine fails to start, swi
try again after about half a mi
Fig. 202 How to connect the jump leads
AA AB
A+
A+
A-
If and when 265
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 265 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
WARNING
Please note the safety warnings referring to working in the engine compartment page 212, Working in the engine compartment.
The battery providing assistance must have the same voltage as the flat battery (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see imprint on battery). Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
Never use jump leads when one of the batteries is frozen. Danger of explosion! Even after the battery has thawed, battery acid could leak and cause chemical burns. If a battery freezes, it should be replaced.
Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes away from batteries, danger of explosion. Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
Observe the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the jump leads.
Do not connect the negative cable from the other vehicle directly to the negative terminal of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the battery could be ignited by sparks. Danger of explosion.
Do not attach the negative cable from the other vehicle to parts of the fuel system or to the brake line.
The non-insulated parts of the battery clamps must not be allowed to touch. The jump lead attached to the positive battery terminal must not touch metal parts of the vehicle, this can cause a short circuit.
Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
Do not bend over the batteries. This could result in chemical burns.
Note The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as
soon as the positive terminals are connected.
If and when266
ng points if you use a tow-rope:
towing vehicle
il the tow-rope is taut. Then accelerate
s cautiously. If you are driving an auto-
te gently.
ke servo and power steering are not
ou are towing. Brake earlier than you
h a more gentle pressure on the brake.
towed vehicle
e remains taut at all times when towing.
ehicle with a tow-bar. You should only use a
tow-bar.
elastic to reduce the loading on both vehicles.
e made of synthetic fibre or similarly elastic
-bar only to the towing eyes provided or a
nce, especially when using a tow-rope. Both
the technique required for towing. Inexperi-
pt to tow-start or tow away another vehicle.
Altea_EN.book Seite 266 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Towing and tow-starting
Tow-starting
The use of jump leads is preferable to tow-starting.
We recommend that you do not tow-start your vehicle. Jump-starting
is preferable page 263.
However, if your vehicle has to be tow-started:
Engage the 2nd or the 3rd gear.
Keep the clutch pressed down.
Switch the ignition on.
Once both vehicles are moving, release the clutch.
As soon as the engine starts, press the clutch and move the gear
lever into neutral. This helps to prevent driving into the towing
vehicle.
WARNING
The risk of accidents is high when tow-starting. The vehicle being towed can easily collide with the towing vehicle.
Caution When tow-starting, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it.
Comments
Please observe the followi
Notes for the driver of the
Drive slowly at first unt
gradually.
Begin and change gear
matic vehicle, accelera
Remember that the bra
working in the vehicle y
would normally, but wit
Notes for the driver of the
Ensure that the tow-rop
Tow-rope or tow-bar
It is easier and safer to tow a v
tow-rope if you do not have a
A tow-rope should be slightly
It is advisable to use a tow-rop
material.
Attach the tow-rope or the tow
towing bracket.
Driving style
Towing requires some experie
drivers should be familiar with
enced drivers should not attem
If and when 267
Safety Fir Technical Data
ways be kept in the vehicle. Please refer to the
starting.
Fig. 203 The front right section of the vehicle: Fitting the front towing eye
Fig. 204 Fitting the towing eye to the rear of the vehicle
Altea_EN.book Seite 267 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Do not pull too hard with the towing vehicle and take care to avoid jerking the
tow-rope. When towing on an unpaved road, there is always a risk of over-
loading and damaging the anchorage points.
The ignition of the vehicle being towed must be switched on to prevent the
steering wheel from locking and also to allow the use of the turn signals,
horn, windscreen wipers and washers.
As the brake servo does not work if the engine is not running, you must apply
considerably more pressure to the brake pedal than you normally would.
As the power assisted steering does not work if the engine is not running, you
will need more strength to steer than you normally would.
Towing vehicles with an automatic gearbox
Put the selector lever into position N.
Do not drive faster than 50 km/h when towing a vehicle.
Do not tow further than 50 km.
If a breakdown vehicle is used, the vehicle must be towed with the front
wheels raised.
Note Observe legal requirements when towing or tow-starting.
Switch on the hazard warning lights of both vehicles. However, observe
any regulations to the contrary.
For technical reasons, vehicles with an automatic gearbox must not be
tow-started.
If damage to your vehicle means that there is no lubricant in the gearbox,
you must raise the drive wheels while the vehicle is being towed.
If the vehicle has to be towed more than 50 km, the front wheels must be
raised during towing, and towing should be carried out by a qualified person.
The steering wheel is locked when the vehicle has no electrical power. The
vehicle must then be towed with the front wheels raised. Towing should be
carried out by a qualified person.
The towing eye should al
notes on page 266, Tow-
Trailer eyes
If and when268
e
m the onboard tools.
. 205.
in the direction of the arrow.
it to the left, in the direction of the arrow
ts when towing or tow-starting.
ing lights of both vehicles. However, observe
y.
icles with an automatic gearbox must not be
Fig. 206 Attachment for towing eye
Altea_EN.book Seite 268 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Fitting the towing eye
Take the towing ring from the onboard tools.
Pull the lower front cover down and leave the cover hanging on
the vehicle.
Remove the cover of the screw hole, insert a screwdriver into the
lower slot and lever gently.
Screw the towing eye as shown by arrow anti-clockwise to the
limit position in the front page 267, fig. 203 or rear
page 267, fig. 204 threaded hole.
Front towing eye for trailer (FR version) Fitting the front towing ey
Take the towing ring fro
Remove screw fig
Press the release lever
Screw the eye to its lim
fig. 206.
Tighten the eye.
Note Observe legal requiremen
Switch on the hazard warn
any regulations to the contrar
For technical reasons, veh
tow-started.
Fig. 205 Access to towing eye housing
AA
If and when 269
Safety Fir Technical Data
om the onboard tools.
sing the uper part in the direction of the
it to the left, in the direction of the arrow
ts when towing or tow-starting.
ning lights of both vehicles. However, observe
ry.
icles with an automatic gearbox must not be
Fig. 208 Fitting the towing eye to the rear of the vehicle
Altea_EN.book Seite 269 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
If damage to your vehicle means that there is no lubricant in the gearbox,
you must raise the drive wheels while the vehicle is being towed.
If the vehicle has to be towed more than 50 km, the front wheels must be
raised during towing, and towing should be carried out by a qualified person.
The steering wheel is locked when the vehicle has no electrical power. The
vehicle must then be towed with the front wheels raised. Towing should be
carried out by a qualified person.
The towing eye should always be kept in the vehicle. Please refer to the
notes on page 266, Tow-starting.
Rear towing eye for trailer (FR version)
Fitting the towing eye
Take the towing ring fr
Release the cover pres
arrow fig. 207.
Screw the eye to its lim
fig. 208.
Tighten the eye.
Note Observe legal requiremen
Switch on the hazard war
any regulations to the contra
For technical reasons, veh
tow-started.
Fig. 207 Cover for towing eye at rear
If and when270
Altea_EN.book Seite 270 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
If damage to your vehicle means that there is no lubricant in the gearbox,
you must raise the drive wheels while the vehicle is being towed.
If the vehicle has to be towed more than 50 km, the front wheels must be
raised during towing, and towing should be carried out by a qualified person.
The steering wheel is locked when the vehicle has no electrical power. The
vehicle must then be towed with the front wheels raised. Towing should be
carried out by a qualified person.
The towing eye should always be kept in the vehicle. Please refer to the
notes on page 266, Tow-starting.
General notes on the technical data 271
Safety Fir Technical Data
depending on if additional equipment is fitted,
ial vehicles and for other countries.
Altea_EN.book Seite 271 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Technical Data
General notes on the technical data
Outstanding information
Important considerations
All data in the official vehicle documents take precedence over this data.
All data provided in this manual are valid for the standard model in Spain. The
vehicle data card included in the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle
registration documents shows which engine is installed in the vehicle.
The figures may be different
for different models, for spec
Abbreviations used in this paragraph of the Technical Data
Abbreviation Meaning
kW Kilowatt, engine power measurement.
bhp Brake horse power, formerly used to denote engine power
at rpm Revolutions per minute - engine speed.
Nm Newton metres, unit of engine torque.
l/100 km Fuel consumption in litres per 100 km.
g/km Carbon dioxide emissions in grams per km.
CO2 Carbon dioxide
CN Cetane number, indication of the diesel combustion power.
RON Research octane number, indication of the knock resistance of petrol.
General notes on the technical data272
he inside of the spare wheel recess in the
rovided on the vehicle data sticker: fig. 209
in the Maintenance Program.
er
ber (chassis number)
ne power output
letters
ior trim code
s
ided in the Maintenance Program.
km) / CO2 emissions (g/km) urban
km) / CO2 emissions (g/km) motorway
/ CO2 Emissions (g/km) mixed
Altea_EN.book Seite 272 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Vehicle identification data
The most important data are given on the type plate and the
vehicle data sticker.
Vehicles for certain export countries do not have a type plate.
Type plate
The type plate is located on the left rib inside the engine compartment.
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (chassis number) can be read from outside
the vehicle through a viewer in the windscreen. This is located on the left-
hand side of the vehicle in the lower area of the windscreen. It is also located
on the right hand side of the engine compartment.
Vehicle data
The data sticker is placed on t
luggage compartment.
The following information is p
These data are also provided
Production control numb
Vehicle identification num
Model code number
Model designation / engi
Engine and gearbox code
Paintwork number / inter
Optional equipment code
Consumption values
CO2 emissions values
Data from 2 to 9 are also prov
Consumption figures and CO2
Consumption (litres/100
Consumption (litres/100
Consumption (l/100 km)
Fig. 209 Vehicle data sticker boot
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
ATo:
AB
AC
General notes on the technical data 273
Safety Fir Technical Data
vehicle to another.
on figures are calculated in accordance with the
00/EC. These test requirements specify a real-
ormal everyday driving.
are applied:
n all gears, as in normal everyday driving. The
he urban cycle and 63% for the extra urban
xide emissions. The gas composition is then
Altea_EN.book Seite 273 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Data on fuel consumption
Fuel consumption
The consumption and emission details shown on the vehicle data sticker differ from one
The fuel consumption and CO2 emissions of the vehicle can be found on the
vehicle data sticker.
The fuel consumption and emissions figures given are based on the vehicle
weight category, which is determined according to the engine/gearbox
combination and the equipment fitted.
The consumption and emissi
EC test requirements 1999/1
istic test method based on n
The following test conditions
Note Actual consumption may vary from quoted test values, depending on
personal driving style, road and traffic conditions, the weather and the
vehicle condition.
Urban cycle The urban cycle starts with an engine cold start. City driving is then simulated.
Extra urban cycle In the extra urban cycle simulation the vehicle frequently accelerates and brakes i
road speed ranges from 0 to 120 km/h.
Total consumption The average total consumption is calculated with a weighting of around 37% for t
cycle.
CO2 emissions The exhaust gases are collected during both driving cycles to calculate carbon dio
analysed to evaluate the CO2 content and other emissions.
General notes on the technical data274
t exerted by the trailer drawbar on the ball joint
t exceed 75 kg.
e recommend that you always tow
awbar load. The response of the trailer on the
r load is too small.
rawbar load cannot be met (e.g. with small,
axle trailers or tandem axle trailers with an axle
least 4% of the actual trailer weight is a legal
.
ould not drive at speeds above 80 km/h when plies to countries where higher speeds are
m trailer weights or the draw bar loading. If the permissible total weight is exceeded, the vehicle may change, leading to accidents, ehicle.
ins, wheel bolts
ure values can be found on the inside of the
lues given there are for cold tyres. The slightly
s must not be reduced .
Altea_EN.book Seite 274 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Weights
Kerb weight refers to the basic model with a fuel tank filled to 90% capacity
and without optional extras. The figure quoted includes 75 kg to allow for the
weight of the driver.
For special versions and optional equipment fittings or for the addition of
accessories, the weight of the vehicle will increase .
WARNING
Please note that the centre of gravity may shift when transporting heavy objects; this may affect the vehicle's handling and lead to an acci- dent. Always adjust your speed and driving style to suit road conditions and requirements.
Never exceed the gross axle weight rating or the gross vehicle weight rating. If the allowed axle load or the allowed total weight is exceeded, the driving characteristics of the vehicle may change, leading to accidents, injuries and damage to the vehicle.
Towing a trailer
Trailer weights
Trailer weights
The trailer weights and drawbar loads approved are selected in intensive
trials according to precisely defined criteria. The approved trailer weights are
valid for vehicles in the EU for maximum speeds of 80 km/h (in certain
circumstances up to 100 km/h). The figures may be different in other coun-
tries. All data in the official vehicle documents take precedence over this data
.
Drawbar load
The maximum permitted weigh
of the towing bracket must no
In the interest of road safety, w
approaching the maximum dr
road will be poor if the drawba
If the maximum permissible d
empty and light-weight single
base of less than 1 metre), at
stipulation for a drawbar load
WARNING
For safety reasons, you sh towing a trailer. This also ap permitted.
Never exceed the maximu the permissible axle load or driving characteristics of the injuries and damage to the v
Wheels
Tyre pressure, snow cha
Tyre pressures
The sticker with the tyre press
tank flap. The tyre pressure va
raised pressures of warm tyre
General notes on the technical data 275
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 275 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Snow chains
Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheels.
Consult the chapter wheels of this manual.
Wheel bolts
After changing the wheels, the tightening torque of the wheel bolts should be
checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench . The tightening
torque for steel and alloy wheels is 120 Nm.
WARNING
Check the tyre pressure at least once per month. Checking tyre pressure value is very important. If the tyre pressure is too high or too low, there is an increased danger of accidents, particularly at high speeds.
If the torque of the wheel bolts is too low, they could loosen while the vehicle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.
Note We recommend that you ask your Authorised Service Centre for information
about appropriate wheel, tyre and snow chain size.
Technical Data276
ions and restrictions on the technical data are
Altea_EN.book Seite 276 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Technical Data
Checking fluid levels
From time to time, the levels of the different fluids in the
vehicle must be checked. Never fill with incorrect fluids,
otherwise serious damage to the engine may be caused.
Coolant expansion tank
Windscreen washer fluid reservoir
Engine oil filler cap
Engine oil dipstick
Brake fluid reservoir
Vehicle battery (underneath the cover)
The checking and refilling of service fluids are carried out on the components
mentioned above. These operations are described in the page 212.
Overview
Further explanations, instruct
contained as of page 271.
Fig. 210 Diagram for the location of the various elements
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
Technical Data 277
Safety Fir Technical Data
ON or regular unleaded 91 RONa)
Altea_EN.book Seite 277 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Petrol engine 1.4 63 kW (86 bhp)
General engine data
Performance figures
Weights
Trailer weights
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 63 (86)/ 5000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 132/ 3800
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1390
Compression 10,5 0,3
Fuel Premium unleaded 95 R
a) Slight power loss
Maximum speed in km/h 169
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 9,7
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 14,8
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1886
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1366
Front gross axle weight in kg 940
Rear gross axle weight in kg 984
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 680
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1000
Technical Data278
ON or regular unleaded 91 RONa)
Altea_EN.book Seite 278 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 1.4 92 kW (125 bhp)
General engine data
Performance figures
Weights
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 2.8 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 92 (125)/ 6000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 155/ 4000
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1398
Compression 12,0 -0,4
Fuel Premium unleaded 95 R
a) With a slight power loss
Maximum speed in km/h 194
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6,9
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 10,3
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1959
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1439
Front gross axle weight in kg 1008
Rear gross axle weight in kg 987
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Technical Data 279
Safety Fir Technical Data
ON or regular unleaded 91 RONa)
Altea_EN.book Seite 279 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 1.6 75 kW (102 bhp)
General engine data
Performance figures
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 710
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1200
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 3.3 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 75 (102)/ 5600
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 148/ 3800
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1595
Compression 10,5 0,5
Fuel Premium unleaded 95 R
a) Slight power loss
Maximum speed in km/h 181
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 8,6
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 12,8
Technical Data280
ON or regular unleaded 91 RONa)
Altea_EN.book Seite 280 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Weights
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 1.8 118 kW (160 bhp)
General engine data
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1920
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1395
Front gross axle weight in kg 967
Rear gross axle weight in kg 980
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 690
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1200
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.1 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 118 (160)/5000-6200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 250/1500-4200
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/1798
Compression 9,8 -0,5
Fuel Premium unleaded 95 R
a) Slight power loss
Technical Data 281
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 281 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Performance figures
Weights
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Maximum speed in km/h 210
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 5,9
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 8,4
Gross vehicle weight in kg 2030
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1510
Front gross axle weight in kg 1062
Rear gross axle weight in kg 994
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 750
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.6 litres
Technical Data282
RON or premium unleaded 95 RONa)
Altea_EN.book Seite 282 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Petrol engine 2.0 litre 110 kW (150 bhp). Manual
General engine data
Performance figures
Weights
Trailer weights
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 110 (150)/ 6000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 200/ 3500
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1984
Compression 11,5 - 0,5
Fuel Super Plus unleaded 98
a) Slight power loss
Maximum speed in km/h 206
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6,5
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 9,6
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1970
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1450
Front gross axle weight in kg 1015
Rear gross axle weight in kg 980
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 720
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Technical Data 283
Safety Fir Technical Data
RON or premium unleaded 95 RONa)
Altea_EN.book Seite 283 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 2.0 litre 110 kW (150 bhp). Automatic
General engine data
Performance figures
Weights
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.6 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 110 (150)/ 6000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 200/ 3500
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1984
Compression 11,5 - 0,5
Fuel Super Plus unleaded 98
a) Slight power loss
Maximum speed in km/h 203
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6,9
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 10,1
Gross vehicle weight in kg 2010
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1490
Front gross axle weight in kg 1050
Rear gross axle weight in kg 985
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Technical Data284
RON or premium unleaded 95 RONa)
Altea_EN.book Seite 284 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 2.0 litre 147 kW (200 bhp). Manual
General engine data
Performance figures
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 740
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.6 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 147 (200)/ 5100-6000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 280/ 1800-5000
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1984
Compression 10,3 - 0,5
Fuel Super Plus unleaded 98
a) Slight power loss
Maximum speed in km/h 220
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 5,4
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 7,7
Technical Data 285
Safety Fir Technical Data
RON or premium unleaded 95 RONa)
Altea_EN.book Seite 285 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Weights
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Petrol engine 2.0 litre 147 kW (200 bhp). Automatic
General engine data
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1960
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1484
Front gross axle weight in kg 1084
Rear gross axle weight in kg 973
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 740
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.8 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 147 (200)/ 5100-6000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 280/ 1800-5000
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1984
Compression 10,3 - 0,5
Fuel Super Plus unleaded 98
a) With a slight power loss
Technical Data286
Altea_EN.book Seite 286 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Performance figures
Weights
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Maximum speed in km/h 220
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 5,4
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 7,7
Gross vehicle weight in kg 2079
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1559
Front gross axle weight in kg 1114
Rear gross axle weight in kg 998
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 750
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.8 litres
Technical Data 287
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 287 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Diesel engine 1.9l TDI 77 kW (105 bhp)
General engine data
Performance figures
Weights
Trailer weights
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 77 (105)/ 4000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 250/1900
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/1896
Compression 19 0,5
Fuel Min. 51 CNa)
a) Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the combustion power of the diesel
Maximum speed in km/h 183
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 8,2
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 12,3
Gross vehicle weight in kg 2005
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1480
Front gross axle weight in kg 1045
Rear gross axle weight in kg 983
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 740
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Technical Data288
Altea_EN.book Seite 288 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Engine oil capacity
Diesel engine 1.9 TDI 77 kW (105 bhp). Automatic
General engine data
Performance figures
Weights
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.3 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 77 (105)/ 4000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 250/1900
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/1896
Compression 19 0,5
Fuel Min. 51 CNa)
a) Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the combustion power of the diesel
Maximum speed in km/h 183
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 8,1
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 12,5
Gross vehicle weight in kg 2035
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1510
Front gross axle weight in kg 1074
Rear gross axle weight in kg 982
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Technical Data 289
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 289 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Diesel engine 2.0l TDI 100 kW (136 bhp)
General engine data
Performance figures
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 750
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.3 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 100 (136)/ 4000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 320/ 1750 - 2500
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1968
Compression 18,5 0,5
Fuel Min. 51 CNa)
a) Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the combustion power of the diesel
Maximum speed in km/h 199
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 7
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 10
Technical Data290
Altea_EN.book Seite 290 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Weights
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Diesel engine 2.0 TDI 100 kW (136 bhp). Automatic
General engine data
Gross vehicle weight in kg 2025
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1505
Front gross axle weight in kg 1070
Rear gross axle weight in kg 975
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 750
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.3 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 100 (136)/ 4000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 320/ 1750 - 2500
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1968
Compression 18,5 0,5
Fuel Min. 51 CNa)
a) Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the diesel combustion power.
Technical Data 291
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 291 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Performance figures
Weights
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Maximum speed in km/h 199
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6,8
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 9,9
Gross vehicle weight in kg 2060
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1540
Front gross axle weight in kg 1105
Rear gross axle weight in kg 980
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 750
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.3 litres
Technical Data292
Altea_EN.book Seite 292 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Diesel engine 2.0l TDI 103 kW (140 bhp)
General engine data
Performance figures
Weights
Trailer weights
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 103 (140)/ 4000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 320/ 1750 - 2500
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1968
Compression 18,5 0,5
Fuel Min. 51 CNa)
a) Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the diesel combustion power.
Maximum speed in km/h 201
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6,9
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 9,9
Gross vehicle weight in kg 2025
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1505
Front gross axle weight in kg 1070
Rear gross axle weight in kg 975
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 750
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Technical Data 293
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 293 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Engine oil capacity
Diesel engine 2.0 TDI 103 kW (140 bhp). Automatic
General engine data
Performance figures
Weights
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.3 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 103 (140)/ 4000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 320/ 1750 - 2500
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1968
Compression 18,5 0,5
Fuel Min. 51 CNa)
a) Cetane-Number (cetane index) = Measure of the diesel combustion power.
Maximum speed in km/h 201
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6,7
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 9,8
Gross vehicle weight in kg 2060
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1540
Front gross axle weight in kg 1105
Rear gross axle weight in kg 980
Permitted roof load in kg 75
Technical Data294
Altea_EN.book Seite 294 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Diesel engine 2.0l 125 kW (170 bhp)
General engine data
Performance figures
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 750
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.3 litres
Power output in kW (bhp) rpm 125 (170)/ 4200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 350/ 1750 - 2500
No. of cylinders, capacity in cm 3 4/ 1968
Compression 18,5 0,5
Fuel Min. 51 CZ
Maximum speed in km/h 211
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 6,1
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 8,6
Technical Data 295
Safety Fir Technical Data
Altea_EN.book Seite 295 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
st Operating instructions Practical tips
Weights
Trailer weights
Engine oil capacity
Gross vehicle weight in kg 2041
Weight in working order (with driver) in kg 1521
Front gross axle weight in kg 1092
Rear gross axle weight in kg 982
Permitted roof load in kg 75
With no brakes, gradients up to 12% 750
With brakes, gradients up to 12% 1400
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 4.3 litres
Technical Data296
Rear
1,509 mm
1,517 mm
Altea_EN.book Seite 296 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Dimensions and capacities
Dimensions
Length, width 4,282 mm/ 1,768 mm
Height at kerb weight 1,546 mm
Front and rear projection 916 mm/ 788 mm
Wheelbase 2,578 mm
Turning circle 10.7 m
Track widtha)
a) This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim.
Front
1,525 mm
1,533 mm
Capacities
Fuel tank 55 l. Reserve 7 l.
Windscreen washer fluid container with headlight washer 3 l/ 5.5 l
Tyre pressure
Summer-grade tyres:
The correct tyre pressure can be seen on the sticker on the inside of the tank flap.
Winter tyres:
The pressure of these tyres is the same as the summer tyre pressure plus 0.2 bar.
Index 297
coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
tery
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Winter conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
tension device
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
tension devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
ke assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
ke fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
ke pad wear indicator*
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
ke pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184, 186
ke servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179, 184
ke system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Altea_EN.book Seite 297 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Index
A ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Acoustic signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Acoustic warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Adjusting simple headlights
driving on the left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
driving on the right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Adjusting the seat belt height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Adjustments for Bixenon headlights
driving on the left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
driving on the right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Air conditioner*
2C-Climatronic* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Air conditioning system
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Air conditioning* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Air recirculation mode
2C-Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Manual air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Airbag covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Alarm system
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Alternator
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Ambient temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Anti-freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Anti-puncture tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Anti-theft wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Aquaplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Ashtray* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Automatic anti-dazzle interior mirror*
Activating the anti-dazzle function . . . . . . 125
Deactivating anti-dazzle function . . . . . . . . 125
Automatic car wash tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Automatic gearbox / DSG automatic gearbox . 167
Automatic lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Automatic mode
2C-Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Automatic wiper/wash function for the rear window
124
Auxiliary audio connection: AUX-IN . . . . . . . . . 144
B Ball
BAS
Bat
Belt
Belt
Bio
Bio
Bon
Boo
Bra
Bra
Bra
Bra
Bra
Bra
Index298
ning engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
ning steel wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
ning windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
atic* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
atronic
eneral notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
seat covers cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
es hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
pit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
ector for Apple iPod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
rol lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
rol lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
rols
lectric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
ight switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
enience closing
liding/tilting roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
indows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
enience opening
indows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 220
arning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
ant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
ant level
arning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
ant level temperature
arning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
ant Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Altea_EN.book Seite 298 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Braking distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Bulb changes
general notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Bulb defect
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 162
C Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
CD changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Automatic speed dependent locking and un-
locking system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Emergency unlocking system . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Locking system for involuntary unlocking . . 95
Selective unlocking system* . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Unlocking system* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Central locking button
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Centre arm rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Cetane number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Changing gear
See Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Changing the lamps
Main headlight lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Changing the main headlight lamps
dipped beam lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
main beam lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
turn signal lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Changing the rear lights
indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
luggage compartment lights . . . . . . . . . . . 261
rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
reverse light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Changing windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . 222
Chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Checking battery electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . 227
Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Categorisation in groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Group 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Group 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Groups 0 and 0+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ISOFIX system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Child seats
on the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Cigarette lighter* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Cleaning alloy wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Cleaning chrome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Clea
Clea
Clea
Clim
Clim
G
Cloc
Cloth
Cloth
Cock
Conn
Cont
Cont
Cont
E
L
Conv
S
W
Conv
W
Cool
W
Cool
Cool
w
Cool
w
Cool
Index 299
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
tric steering system
warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
trical sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
tronic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
tronic immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 163
warning message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
tronic stabilisation program . . . . . . . . . . . 181
tronic stabilisation programme . . . . . . . . . . 81
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
tronic stabilisation programme (ESP)
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
rgency manual locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
rgency opening
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
ssion control system
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
ine
Running in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
ine compartment
Working in the engine compartment . . . . . 212
ine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
ine fault
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Altea_EN.book Seite 299 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Coolant temperature
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Cruise control*
Turning off the cruise control system . . . . . 177
Curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
D Danger of fitting a child seat on the front passenger
seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Dash panel cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Diesel engine
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Diesel engine particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Differential lock fault (EDL)
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Dipped headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Disabling front passenger airbag
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Disabling the airbag
Disabling front passenger airbag . . . . . . . . . 44
Display (without warning or information texts) . 59
Displays in the Multi-function display
Memory displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Disposal
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Door lock cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Doors
Childproof locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Drinks holders at the front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Drive wheels traction control system . . . . . . . . 180
Driving
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Economically / With Respect for the
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
With a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Driving economically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Driving programmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Driving safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Driving with an automatic gearbox / DSG automatic
gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Driving with respect for the environment . . . . . 191
Duplicate keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Dynamic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . 114
E EDL
EDS
Elec
Elec
Elec
Elec
Elec
Elec
Elec
eme
Eme
Emi
Eng
Eng
Eng
Eng
Index300
s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
shift pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
ral overview of the engine compartment 276
e compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
plug system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
arning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
arning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 172
rd warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
restraints
djusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 130
djustment of the head restraint angle . . . 130
emoving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
restraints, correct adjustment . . . . . . . . . 13
n-use and non-use positions . . . . . . . . . . . 14
light flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
light range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
lights
riving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
og lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
asher system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
ed front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
ed window
C-Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Altea_EN.book Seite 300 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Engine management
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Checking level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Oil properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Engine oil dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Engine oil pressure
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 78
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Environmental friendliness . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Environmental tip
Avoiding pollution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 181
Example of menu use
Open the configuration menu . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Program a speed limit warning . . . . . . . . . . 67
To activate and deactivate the speed limit
warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Examples of menu use
Open the main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Open the winter tyres menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
To close the winter tyres menu . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
F Fabric trim cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
First-aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
folding table* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Folding the seat backrests down . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Foot brake
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Front passenger airbag deactivation . . . . . . . . . 44
Front reading lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Front seat adjustment
Lumbar support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Frontal airbags
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fuel
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Fuel level
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Fuel reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Fuel Tank
Opening the fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Fuel tank
See Fuel reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fuel: save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Fuse
G G 12
Gear
Gene
Glov
Glow
W
H Hand
W
Haza
head
A
a
R
head
I
Head
Head
Head
D
F
W
Heat
Heat
2
Index 301
ual mode
2C-Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
age display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ors
Exterior mirrors, electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Interior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Make-up mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
ile telephones and radiotelephones . . . . 208
ti-function display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
ti-purpose* mobile stowage compartment 141
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
ber of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ervations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
ane number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
-touch opening and closing
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
ning and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Altea_EN.book Seite 301 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
High pressure cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
I Identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Ignition key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Indicators
indication lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Information texts in the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Instrument and switch lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Instrument lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Instrument panel menu
Configuration menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Example of menu use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Lights and visibility menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Instrument panel menus
Principal menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Vehicle status menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Interior front light, type 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Interior front light, type 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Intermittent wipe, windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
ISOFIX system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
J Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
K Key tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
L Leather cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Load compartment in the boot
See Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
See also Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . 17
Luggage compartment net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
M Main beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 116
Main beam headlights
Indicator lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Main headlight lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Maintenance
airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Maintenance and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Man
MFD
Mile
Mirr
Mob
Mul
Mul
N Num
O Obs
Oct
Oil
Oil
Oil
One
Ope
Index302
ounter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
rse gear
anual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
back function
liding/tilting roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
indows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
aerial* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
carrier* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
stowage compartment* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
er seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ing in
rake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
ngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
yres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
ing in tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ty equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ty instructions
oolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
ty notes
irbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
elt tension devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
urtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
isabling front passenger airbag . . . . . . . . 45
rontal airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
ide airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Altea_EN.book Seite 302 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Overview
Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
P Paintwork
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Parking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Petrol additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Petrol engines, starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Physical principles of a frontal collision . . . . . . 21
Plastic key tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Plastic parts cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Products for vehicle maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 198
R Radio frequency remote control
Changing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Radio navigation Steering wheel controls
audio + telephone version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
audio version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Radio wave remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Rain sensor* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Rear drink holder*
Armrest* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Rear fog light
Indication lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Rear interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Rear reading lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Rear seat bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Rear shelf
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Rear window heating
Heating element wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Rear-view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Registration light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Remote control key
Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Synchronising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Removing and fitting the wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Repairs
airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Replacement keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Replacement of parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Rev c
Reve
M
Roll-
S
W
Roof
Roof
Roof
Rubb
Runn
B
E
T
Runn
S Safe
Safe
Safe
Safe
C
Safe
A
B
C
D
f
s
Index 303
rage compartment
Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
wage area
Centre arm rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Other stowage areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
wage compartment
Front passenger side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
wage in the luggage compartment . . . . . . . 137
visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
roof blind
Sliding/tilting roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
tch
Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
tches
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Electrical exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Sliding/tilting roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
tching off the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Emergency opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
k
fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
reserve indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Altea_EN.book Seite 303 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Using child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Using seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Safety system- safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 131, 132
Seat belt position
Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Seat belt release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Seat belt warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Incorrectly fastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Not worn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Seat belts cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Seat belts protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Selective opening* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Selector lever locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Selector lever positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Self directional headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
servotronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Sitting position
Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Incorrect sitting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Sitting position, occupants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Sliding/tilting roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 275
Soot accumulation in the diesel engine particulate
filter
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Starting on an uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Starting Petrol engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 164
After the fuel tank has been run dry . . . . . . 164
Steam jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Steering lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Steering wheel audio controls
audio + telephone version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
audio version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Steering wheel controls
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Steering wheel height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 160
Sto
Sto
Sto
Sto
Sun
Sun
Sun
Swi
Swi
Swi
T Tail
Tan
TCS
Index304
cle tools
torage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
cle wallet storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
cle washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
ilation slits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
metric sensor*
ctivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
eactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
ing lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ing lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
ing reports
ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
ellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
ing texts in the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
ing triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
her fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
hing by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
hing with high pressure cleaners . . . . . . . 200
r
arning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
r in the windscreen washer tank . . . . . . . 221
r indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
el bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 275
orque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
el change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
el trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
els . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 274
Altea_EN.book Seite 304 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
TCS (Traction control system)
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
The danger of not using the seat belt . . . . . . . . 22
Tightening torque of wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Tow starting
Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Towing bracket, fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Towing eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Traction control system
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Trailer
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Trailer eyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Trailer indicators
Indicator lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Trailer turn signals
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Trailer weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Trips, checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Turning on the emergency indicators . . . . . . . 115
Type plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Tyre Mobility-System (Tyre repair kit) . . . 238, 245
Tyre monitor indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Tyre pressure monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Tyre repair kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 245
Tyres and wheels
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Tyres service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Tyres tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . . 229
U Underbody maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
USB* connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Using the Tiptronic gear system . . . . . . . . . . . 170
V Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Vehicle data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle identification data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle Maintenance
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Vehicle modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Vehicle paintwork
Products for vehicle maintenance . . . . . . . 198
Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Vehi
S
Vehi
Vehi
Vent
Volu
A
D
W Warn
Warn
Warn
R
Y
Warn
Warn
Was
Was
Was
Wate
w
Wate
Wea
Whe
T
Whe
Whe
Whe
Index 305
Altea_EN.book Seite 305 Donnerstag, 17. April 2008 9:59 09
Why assume the correct sitting position? . . . . . 30
Why should head restraints be correctly adjusted?
13
Why to wear seat belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Why wear seat belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 30
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Windscreen washer fluid
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Windscreen wiper blades
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Changing blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Changing the rear blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Winter driving
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Wiper/wash automatic function . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Wooden trim cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Working in the engine compartment . . . . . . . . 212
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the "Copyright" Act.
All rights on changes are reserved.
This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.03.08
Interior Manual ALTEA 17/4/08 16:37 Pgina 3
In gl
s 5P
00 12
00 3C
D (
02 .0
8) (
G T9
)
auto emocin A lt
ea
In g
l s
(0 2
.
Related manuals for Seat Altea Edition 02.08 2008 Hatchback Owner's Manual
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the Altea Seat works, you can view and download the Seat Altea Edition 02.08 2008 Hatchback Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Seat Altea as well as other Seat manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Seat Altea. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Seat Altea Edition 02.08 2008 Hatchback Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Seat Altea Edition 02.08 2008 Hatchback Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Seat Altea Edition 02.08 2008 Hatchback Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Seat Altea Edition 02.08 2008 Hatchback Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Seat Altea Edition 02.08 2008 Hatchback Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.